2018 Infiniti Q50

2018 OWNER’S MANUAL
AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.
Foreword
Your INFINITI represents a new way of
thinking about vehicle design. It integrates
advanced engineering and superior craftsmanship with a simple, refined aesthetic
sensitivity associated with traditional Japanese culture.
The result is a different notion of luxury and
beauty. The car itself is important, but so is
the sense of harmony that the vehicle evokes
in its driver, and the sense of satisfaction you
feel with the INFINITI — from the way it
looks and drives to the high level of retailer
service.
To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to
the fullest, we encourage you to read this
Owner’s Manual immediately. It explains all
of the features, controls and performance
characteristics of your INFINITI; it also
provides important instructions and safety
information.
A separate Warranty Information Booklet
is included in your Owner’s literature portfolio. Always carry it with you when you
take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer.
The Warranty Information Booklet contents provide complete information about
all warranties covering this vehicle, the
requirements to keep the warranties in
effect as well as the INFINITI Roadside
Assistance program.
Additionally, a separate Customer Care and
Lemon Law Information Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may
have with your vehicle, as well as clarify
your rights under your state’s lemon law.
In addition to factory installed options, your
vehicle may also be equipped with additional
accessories installed by INFINITI or by your
INFINITI retailer prior to delivery. It is
important that you familiarize yourself with
all disclosures, warnings, cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such
accessories prior to operating the vehicle
and/or accessory. It is recommended you
see an INFINITI retailer for details concerning the particular accessories with which
your vehicle is equipped.
READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE
SAFELY
Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance
requirements, assisting you in the safe
operation of your vehicle.
WARNING
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
REMINDERS!
Follow these important driving rules to
help ensure a safe and comfortable trip
for you and your passengers!
.
.
.
.
NEVER drive under the influence of
alcohol or drugs.
ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for
conditions.
ALWAYS give your full attention to
driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that
could distract you.
ALWAYS use your seat belts and
appropriate child restraint systems.
Pre-teen children should be seated in
the rear seat.
.
.
ALWAYS provide information about
the proper use of vehicle safety
features to all occupants of the
vehicle.
ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual for important safety information.
MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
This vehicle should not be modified. Modification could affect its performance,
safety or durability, and may even violate
governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting
from modification will not be covered
under the INFINITI warranties.
WARNING
Installing an aftermarket On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses
the port during normal driving, for
example remote insurance company
monitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics,
telematics or engine reprogramming,
may cause interference or damage to
vehicle systems. We do not recommend
or endorse the use of any aftermarket
OBD plug-in devices, unless specifically
approved by INFINITI. The vehicle warranty may not cover damage caused by
any aftermarket plug-in device.
WHEN READING THE MANUAL
This manual includes information for all
features and equipment available on this
model. Features and equipment in your
vehicle may vary depending on model, trim
level, options selected, order, date of production, region or availability. Therefore,
you may find information about features or
equipment that are not included or installed
on your vehicle.
All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the
time of printing. INFINITI reserves the right
to change specifications, performance, design or component suppliers without notice
and without obligation. From time to time,
INFINITI may update or revise this manual to
provide owners with the most accurate
information currently available. Please carefully read and retain with this manual all
revision updates sent to you by INFINITI to
ensure you have access to accurate and upto-date information regarding your vehicle.
Current versions of vehicle Owner’s Manuals
and any updates can also be found in the
owner section of the INFINITI website at
https://owners.infinitiusa.com/owners/navigation/manualsandGuides. If you have
questions concerning any information in
your Owner’s Manual, contact INFINITI
Consumer Affairs. See the INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this
Owner’s Manual for contact information.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
You will see various symbols in this manual.
They are used in the following ways:
WARNING
This is used to indicate the presence of a
hazard that could cause death or serious
personal injury. To avoid or reduce the
risk, the procedures must be followed
precisely.
CAUTION
This is used to indicate the presence of a
hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your
vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the
procedures must be followed carefully.
illustration.
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
WARNING
SIC0697
If you see the symbol above, it means “Do
not do this” or “Do not let this happen”.
If you see a symbol similar to those above in
an illustration, it means the arrow points to
the front of the vehicle.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to
those above indicate movement or action.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to
those above call attention to an item in the
Engine Exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components
contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive
harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products
of component wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects
or other reproductive harm.
Operating, servicing and maintaining a
passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can
expose you to chemicals including engine
exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates,
and lead, which are known to the State
of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To
minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as
necessary, service your vehicle in a wellventilated area and wear gloves or wash
your hands frequently when servicing
your vehicle. For more information go to
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE
ADVISORY
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batteries, may contain perchlorate material.
The following advisory is provided: “Perchlorate Material - special handling may
apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/
hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”
© 2017 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s
Manual may be reproduced or stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form,
or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Nissan
Motor Co., Ltd.
INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM
INFINITI CARES ...
Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your
INFINITI retailer are our primary concerns. Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service
needs.
However, if there is something that your
You can write to INFINITI with the informaIf you prefer, visit us at:
INFINITI retailer cannot assist you with or
tion on the left at:
www.infinitiUSA.com (for U.S. customer) or
you would like to provide INFINITI directly
For U.S. customers
www.infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)
with comments or questions, please contact
INFINITI Division
We appreciate your interest in INFINITI and
our (INFINITI’s) Consumer Affairs DepartNissan North America, Inc.
thank you for buying a quality INFINITI
ment using our toll-free number:
Consumer Affairs Department
vehicle.
For U.S. customers
P.O. Box 685003
1-800-662-6200
Franklin, TN 37068-5003
For Canadian customers
or via e-mail at:
1-800-361-4792
nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa.com
For Canadian customers
The Consumer Affairs Department will ask
INFINITI Division
for the following information:
Nissan Canada Inc.
. Your name, address, and telephone num5290 Orbitor Drive
ber
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
or via e-mail at:
. Vehicle identification number (on dash
information.centre@nissancanada.
panel)
com
. Date of purchase
. Current odometer reading
. Your INFINITI retailer’s name
. Your comments or questions
OR
Table of
Contents
Illustrated table of contents
0
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint
system
1
Instruments and controls
2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition
systems
4
Starting and driving
5
In case of emergency
6
Appearance and care
7
Do-it-yourself
8
Maintenance and schedules
9
Technical and consumer information
10
Index
11
0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS).......................................................................
Exterior front.......................................................................
Exterior rear.........................................................................
Passenger compartment..................................................
Cockpit..................................................................................
0-2
0-3
0-4
0-5
0-6
Instrument panel................................................................ 0-8
Meters and gauges........................................................... 0-9
Engine compartment..................................................... 0-10
VR30DDTT engine ................................................. 0-10
2.0L turbo gasoline engine.................................... 0-11
Warning and indicator lights........................................ 0-12
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
7.
Child restraint anchor points (for top
tether strap child restraint) (P.1-28,
P.1-34, P.1-38)
8. Occupant classification sensors
(weight sensors) (P.1-48)
9. Front seats (P.1-3)
10. Seat belts with pretensioners (P.1-58)
11. Rear seats (P.1-5)
— Child restraints (P.1-23)
12. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers
for CHildren) system (P.1-26)
JVC1100X
1.
2.
3.
Supplemental front-impact air bags
(P.1-42)
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags (P.1-42)
Front seat belt with pretensioner and
shoulder height adjuster (P.1-12)
0-2 Illustrated table of contents
4.
5.
6.
Head restraints (P.1-8)
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bags (P.1-42)
Rear seat belts (P.1-12)
EXTERIOR FRONT
5.
6.
JVC1103X
1.
2.
Hood (P.3-23)
Windshield wiper and washer
— Operation (P.2-33)
— Maintenance (P.8-21)
3.
4.
Headlight
— Operation (P.2-35)
— Adaptive Front lighting System
(AFS) (if so equipped) (P.2-40)
Moonroof (if so equipped) (P.2-53)
Power windows (P.2-50)
Outside mirrors (P.3-31)
— Side turn signal lights (P.2-41)
— Side view camera* (if so equipped)
7. Sonar system* (if so equipped)
8. Front view camera* (if so equipped)
9. Turn signal
— Operation (P.2-35)
10. Fog light (P.2-42)
11. Tires
— Wheels and tires (P.8-32, P.10-12)
— Flat tire (P.6-3)
— Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) (P.2-12, P.5-5)
12. Doors
— Keys (P.3-2)
— Door locks (P.3-4)
— Intelligent Key system (P.3-7)
— Remote keyless entry system
(P.3-16)
— Remote engine start (if so equipped)
(P.3-20)
— Courtesy light (P.2-57)
*:
Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
Manual.
Illustrated table of contents
0-3
EXTERIOR REAR
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
*:
JVC1104X
1.
0-4
Trunk
— Intelligent Key system (P.3-7)
— Remote keyless entry system
(P.3-16)
— Trunk lid (P.3-23)
Illustrated table of contents
2.
3.
4.
— Auxiliary battery (for 2.0L turbo
gasoline engine models) (P.8-17)
High-mounted stop light (P.8-28)
Satellite antenna (P.4-3)
Rear window defroster (P.2-35)/Antenna (P.4-3)
Sonar system* (if so equipped)
— Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)
system (if so equipped) (P.5-61)
Rear view camera*
Rear combination light (P.8-28)
Fuel-filler door
— Operation (P.3-26)
— Fuel information (P.10-4, P.10-6)
Child safety rear door locks (P.3-6)
Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
Manual.
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
*:
Inside mirror
— Operation (P.3-30)
— HomeLink® universal transceiver
(P.2-58)
Trunk pass-through/Rear armrest
(P.1-7)
Rear cup holders (P.2-46)
Rear ashtray (P.2-46)
Console box (P.2-48)
— Power outlet (P.2-45)
— Media hub*
Front cup holders (P.2-46)
Front passenger air bag status light
(P.1-50)
Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
Manual.
JVC0518X
1.
2.
3.
4.
Coat hooks (P.2-49)
Rear personal light (P.2-55)
Sun visors (P.3-30)
Map light (P.2-55)
— SOS call switch* (if so equipped)
5.
6.
7.
8.
Moonroof switch (if so equipped)
(P.2-53)
Sunglasses holder (P.2-47)
Power window switch (P.2-50)
Automatic drive positioner switch (if so
equipped) (P.3-33)
Illustrated table of contents
0-5
COCKPIT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
JVC0942X
1.
2.
3.
0-6
Side ventilator (P.4-2)
Headlight, fog light and turn signal
switch (P.2-35)
Steering wheel
— Horn (P.2-42)
— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-42)
Illustrated table of contents
4.
5.
— Heated steering wheel (if so
equipped) (P.2-44)
— Power steering (P.5-127)
Windshield wiper and washer switch
(P.2-33)
Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)
Shift lever (P.5-16)
INFINITI controller*
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF
switch (P.2-42, P.5-132)
Idling Stop OFF switch (if so equipped)
(P.5-137)
Trunk lid release switch (P.3-24)
Instrument brightness control switch
(P.2-41)
TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip odometer (P.2-7)
Electric tilting/telescopic steering
wheel switch (if so equipped) (P.3-28)
Manual tilting/telescopic steering
wheel lever (if so equipped) (P.3-28)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left
side)
— Audio control steering switch*
— Hands-Free Phone System switch*
— Voice recognition system switch*
Steering-wheel-mounted controls
(right side)
— Trip computer switches (P.2-27)
— Cruise control switches (if so
equipped) (P.5-71)
— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
switches (if so equipped) (P.5-73)
— Dynamic driver assistance switch (if
so equipped) (P. 5-26, P.5-34, P.5-49,
P.5-94)
17. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P.5-22)
*:
Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
Manual.
Illustrated table of contents
0-7
INSTRUMENT PANEL
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
*:
JVC0969X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
0-8
Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-18)
Meters and gauges (P.2-6)
— Clock (P.2-29)
Push-button ignition switch (P.5-11)
Center ventilator (P.4-2)
Automatic climate control system*
Illustrated table of contents
6.
7.
8.
Upper touch screen display* (upper
display) and Navigation system* (if so
equipped)
Lower touch screen display* (lower
display)
Rear window and outside mirror
defroster switch (P.2-35)
Front passenger supplemental air bag
(P.1-42)
Hood release handle (P.3-23)
Fuse box cover (P.8-23)
Parking brake (P.5-21)
Storage box (P.2-49) and power outlet
(P.2-45)
Seat heater switch (if so equipped)
(P.2-43)
Audio system*
Trunk release power cancel switch
(P.3-25)
Glove box (P.2-48)
Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
Manual.
METERS AND GAUGES
JVC0428X
1.
2.
3.
4.
Tachometer (P.2-8)
Warning and indicator lights (P.2-10)
Speedometer (P.2-7)
Engine coolant temperature gauge
(P.2-8)
5.
6.
Vehicle information display (P.2-19)/
Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)
Fuel gauge (P.2-9)
Illustrated table of contents
0-9
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
JVC0968X
VR30DDTT ENGINE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Battery (P.8-16)
Engine oil dipstick (P.8-10)
Engine oil filler cap (P.8-11)
Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-14)
Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-23)
0-10
Illustrated table of contents
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Air cleaner (P.8-21)
Engine drive belt location (P.8-19)
Radiator filler cap (P.8-6)
Intercooler cooling reservoir (P.8-9)
Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-7)
Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-15)
*:
The auxiliary battery is located in the
trunk. (See “Auxiliary battery location
(for 2.0L turbo gasoline engine models)” (P.8-17).)
JVC0646X
2.0L TURBO GASOLINE ENGINE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fuse and fusible link holder (P.8-23)
Main battery* (P.8-16)
Engine oil filler cap (P.8-11)
Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-14)
Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-8)
6.
7.
8.
9.
Fuse and fusible link holder (P.8-23)
Engine oil dipstick (P.8-11)
Engine drive belt location (P.8-19)
Power steering fluid reservoir (if so
equipped) (P.5-127)
10. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-15)
Illustrated table of contents
0-11
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Warning
light
Name
Page
Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) warning light
2-10
Brake warning light
2-11
Indicator
light
Name
Page
ECO drive indicator light (if
so equipped)
2-16
Exterior light indicator
2-16
Front fog light indicator light
2-16
Front passenger air bag status light
2-16
Charge warning light
2-11
High beam assist indicator
light (if so equipped)
2-16
Forward Emergency Braking
(FEB) system warning light (if
so equipped)
2-11
High beam indicator light
2-16
Low fuel warning light
2-12
Idling Stop System indicator
light (if so equipped)
2-16
Low tire pressure warning
light
2-12
Malfunction Indicator Light
(MIL)
2-17
Master warning light
2-14
Security indicator light
2-17
Power steering warning light 2-14
Turn signal/hazard indicator
lights
2-18
Seat belt warning light
2-15
Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) off indicator light
2-18
Supplemental air bag warning light
2-15
Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) warning light
2-15
0-12 Illustrated table of contents
1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental
restraint system
Seats....................................................................................... 1-2
Front seats...................................................................... 1-3
Rear seats........................................................................ 1-5
Armrest............................................................................. 1-7
Head restraints/headrests.............................................. 1-8
Adjustable head
restraint/headrest components................................ 1-9
Non-adjustable head
restraint/headrest components................................ 1-9
Remove............................................................................. 1-9
Install.............................................................................. 1-10
Adjust............................................................................. 1-10
Seat belts............................................................................ 1-12
Precautions on seat belt usage.............................. 1-12
Pregnant women........................................................ 1-14
Injured persons............................................................ 1-14
Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function
(front seats) (if so equipped)................................... 1-14
Three-point type seat belt....................................... 1-15
Seat belt extenders.................................................... 1-20
Seat belt maintenance.............................................. 1-20
Child safety........................................................................ 1-21
Infants............................................................................ 1-22
Small children............................................................... 1-22
Larger children ............................................................ 1-22
Child restraints................................................................. 1-23
Precautions on child restraints............................. 1-24
Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren
System (LATCH)....................................................... 1-26
Rear-facing child restraint installation
using LATCH ............................................................. 1-28
Rear-facing child restraint installation using
the seat belts............................................................. 1-30
Forward-facing child restraint installation
using LATCH ............................................................. 1-32
Forward-facing child restraint installation
using the seat belts.................................................. 1-35
Booster seats............................................................. 1-39
Supplemental restraint system.................................... 1-42
Precautions on supplemental
restraint system........................................................ 1-42
INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System
(front seats)................................................................ 1-48
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental
air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact
and rollover supplemental air bag systems....... 1-56
Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats)...... 1-58
Supplemental air bag warning labels.................. 1-59
Supplemental air bag warning light.................... 1-59
Repair and replacement procedure..................... 1-60
SEATS
.
SSS0133
WARNING
.
.
1-2
Do not ride in a moving vehicle when
the seatback is reclined. This can be
dangerous. The shoulder belt will not
be against your body. In an accident,
you could be thrown into it and
receive neck or other serious injuries.
You could also slide under the lap belt
and receive serious internal injuries.
For the most effective protection
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
well back and upright in the seat with
.
.
both feet on the floor and adjust the
seat belt properly. See “Precautions
on seat belt usage” (P.1-12).
Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could
become involved in serious accidents.
To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, do not
leave children, people who require the
assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed ve-
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
hicle on a warm day can quickly
become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to
people and pets.
The seatback should not be reclined
further than necessary for comfort.
Seat belts are most effective when
the passenger sits well back and
straight up in the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding
under the lap belt and being injured is
increased.
CAUTION
When adjusting the seat positions, be
sure not to contact any moving parts to
avoid possible injuries and/or damages.
FRONT SEATS
Front power seat adjustment
Operating tips:
. The power seat motor has an auto-reset
overload protection circuit. If the motor
stops during operation, wait 30 seconds,
then reactivate the switch.
. Do not operate the power seat switch for
a long period of time when the engine is
off. This will discharge the battery.
See “Automatic drive positioner” (P.3-33)
for the seat position memory function.
SSS1051
Forward and backward:
Moving the switch
forward or backward
will slide the seat forward or backward to
the desired position.
vehicle is parked.
Reclining:
backward until
Move the recline switch
the desired angle is obtained. To bring the
seatback forward again, move the switch
forward.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of
the seatback for occupants of different sizes
for added comfort and to help obtain proper
seat belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt
usage” (P.1-12).) Also, the seatback can be
reclined to allow occupants to rest when the
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-3
SSS1052
Seat lifter:
Push the front or rear end of the switch up or
down to adjust the angle of the front portion
or height of the seat.
SSS1053
Type A (if so equipped)
Lumbar support (if so equipped):
The lumbar support feature provides lower
back support to the driver.
Type A (if so equipped)
Push the front or back end of the switch to
adjust the seatback lumbar area.
1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0836
Type B (if so equipped)
Type B (if so equipped)
up or down to adjust the
Move the lever
seatback lumbar area.
REAR SEATS
Folding (if so equipped)
WARNING
.
JVR0186X
Side support (if so equipped):
The side support feature allows you to
adjust the torso supports. Push the switch
or outside
to adjust the torso
inside
area.
SSS1057
Thigh extension (if so equipped):
The front portion of the front seats can be
extended forward for seating comfort. Pull
up and hold the lever to extend the front
portion to the desired position.
.
.
.
Never allow anyone to ride in the
trunk or on the rear seat when it is in
the fold-down position. Use of these
areas by passengers without proper
restraints could result in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop.
Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from
sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo
higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo
could cause personal injury.
When returning the seatbacks to the
upright position, be certain they are
completely secured in the latched
position. If they are not completely
secured, passengers may be injured in
an accident or sudden stop.
Closely supervise children when they
are around cars to prevent them from
playing and becoming locked in the
trunk where they could be seriously
injured. Keep the car locked, with the
rear seatback and trunk lid securely
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-5
.
latched when not in use, and prevent
children’s access to car keys.
.
Always reconnect the center seat belt
when the seat is returned to the upright
position.
Remove drink containers from the rear
cup holder.
To fold the seatback:
1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Pull the strap located on the left and
right side of the trunk. The rear seatback
will be unlatched.
3. Fold the rear seatback down.
To return the seatback:
1. Fold up the rear seatback.
2. Securely lock the seatback in position.
JVR0195X
The rear seatback can be folded according to
the following procedure.
Before folding the seatback:
. Disconnect and stow the center seat belt
and tongue into the retractor base. (See
“Rear center seat belt (models with rear
seat folding)” (P.1-18).)
1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
be damaged.
JVR0187X
SSS1061
ARMREST
Trunk pass-through
Rear armrest
The rear center seatback can be folded to
allow trunk access from inside of the vehicle.
To access the trunk, pull down the rear
center armrest and pull out the trunk passthrough lid .
To lock the lid, use the mechanical key and
turn it to the LOCK position . To unlock,
turn the mechanical key to the UNLOCK
position . For the mechanical key usage,
see “Keys” (P.3-2).
Make sure that the mechanical key is
removed from the trunk pass-through lid
key cylinder before opening or closing the lid.
Otherwise the lid and the rear armrest may
Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-7
HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS
.
WARNING
Head restraint/headrest supplement the
other vehicle safety systems. They may
provide additional protection against
injury in certain rear end collisions.
Adjustable head restraint/headrest
must be adjusted properly, as specified
in this section. Check the adjustment
after someone else uses the seat. Do not
attach anything to the head restraint/
headrest stalks or remove the head
restraint/headrest. Do not use the seat
if the head restraint/headrest has been
removed. If the head restraint/headrest
was removed, reinstall and properly
adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position. Failure to follow these instructions
can reduce the effectiveness of the head
restraint/headrest. This may increase
the risk of serious injury or death in a
collision.
.
JVR0089X
The illustration shows the seating positions
equipped with head restraint/headrest.
Indicates the seating position is
equipped with a head restraint.
Indicates the seating position is
equipped with a headrest.
+ Indicates the seating position is not
equipped with a head restraint or headrest.
. Your vehicle is equipped with a head
restraint/headrest that may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable.
. Adjustable head restraints/headrests
have multiple notches along the stalk to
lock them in a desired adjustment position.
1-8 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
.
The non-adjustable head restraints/
headrests have a single locking notch to
secure them to the seat frame.
Proper Adjustment:
— For the adjustable type, align the head
restraint/headrest so the center of
your ear is approximately level with
the center of the head restraint/
headrest.
— If your ear position is still higher than
the recommended alignment, place
the head restraint/headrest at the
highest position.
If the head restraint/headrest has been
removed, ensure that it is reinstalled and
locked in place before riding in that
designated seating position.
SSS0992
ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/
HEADREST COMPONENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Removable head restraint/headrest
Multiple notches
Lock knob
Stalks
JVR0203X
NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Removable head restraint/headrest
Single notch
Lock knob
Stalks
SSS1037
REMOVE
Use the following procedure to remove the
head restraint/headrest.
1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to
the highest position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the head restraint/headrest
from the seat.
4. Store the head restraint/headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in
the vehicle.
5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head
restraint/headrest before an occupant
uses the seating position.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-9
SSS1038
SSS0997
INSTALL
ADJUST
1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks
with the holes in the seat. Make sure that
the head restraint/headrest is facing the
correct direction. The stalk with the
adjustment notch must be installed in
the hole with the lock knob .
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the
head restraint/headrest down.
3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating
position.
For adjustable head restraint/headrest
Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the
center is level with the center of your ears. If
your ear position is still higher than the
recommended alignment, place the head
restraint/headrest at the highest position.
1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
JVR0259X
For non-adjustable head restraint/headrest
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the
notch before riding in that designated seating position.
SSS1035
SSS1036
Raise
Lower
To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it
up.
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the
notch before riding in that designated seating position.
To lower, push and hold the lock knob and
push the head restraint/headrest down.
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the
notch before riding in that designated seating position.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-11
SEAT BELTS
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGE
If you are wearing your seat belt properly
adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well
back in your seat with both feet on the floor,
your chances of being injured or killed in an
accident and/or the severity of injury may be
greatly reduced. INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to
buckle up every time you drive, even if your
seating position includes a supplemental air
bag.
Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories specify that seat belts be worn at
all times when a vehicle is being driven.
SSS0136A
SSS0134A
1-12
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
WARNING
.
.
SSS0016
.
.
SSS0014
.
Every person who drives or rides in
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
all times. Children should be properly
restrained in the rear seat and, if
appropriate, in a child restraint.
The seat belt should be properly
adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do
so may reduce the effectiveness of
the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury
in an accident. Serious injury or death
can occur if the seat belt is not worn
properly.
Always route the shoulder belt over
your shoulder and across your chest.
Never run the belt behind your back,
under your arm or across your neck.
The belt should be away from your
face and neck, but not falling off your
shoulder.
Position the lap belt as low and snug
as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT
THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high
could increase the risk of internal
injuries in an accident.
Be sure the seat belt tongue is
securely fastened to the proper
buckle.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Do not wear the seat belt inside out
or twisted. Doing so may reduce its
effectiveness.
Do not allow more than one person to
use the same seat belt.
Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts.
If the seat belt warning light glows
continuously while the ignition is
turned ON with all doors closed and
all seat belts fastened, it may indicate
a malfunction in the system. Have the
system checked. It is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service.
No changes should be made to the
seat belt system. For example, do not
modify the seat belt, add material or
install devices that may change the
seat belt routing or tension. Doing so
may affect the operation of the seat
belt system. Modifying or tampering
with the seat belt system may result
in serious personal injury.
Once a seat belt pretensioner has
activated, it cannot be reused and
must be replaced together with the
retractor. It is recommended you visit
an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-13
.
.
All seat belt assemblies, including
retractors and attaching hardware,
should be inspected after any collision. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for this service.
INFINITI recommends that all seat
belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision
was minor and the belts show no
damage and continue to operate
properly. Seat belt assemblies not in
use during a collision should also be
inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted.
All child restraints and attaching
hardware should be inspected after
any collision. Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s inspection instructions and replacement
recommendations. The child restraints should be replaced if they
are damaged.
PREGNANT WOMEN
INFINITI recommends that pregnant women
use seat belts. The seat belt should be worn
snug, and always position the lap belt as low
as possible around the hips, not the waist,
and place the shoulder belt over your
shoulder and across your chest. Never run
the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal
1-14
area. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations.
INJURED PERSONS
INFINITI recommends that injured persons
use seat belts, depending on the injury.
Check with your doctor for specific recommendations.
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELTS WITH
COMFORT FUNCTION (front
seats) (if so equipped)
The pre-crash seat belt tightens the seat belt
with a motor to help restrain front seat
occupants. This helps reduce the risk of
injury in a collision.
The motor retracts the seat belt under the
following emergency conditions:
. During emergency braking.
. During sudden steering maneuvers.
. Activation of the Forward Emergency
Braking (FEB) system. (See “Forward
Emergency Braking (FEB)” (P.5-105).)
The pre-crash seat belt will not be active
when:
. The seat belt is not fastened.
. The vehicle speed is under 10 MPH (15
km/h) during emergency braking.
. The vehicle speed is under 19 MPH (30
km/h) during sudden steering maneu-
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
vers.
The pre-crash seat belt will not be active
when the brake pedal is not depressed
except when sudden steering maneuvers
occur or the FEB system activates.
The motor also retracts the seat belt when
the seat belt is fastened or unfastened.
When the seat belt is fastened, the motor
tightens the seat belt for a snug fit. When
the seat belt is unfastened, the motor
retracts the seat belt. If the seat belt is not
fully retracted, the motor retracts the seat
belt when the door is opened.
Always wear your seat belt correctly and sit
upright and well back.
If the motor cannot retract the seat belt
when the seat belt is fastened or unfastened, it may indicate the pre-crash seat belt
system has a malfunction. It is recommended
you have an INFINITI retailer check and
repair the system.
When the seat belt is retracted repeatedly in
a short period of time, the motor may not be
able to retract the seat belt. After a few
minutes, the motor normally reactivates and
retracts the seat belt. If the seat belt still
cannot be retracted by the motor, the precrash seat belt system has a malfunction.
Have the system checked and repaired. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for this service.
THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT
leased. Release the connector tongue by
inserting a suitable tool (such as a key)
into the connector buckle . If the seat
belt can not be unbuckled or is already
unbuckled, release the child by cutting
the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as
a knife or scissors) to release the seat
belt.
WARNING
.
.
.
Every person who drives or rides in
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
all times.
Do not ride in a moving vehicle when
the seatback is reclined. This can be
dangerous. The shoulder belt will not
be against your body. In an accident,
you could be thrown into it and
receive neck or other serious injuries.
You could also slide under the lap belt
and receive serious internal injuries.
For the most effective protection
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
well back and upright in the seat with
both feet on the floor and adjust the
seat belt properly.
JVR0256X
Models with rear seat folding
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the
seat belts. Most seating positions are
equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat
belt becomes wrapped around a child’s
neck with the ALR mode activated, the
child can be seriously injured or killed if
the seat belt retracts and becomes tight.
This can occur even if the vehicle is
parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release
the child. For the center of the rear seat
on the models with rear seat folding, the
may also be reconnector tongue
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-15
SSS0292
Fastening the seat belts
1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-2).)
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the
retractor and insert the tongue into the
buckle until you hear and feel the latch
engage.
. The retractor is designed to lock
during a sudden stop or on impact.
A slow pulling motion permits the
belt to move, and allows you some
freedom of movement in the seat.
. If the seat belt cannot be pulled from
its fully retracted position, firmly pull
the belt and release it. Then smoothly
pull the belt out of the retractor.
SSS0290
3. Position the lap belt portion low and
snug on the hips as shown.
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the
retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure
the shoulder belt is routed over your
shoulder and across your chest.
The three-point type seat belts have two
modes of operation:
. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)
. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)
mode allows the seat belt to extend and
retract to allow the driver and passengers
some freedom of movement in the seat. The
ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle
slows down rapidly or during impacts.
1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat
belt for child restraint installation.
When the ALR mode is activated the seat
belt cannot be extended again until the seat
belt tongue is detached from the buckle and
fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the
ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts.
For additional information, see “Child restraints” (P.1-23).
The ALR mode should be used only for child
restraint installation. During normal seat
belt use by an occupant, the ALR mode
should not be activated. If it is activated, it
may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension.
WARNING
When fastening the seat belts, be certain
that seatbacks are completely secured in
the latched position. If they are not
completely secured, passengers may be
injured in an accident or sudden stop.
restrict further belt movement.
If the retractor does not lock during this
check, get the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service, or to learn more about seat belt
operation.
SSS0326
SSS1084
Unfastening the seat belts
Center of rear seat
To unfasten the seat belt, push the button
on the buckle. The seat belt automatically
retracts.
The center seat belt buckle is identified by
the CENTER mark . The center seat belt
tongue can be fastened only into the center
seat belt.
Checking seat belt operation
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat
belt movement by two separate methods:
. When the belt is pulled quickly from the
retractor.
. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.
To increase your confidence in the seat belts,
check the operation as follows:
. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward
quickly. The retractor should lock and
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-17
SSS0241
JVR0257X
Rear center seat belt (models with
rear seat folding)
The rear center seat belt has a seat belt
and a connector tongue . Both
tongue
the connector tongue and the seat belt
tongue must be securely latched for proper
seat belt operation.
WARNING
.
.
Always fasten the connector tongue
and the seat belt in the order shown.
Always make sure both the connector
tongue and the seat belt tongue are
secured when using the seat belt or
installing a child restraint. Do not use
the seat belt or child restraint with
only the seat belt tongue attached.
This could result in serious personal
injury in case of an accident or a
sudden stop.
1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
JVR0196X
Stowing rear center seat belt:
When folding down the rear seat, the rear
center seat belt can be retracted into a
stowed position as follows:
1. Hold the connector tongue so that the
seat belt does not retract suddenly when
the tongue is released from the connec-
tor buckle. Release the connector tongue
by inserting a suitable tool such as key
into the connector buckle.
2. Then secure the connector tongue into
the retractor base .
To connect the buckle:
1. Pull out the connector tongue from the
retractor base .
2. Pull the seat belt and secure the connector buckle until it clicks .
The center seat belt connector tongue and
buckle are indicated by the ! and ~ mark.
The center seat belt connector tongue can
be attached only into the rear center seat
belt connector buckle.
To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the
seat belts” (P.1-16).
WARNING
.
.
.
Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt connector except when folding
down the rear seat.
When attaching the rear center seat
belt connector, be certain that the
seatbacks are completely secured in
the latched position and the rear
center seat belt connector is completely secured.
If the rear center seat belt connector
and the seatbacks are not secured in
the correct position, serious personal
injury may result in an accident or
sudden stop.
WARNING
.
.
JVR0197X
Attaching rear center seat belt:
Always be sure the rear center seat belt
connector tongue and connector buckle are
attached. Disconnect only when folding
down the rear seat.
.
Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt connector except when folding
down the rear seat.
When attaching the rear center seat
belt connector, be certain that the
seatbacks are completely secured in
the latched position and the rear
center seat belt connector is completely secured.
If the rear center seat belt connector
and the seatbacks are not secured in
the correct position, serious personal
injury may result in an accident or
sudden stop.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-19
WARNING
.
.
SSS0294A
WARNING
.
After adjustment, release the adjustment button and try to move the
shoulder belt anchor up and down to
make sure it is securely fixed in
position.
The shoulder belt anchor height
should be adjusted to the position
best for you. Failure to do so may
reduce the effectiveness of the entire
restraint system and increase the
chance or severity of injury in an
accident.
Shoulder belt height adjustment
(front seats)
SEAT BELT EXTENDERS
The shoulder belt anchor height should be
adjusted to the position best for you. (See
“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-12).)
To adjust, push the button , and then move
the shoulder belt anchor to the desired
position, so that the belt passes over the
center of the shoulder. The belt should be
away from your face and neck, but not
falling off of your shoulder. Release the
adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt
anchor into position.
If, because of body size or driving position, it
is not possible to properly fit the lapshoulder belt and fasten it, an extender that
is compatible with the installed seat belts is
available that can be purchased. The extender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) of
length and may be used for either the driver
or front passenger seating position. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for assistance with purchasing an extender if
an extender is required.
1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
.
.
It is recommended only INFINITI seat
belt extenders, made by the same
company which made the original
equipment seat belts, be used with
the INFINITI seat belts.
Adults and children who can use the
standard seat belt should not use an
extender. Such unnecessary use could
result in serious personal injury in the
event of an accident.
Never use seat belt extenders to
install child restraints. If the child
restraint is not secured properly, the
child could be seriously injured or
killed in a collision or a sudden stop.
SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE
.
.
To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a
mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or
carpets. Then, wipe with a cloth and
allow the seat belts to dry in the shade.
Do not allow the seat belts to retract
until they are completely dry.
If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide
of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts
may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder
CHILD SAFETY
.
belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.
Periodically check to see that the seat
belt and the metal components such as
buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible
wires and anchors work properly. If loose
parts, deterioration, cuts or other damage on the webbing is found, the entire
seat belt assembly should be replaced.
leased. Release the connector tongue by
inserting a suitable tool (such as a key)
into the connector buckle . If the seat
belt can not be unbuckled or is already
unbuckled, release the child by cutting
the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as
a knife or scissors) to release the seat
belt.
JVR0256X
Models with rear seat folding
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the
seat belts. Most seating positions are
equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat
belt becomes wrapped around a child’s
neck with the ALR mode activated, the
child can be seriously injured or killed if
the seat belt retracts and becomes tight.
This can occur even if the vehicle is
parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release
the child. For the center of the rear seat
on the models with rear seat folding, the
may also be reconnector tongue
Children need adults to help protect them.
They need to be properly restrained.
In addition to the general information in this
manual, child safety information is available
from many other sources, including doctors,
teachers, government traffic safety offices,
and community organizations. Every child is
different, so be sure to learn the best way to
transport your child.
There are three basic types of child restraint
systems:
. Rear-facing child restraint
. Forward-facing child restraint
. Booster seat
The proper restraint depends on the child’s
size. Generally, infants up to about 1 year
and less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed
in rear-facing child restraints. Forwardfacing child restraints are available for
children who outgrow rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old. Booster
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-21
seats are used to help position a vehicle lap/
shoulder belt on a child who can no longer
use a forward-facing child restraint.
WARNING
Infants and children need special protection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit
them properly. The shoulder belt may
come too close to the face or neck. The
lap belt may not fit over their small hip
bones. In an accident, an improperly
fitting seat belt could cause serious or
fatal injury. Always use appropriate
child restraints.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require the use of approved child
restraints for infants and small children. See
“Child restraints” (P.1-23).
A child restraint may be secured in the
vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower
Anchor and Tethers for CHildren) system or
with the vehicle seat belt. See “Child restraints” (P.1-23) for more information.
INFINITI recommends that all pre-teens and
children be restrained in the rear seat.
Studies show that children are safer when
properly restrained in the rear seat than in
the front seat.
1-22
This is especially important because your
vehicle has a supplemental restraint system
(Air bag system) for the front passenger.
See “Supplemental restraint system” (P.142).
dards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always
follow the manufacturer’s instructions for
installation and use.
INFANTS
LARGER CHILDREN
Infants up to at least 1 year old should be
placed in a rear-facing child restraint.
INFINITI recommends that infants be placed
in child restraints that comply with Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You
should choose a child restraint that fits your
vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.
Children should remain in a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness until they reach
the maximum height or weight limit allowed
by the child restraint manufacturer.
Once a child outgrows the height or weight
limit of the harness-equipped forward-facing child restraint, INFINITI recommends
that the child be placed in a commercially
available booster seat to obtain proper seat
belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, the
booster seat should raise the child so that
the shoulder belt is properly positioned
across the chest and the top, middle portion
of the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not
cross the neck or face and should not fall off
the shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly
across the lower hips or upper thighs, not the
abdomen.
A booster seat can only be used in seating
positions that have a three-point type seat
belt. The booster seat should fit the vehicle
seat and have a label certifying that it
complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
SMALL CHILDREN
Children that are over 1 year old and weigh
at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rearfacing child restraint as long as possible up
to the height or weight limit of the child
restraint. Children who outgrow the height
or weight limit of the rear-facing child
restraint and are at least 1 year old should
be secured in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness. Refer to the manufacturer’s instructions for minimum and
maximum weight and height recommendations. INFINITI recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply
with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
CHILD RESTRAINTS
A booster seat should be used until the child
can pass the seat belt fit test below:
. Are the child’s back and hips against the
vehicle seatback?
. Is the child able to sit without slouching?
. Do the child’s knees bend easily over the
front edge of the seat with feet flat on
the floor?
. Can the child safely wear the seat belt
(lap belt low and snug across the hips
and shoulder belt across mid-chest and
shoulder)?
. Is the child able to use the properly
adjusted head restraint/headrest?
. Will the child be able to stay in position
for the entire ride?
JVR0473X
SSS0099
If you answered no to any of these questions, the child should remain in a booster
seat using a three-point type seat belt.
NOTE:
Laws in some communities may follow
different guidelines. Check local and state
regulations to confirm your child is using the
correct restraint system before traveling.
WARNING
Never let a child stand or kneel on any
seat and do not allow a child in the cargo
area. The child could be seriously injured
or killed in a sudden stop or collision.
SSS0100
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-23
PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS
WARNING
.
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could
result in serious injury or death of a
child or other passengers in a sudden
stop or collision:
— The child restraint must be used
and installed properly. Always
follow all of the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions for
installation and use.
— Infants and children should never
be held on anyone’s lap. Even the
strongest adult cannot resist the
forces of a collision.
— Do not put a seat belt around
both a child and another passenger.
— INFINITI recommends that all
child restraints be installed in the
rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in
the front seat. If you must install a
1-24
forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, see “Forwardfacing child restraint installation
using the seat belts” (P.1-35).
— Even with the INFINITI Advanced
Air Bag System, never install a
rear-facing child restraint in the
front seat. An inflating air bag
could seriously injure or kill a child.
A rear-facing child restraint must
only be used in the rear seat.
— Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and
vehicle. Some child restraints may
not fit properly in your vehicle.
— Child restraint anchor points are
designed to withstand loads from
child restraints that are properly
fitted.
— Never use the anchor points for
adult seat belts or harnesses.
— A child restraint with a top tether
strap should not be used in the
front passenger seat.
— Keep seatbacks as upright as
possible after fitting the child
restraint.
— Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
child restraint while in the vehicle.
.
When the child restraint is not in use,
keep it secured with the LATCH
system or a seat belt. In a sudden
stop or collision, loose objects can
injure occupants or damage the vehicle.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can
become very hot. Check the seating
surface and buckles before placing a
child in the child restraint.
This vehicle is equipped with a universal child
restraint anchor system, referred to as the
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) system. Some child restraints include rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to these
anchors.
For details, see “Lower Anchors and Tethers
for CHildren System (LATCH)” (P.1-26).
If you do not have a LATCH compatible child
restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.
Several manufacturers offer child restraints
for infants and small children of various
sizes. When selecting any child restraint,
keep the following points in mind:
. Choose only a restraint with a label
certifying that it complies with Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
. Check the child restraint in your vehicle to
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s
seat and seat belt system.
. If the child restraint is compatible with
your vehicle, place your child in the child
restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is
compatible with your child. Choose a
child restraint that is designed for your
child’s height and weight. Always follow
all recommended procedures.
. If the combined weight of the child and
child restraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5
kg), you may use either the LATCH
anchors or the seat belt to install the
child restraint (not both at the same
time).
. If the combined weight of the child and
child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5
kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the
lower anchors) to install the child restraint.
. Be sure to follow the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions for installation.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require that infants and small
children be restrained in an approved child
restraint at all times while the vehicle is
being operated. Canadian law requires the
top tether strap on forward-facing child
restraints be secured to the designated
anchor point on the vehicle.
JVR0188X
Models with rear seat folding
SSS0567
Models without rear seat folding
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-25
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren System (LATCH)
Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor
points that are used with the LATCH (Lower
Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system
compatible child restraints. This system may
also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX
compatible system. With this system, you do
not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure
the child restraint unless the combined
weight of the child and child restraint
exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined
weight of the child and child restraint is
greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the
vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors)
to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow
the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation.
LATCH lower anchor
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in
serious injury or death of a child or other
passengers in a sudden stop or collision:
.
shown in the illustration.
Do not secure a child restraint in the
center rear seating position using the
LATCH lower anchors. The child restraint will not be secured properly.
. Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor
area. Feel to make sure there are no
obstructions over the anchors such as
seat belt webbing or seat cushion
material. The child restraint will not
be secured properly if the lower
anchors are obstructed.
Child restraint anchorages are designed
to withstand only those loads imposed
by correctly fitted child restraints. Under
no circumstances are they to be used to
attach adult seat belts, or other items or
equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could
damage the child restraint anchorages.
The child restraint will not be properly
installed using the damaged anchorage,
and a child could be seriously injured or
killed in a collision.
.
Attach LATCH system compatible
child restraints only at the locations
1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0840
Models with rear seat folding
SSS0637
Models without rear seat folding
LATCH lower anchor location
The LATCH lower anchors are located at the
rear of the seat cushion near the seatback. A
label is attached to the seatback to help you
locate the LATCH lower anchors.
SSS0643
LATCH webbing-mounted attachment
Installing child restraint LATCH
lower anchor attachments
LATCH compatible child restraints include
two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments
that can be connected to two anchors
located at certain seating positions in your
vehicle. With this system, you do not have to
use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child
restraint. Check your child restraint for a
label stating that it is compatible with
LATCH. This information may also be in
the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.
SSS0644
LATCH rigid-mounted attachment
When installing a child restraint, carefully
read and follow the instructions in this
manual and those supplied with the child
restraint.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-27
equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could
damage the child restraint anchorages.
The child restraint will not be properly
installed using the damaged anchorage,
and a child could be seriously injured or
killed in a collision.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
LATCH
JVR0258X
Top tether anchor point locations
Anchor points are located on the rear parcel
shelf.
If you have any questions when installing a
top tether strap child restraint on the rear
seat, it is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for this service.
WARNING
Child restraint anchorages are designed
to withstand only those loads imposed
by correctly fitted child restraints. Under
no circumstances are they to be used to
attach adult seat belts, or other items or
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the
“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sections
before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child
restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the
combined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to
follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing
child restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0648
Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors.
Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower
anchors.
SSS0649
Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2
SSS0639
Rear-facing — step 3
3. For child restraints that are equipped
with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the
anchor attachments. Press downward
and rearward firmly in the center of the
child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the
anchor attachments.
SSS0650
Rear-facing — step 4
4. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it
from side to side while holding the child
restraint near the LATCH attachment
path. The child restraint should not move
more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to
side. Try to tug it forward and check to
see if the LATCH attachment holds the
restraint in place. If the restraint is not
secure, tighten the LATCH attachment
as necessary, or put the restraint in
another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint or
try installing by using the vehicle seat
belt (if applicable). Not all child restraints
fit in all types of vehicles.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-29
5. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1
through 4.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
THE SEAT BELTS
WARNING
.
.
The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must
be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode
will result in the child restraint not
being properly secured. The restraint
could tip over or be loose and cause
injury to a child in a sudden stop or
collision. Also, it can change the
operation of the front passenger air
bag. See “Front passenger air bag
and status light” (P.1-50).
When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position, both
the center seat belt connector tongue
and buckle tongue must be secured
(for models with rear seat folding).
See “Rear center seat belt (models
with rear seat folding)” (P.1-18).
For additional information, refer to all
Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety”
(P.1-21) and “Child restraints” (P.1-23) before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child
restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the
combined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to
follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing
child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in
the rear seats:
1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0100
Rear-facing — step 1
1. Child restraints for infants must be used
in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat.
Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
SSS0654
Rear-facing — step 2
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the
child restraint and insert it into the buckle
until you hear and feel the latch engage.
Be sure to follow the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions for belt
routing.
SSS0655
Rear-facing — step 3
3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
extended. At this time, the seat belt
retractor is in the Automatic Locking
Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint
mode). It reverts to the Emergency
Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when
the seat belt is fully retracted.
SSS0656
Rear-facing — step 4
4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on
the shoulder belt to remove any slack in
the belt.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-31
use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat
steps 1 through 6.
After the child restraint is removed and the
seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child
restraint mode) is canceled.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
LATCH
SSS0657
Rear-facing — step 5
5. Remove any additional slack from the
seat belt; press downward and rearward
firmly in the center of the child restraint
to compress the vehicle seat cushion and
seatback while pulling up on the seat
belt.
SSS0658
Rear-facing — step 6
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it
from side to side while holding the child
restraint near the seat belt path. The
child restraint should not move more
than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.
Try to tug it forward and check to see if
the belt holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the seat
belt as necessary, or put the restraint in
another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint. Not
all child restraints fit in all types of
vehicles.
7. Check to make sure that the child
restraint is properly secured prior to each
1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the
“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sections
before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child
restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the
combined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to
follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a forwardfacing child restraint using the LATCH
system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
SSS0645
Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors.
Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower
anchors.
If the child restraint is equipped with a
top tether strap, route the top tether
strap and secure the tether strap to the
tether anchor point. See “Installing top
tether strap” (P.1-34). Do not install child
restraints that require the use of a top
tether strap in seating positions that do
not have a top tether anchor.
SSS0646
Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2
3. The back of the child restraint should be
secured against the vehicle seatback.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint to obtain the correct child
restraint fit. If the head restraint is
removed, store it in a secure place. Be
sure to reinstall the head restraint when
the child restraint is removed. See “Head
restraints/headrests” (P.1-8) for head
restraint adjustment information.
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit,
try another seating position or a different child restraint.
SSS0647
Forward-facing — step 4
4. For child restraints that are equipped
with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the
anchor attachments. Press downward
and rearward firmly in the center of the
child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the
anchor attachments.
5. Tighten the tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to remove
any slack.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-33
7. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1
through 6.
SSS0638
Forward-facing — step 6
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it
from side to side while holding the child
restraint near the LATCH attachment
path. The child restraint should not move
more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to
side. Try to tug it forward and check to
see if the LATCH attachment holds the
restraint in place. If the restraint is not
secure, tighten the LATCH attachment
as necessary, or put the restraint in
another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint. Not
all child restraints fit in all types of
vehicles.
1-34
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
JVR0258X
Installing top tether strap
WARNING
Child restraint anchorages are designed
to withstand only those loads imposed
by correctly fitted child restraints. Under
no circumstances are they to be used to
attach adult seat belts, or other items or
equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could
damage the child restraint anchorages.
The child restraint will not be properly
installed using the damaged anchorage,
and a child could be seriously injured or
killed in a collision.
The child restraint top tether strap must be
used when installing the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchor attachments.
First, secure the child restraint with the
LATCH lower anchors (rear outboard seating positions only).
1. Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor
point which is located directly behind the
child restraint.
2. If necessary, raise or remove the head
restraint or headrest to position the top
tether strap over the top of the seatback.
If the head restraint or headrest is
removed, store it in a secure place. Be
sure to reinstall the head restraint or
headrest when the child restraint is
removed.
See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.18) for head restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation information.
Position the top tether strap over the top
of the seatback.
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether
anchor point on the rear parcel shelf.
4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint
installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap.
If you have any questions when installing a
top tether strap, it is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
THE SEAT BELTS
WARNING
.
.
The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must
be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode
will result in the child restraint not
being properly secured. The restraint
could tip over or be loose and cause
injury to a child in a sudden stop or
collision. Also, it can change the
operation of the front passenger air
bag. See “Front passenger air bag
and status light” (P.1-50).
When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position, both
the center seat belt connector tongue
and buckle tongue must be secured
(for models with rear seat folding).
See “Rear center seat belt (models
with rear seat folding)” (P.1-18).
SSS0640
Forward-facing (front passenger seat) —
step 1
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the
“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sections
before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child
restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the
combined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to
follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a forwardfacing child restraint using the vehicle seat
belt in the rear seats or in the front
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-35
passenger seat:
1. If you must install a child restraint in the
front seat, it should be placed in a
forward-facing direction only. Move
the seat to the rearmost position. Child
restraints for infants must be used in the
rear-facing direction and, therefore,
must not be used in the front seat.
2. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
The back of the child restraint should be
secured against the vehicle seatback.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint or headrest to obtain the
correct child restraint fit. If the head
restraint or headrest is removed, store it
in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the
head restraint or headrest when the
child restraint is removed. See “Head
restraints/headrests” (P.1-8) for head
restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint or headrest
and it is interfering with the proper child
restraint fit, try another seating position
or a different child restraint.
1-36
SSS0360B
Forward-facing — step 3
3. Route the seat belt tongue through the
child restraint and insert it into the buckle
until you hear and feel the latch engage.
Be sure to follow the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions for belt
routing.
If the child restraint is equipped with a
top tether strap, route the top tether
strap and secure the tether strap to the
tether anchor point (rear seat installation
only). See “Installing top tether strap”
(P.1-38). Do not install child restraints
that require the use of a top tether strap
in seating positions that do not have a
top tether anchor.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0651
Forward-facing — step 4
4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
extended. At this time, the seat belt
retractor is in the Automatic Locking
Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint
mode). It reverts to Emergency Locking
Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt
is fully retracted.
SSS0652
Forward-facing — step 5
5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on
the shoulder belt to remove any slack in
the belt.
SSS0653
Forward-facing — step 6
6. Remove any additional slack from the
seat belt; press downward and rearward
firmly in the center of the child restraint
with your knee to compress the vehicle
seat cushion and seatback while pulling
up on the seat belt.
7. Tighten the tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to remove
any slack.
SSS0641
Forward-facing — step 8
8. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it
from side to side while holding the child
restraint near the seat belt path. The
child restraint should not move more
than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.
Try to tug it forward and check to see if
the belt holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the seat
belt as necessary, or put the restraint in
another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint. Not
all child restraints fit in all types of
vehicles.
9. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-37
seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2
through 8.
JVR0192X
Forward-facing — step 10
10. If the child restraint is installed in the
front passenger seat, place the ignition
switch in the ON position. The front
should
passenger air bag status light
illuminate. If this light is not illuminated,
see “Front passenger air bag and status
light” (P.1-50). Move the child restraint
to another seating position. Have the
system checked. It is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
After the child restraint is removed and the
seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode
(child restraint mode) is canceled.
1-38
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
JVR0258X
Installing top tether strap
WARNING
Child restraint anchorages are designed
to withstand only those loads imposed
by correctly fitted child restraints. Under
no circumstances are they to be used to
attach adult seat belts, or other items or
equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could
damage the child restraint anchorages.
The child restraint will not be properly
installed using the damaged anchorage,
and a child could be seriously injured or
killed in a collision.
The child restraint top tether strap must be
used when installing the child restraint with
the seat belts.
First, secure the child restraint with the seat
belt.
1. Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor
point which is located directly behind the
child restraint.
2. If necessary, raise or remove the head
restraint or headrest to position the top
tether strap over the top of the seatback.
If the head restraint or headrest is
removed, store it in a secure place. Be
sure to reinstall the head restraint or
headrest when the child restraint is
removed.
See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.18) for head restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation information.
Position the top tether strap over the top
of the seatback.
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether
anchor point on the rear parcel shelf.
4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint
installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap.
If you have any questions when installing a
top tether strap, it is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
BOOSTER SEATS
Precautions on booster seats
WARNING
If a booster seat and seat belt are not
used properly, the risk of a child being
injured or killed in a sudden stop or
collision greatly increases:
.
.
.
Make sure the shoulder portion of
the belt is away from the child’s face
and neck and the lap portion of the
belt does not cross the stomach.
Make sure the shoulder belt is not
behind the child or under the child’s
arm.
A booster seat must only be installed
in a seating position that has a lap/
shoulder belt.
LRS0455
Booster seats of various sizes are offered by
several manufacturers. When selecting any
booster seat, keep the following points in
mind:
. Choose only a booster seat with a label
certifying that it complies with Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s
seat and seat belt system.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-39
Booster seat installation
WARNING
To avoid injury to child, do not use the
lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking
Retractor (ALR) mode when using a
booster seat with the seat belts.
LRS0453
.
Make sure the child’s head will be
properly supported by the booster seat
or vehicle seat. The seatback must be at
or above the center of the child’s ears.
For example, if a low back booster seat
is chosen, the vehicle seatback must be
at or above the center of the child’s ears.
If the seatback is lower than the center
of the child’s ears, a high back booster
seat should be used.
LRS0464
.
If the booster seat is compatible with
your vehicle, place your child in the
booster seat and check the various
adjustments to be sure the booster seat
is compatible with your child. Always
follow all recommended procedures.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require that infants and small
children be restrained in an approved child
restraint at all times while the vehicle is
being operated.
The instructions in this section apply to
booster seat installation in the rear seats or
the front passenger seat.
1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the
“Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Booster seats” sections earlier in this section
before installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a booster seat in
the rear seat or in the front passenger seat:
SSS0640
1. If you must install a booster seat in the
front seat, move the seat to the rearmost position.
2. Position the booster seat on the seat.
Only place it in a forward-facing direction. Always follow the booster seat
manufacturer’s instructions.
LRS0454
Front passenger position
3. The booster seat should be positioned on
the vehicle seat so that it is stable.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint or headrest to obtain the
correct booster seat fit. If the head
restraint or headrest is removed, store
it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall
the head restraint or headrest when the
booster seat is removed. See “Head
restraints/headrests” (P.1-8) for head
restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint or headrest
and it is interfering with the proper
booster seat fit, try another seating
position or a different booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt
low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure
to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat
belt routing.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat
belt toward the retractor to take up
extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is
positioned across the top, middle portion
of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to follow
the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.
6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat
belt shown in “Seat belts” (P.1-12).
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-41
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
JVR0192X
7. If the booster seat is installed in the front
passenger seat, push the ignition switch
to the ON position. The front passenger
may or may not
air bag status light
illuminate depending on the size of the
child and the type of booster seat used.
See “Front passenger air bag and status
light” (P.1-50).
1-42
This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
section contains important information concerning the following systems:
. Driver and passenger front-impact supplemental air bags (INFINITI Advanced
Air Bag System)
. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag
. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag
. Seat belt with pretensioner
Supplemental front-impact air bag system:
The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System can
help cushion the impact force to the head
and chest of the driver and front passenger
in certain frontal collisions.
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system: This system can help
cushion the impact force to the chest and
pelvis area of the driver and front passenger
in certain side impact collisions. The side air
bag is designed to inflate on the side where
the vehicle is impacted.
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag system: This
system can help cushion the impact force
to the head of occupants in front and rear
outboard seating positions in certain side
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
impact or rollover collisions. In a side impact,
the curtain air bags are designed to inflate
on the side where the vehicle is impacted. In
a rollover, the curtain air bags on both sides
are designed to inflate and remain inflated
for a short time.
Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate
in certain types of rollover collisions or near
rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle movements may cause the curtain air bags to
inflate.
These supplemental restraint systems are
designed to supplement the crash protection
provided by the driver and passenger seat
belts and are not a substitute for them. Seat
belts should always be correctly worn and
the occupant seated a suitable distance
away from the steering wheel, instrument
panel and door finishers. (See “Seat belts”
(P.1-12) for instructions and precautions on
seat belt usage.)
The supplemental air bags operate only
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the systems are operational.
WARNING
.
.
SSS0131B
SSS0132B
.
The front air bags ordinarily will not
inflate in the event of a side impact,
rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear
your seat belts to help reduce the
risk or severity of injury in various
kinds of accidents.
The front passenger air bag will not
inflate if the passenger air bag status
light is lit. See “Front passenger air
bag and status light” (P.1-50).
The seat belts and the front air bags
are most effective when you are
sitting well back and upright in the
seat with both feet on the floor. The
front air bags inflate with great
force. Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System, if you are
unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting
sideways or out of position in any
way, you are at greater risk of injury
or death in a crash. You may also
receive serious or fatal injuries from
the front air bag if you are up against
it when it inflates. Always sit back
against the seatback and as far-away
as practical from the steering wheel
or instrument panel. Always use the
seat belts.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-43
.
.
.
The driver and front passenger seat
belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are
fastened. The Advanced Air Bag
System monitors the severity of a
collision and seat belt usage then
inflates the air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury
in an accident.
The front passenger seat is equipped
with occupant classification sensors
(weight sensors) that turn the front
passenger air bag OFF under some
conditions. These sensors are only
used in this seat. Failure to be
properly seated and wearing the seat
belt can increase the risk or severity
of injury in an accident. See “Front
passenger air bag and status light”
(P.1-50).
Keep hands on the outside of the
steering wheel. Placing them inside
the steering wheel rim could increase
the risk of injury if the front air bag
inflates.
1-44
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0007
SSS0008
SSS0006
SSS0009
WARNING
.
.
SSS0099
.
SSS0100
Never let children ride unrestrained
or extend their hands or face out of
the window. Do not attempt to hold
them in your lap or arms. Some
examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.
Children may be severely injured or
killed when the front air bags, side air
bags or curtain air bags inflate if they
are not properly restrained. Preteens and children should be properly
restrained in the rear seat, if possible.
Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rearfacing child restraint in the front
seat. An inflating front air bag could
seriously injure or kill your child. See
“Child restraints” (P.1-23) for details.
SSS0059A
SSS0188A
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-45
.
SSS0140
SSS0159
WARNING
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover
supplemental air bags:
.
SSS0162
.
The side air bags ordinarily will not
inflate in the event of a frontal
impact, rear impact, rollover or lower
severity side collision. Always wear
your seat belts to help reduce the risk
or severity of injury in various kinds
of accidents.
The curtain air bags ordinarily will
not inflate in the event of a front
1-46 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
.
impact, rear impact, or lower severity
side collision. Always wear your seat
belts to help reduce the risk or
severity of injury in various kinds of
accidents.
The seat belts, side air bags and
curtain air bags are most effective
when you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat. The side air bag
and curtain air bag inflate with great
force. Do not allow anyone to place
their hand, leg or face near the side
air bag on the side of the seatback of
the front seat or near the side roof
rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in
the front seats or rear outboard seats
to extend their hand out of the
window or lean against the door.
Some examples of dangerous riding
positions are shown in the previous
illustrations.
When sitting in the rear seat, do not
hold onto the seatback of the front
seat. If the supplemental side air bag
inflates, you may be seriously injured.
Be especially careful with children,
who should always be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the
illustrations.
.
Do not use seat covers on the front
seatbacks. They may interfere with
side air bag inflation.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-47
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Pressure sensors in door
Air bag Control Unit (ACU)
Satellite sensors
Seat belts with pretensioners
Lap outer pretensioners
INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG
SYSTEM (front seats)
WARNING
To ensure proper operation of the passenger’s Advanced Air Bag System, observe the following items.
.
.
JVR0514X
1.
2.
3.
4.
Crash zone sensor
Supplemental front air bag modules
(INFINITI Advanced Air Bags)
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags
Occupant classification sensors
(weight sensors)
5.
6.
7.
Occupant classification system control
unit
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bags
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag inflators
1-48 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
.
.
Do not allow a passenger in the rear
seat to push or pull on the seatback
pocket.
Do not place heavy loads heavier
than 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,
head restraint or in the seatback
pocket.
Make sure that there is nothing
pressing against the rear of the seatback, such as a child restraint installed in the rear seat or an object
stored on the floor.
Make sure that there is no object
placed under the front passenger
seat.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Make sure that there is no object
placed between the seat cushion and
center console or between the seat
cushion and the door.
Be sure that the front passenger seat
does not contact the rear seat, instrument panel, etc., or the head
restraint does not contact the roof.
Confirm the operating condition with
the front passenger air bag status
light.
If you notice that the front passenger
air bag status light is not operating
as described in this section, it is
recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer to check the passenger seat
Advanced Air Bag System.
Until you have confirmed with a
retailer that your passenger seat
Advanced Air Bag System is working
properly, position the occupants in
the rear seating positions.
Do not position the front passenger
seat so it contacts the rear seat. If the
front seat does contact the rear seat,
the air bag system may determine a
sensor malfunction has occurred and
the front passenger air bag status
light may illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light may
flash.
This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITI
Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and
front passenger seats. This system is designed to meet certification requirements
under U.S. regulations. It is also permitted in
Canada. All of the information, cautions and
warnings in this manual apply and must be
followed.
The driver supplemental front-impact air
bag is located in the center of the steering
wheel. The front passenger supplemental
front-impact air bag is mounted in the
instrument panel above the glove box. The
front air bags are designed to inflate in
higher severity frontal collisions, although
they may inflate if the forces in another type
of collision are similar to those of a higher
severity frontal impact. They may not inflate
in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage
(or lack of it) is not always an indication of
proper front air bag operation.
The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System has
dual stage air bag inflators. The system
monitors information from the crash zone
sensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat
belt buckle switches and the occupant
classification sensors (weight sensors). Inflator operation is based on the severity of a
collision and seat belt usage for the driver.
For the front passenger, the occupant
classification sensors are also monitored.
Based on information from the sensors, only
one front air bag may inflate in a crash,
depending on the crash severity and whether
the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Additionally, the front passenger air bag
may be automatically turned OFF under
some conditions, depending on the information provided by the occupant classification
sensors. If the front passenger air bag is
OFF, the front passenger air bag status light
will be illuminated. (See “Front passenger air
bag and status light” (P.1-50) for further
details.) One front air bag inflating does not
indicate improper performance of the system.
If you have any questions about your air bag
system, it is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer to obtain information
about the system. If you are considering
modification of your vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact an INFINITI
retailer. Contact information is contained in
the front of this Owner’s Manual.
When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud
noise may be heard, followed by release of
smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does
not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not
to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and
choking. Those with a history of a breathing
condition should get fresh air promptly.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-49
Front air bags, along with the use of seat
belts, help to cushion the impact force on the
head and chest of the front occupants. They
can help save lives and reduce serious
injuries. However, an inflating front air bag
may cause facial abrasions or other injuries.
Front air bags do not provide restraint to the
lower body.
Even with INFINITI advanced air bags, seat
belts should be correctly worn and the driver
and passenger seated upright as far as
practical away from the steering wheel or
instrument panel. The front air bags inflate
quickly in order to help protect the front
occupants. Because of this, the force of the
front air bag inflating can increase the risk of
injury if the occupant is too close to, or is
against, the air bag module during inflation.
The front air bags deflate quickly after a
collision.
The front air bags operate only when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the system is operational.
1-50
accident.
JVR0192X
Front passenger air bag and status
light
WARNING
The front passenger air bag is designed
to automatically turn OFF under some
conditions. Read this section carefully to
learn how it operates. Proper use of the
seat, seat belt and child restraints is
necessary for most effective protection.
Failure to follow all instructions in this
manual concerning the use of seats, seat
belts and child restraints can increase
the risk or severity of injury in an
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Status light:
The front passenger seat is equipped with an
occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag on
or off depending on the weight applied to
the front passenger seat. The status of the
front passenger air bag (ON or OFF) is
indicated by the front passenger air bag
which is located on the
status light
instrument panel.
After the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, the front passenger air bag status
light illuminates for about 7 seconds and
then turns off or remains illuminated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status. The light operates as follows:
CONDITION
DESCRIPTION
PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS LIGHT
(
)
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS
Empty
Empty front passenger seat
ON
(illuminated)
INHIBITED
Nobody/Somebody
Bag or Child or Child Restraint or Small
Adult in the front passenger seat
ON
(illuminated)
INHIBITED
Adult
Adult in the front passenger seat
OFF
(dark)
ACTIVATED
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-51
In addition to the above, certain objects
placed on the front passenger seat may also
cause the light to operate as described
above depending on their weight.
For additional information related to the
normal operation and troubleshooting of
this occupant classification sensor system,
please refer to “Normal operation” (P.1-53)
and “Troubleshooting” (P.1-54).
Front passenger air bag:
The front passenger air bag is designed to
automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is
operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U.S.
regulations. If the front passenger air bag
is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The driver
air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are
not part of this system.
The purpose of the regulation is to help
reduce the risk of injury or death from an
inflating air bag to certain front passenger
seat occupants, such as children, by requiring
the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.
Certain sensors are used to meet the
requirements.
The occupant classification sensor in this
vehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to
detect an occupant and objects on the seat
by weight. For example, if a child is in the
front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag
System is designed to turn the passenger air
bag OFF in accordance with the regulations.
Also, if a child restraint of the type specified
in the regulations is on the seat, its weight
and the child’s weight can be detected and
cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who
are properly seated and using the seat belt
as outlined in this manual should not cause
the passenger air bag to be automatically
turned OFF. For small adults it may be
turned OFF, however, if the occupant takes
his/her weight off the seat cushion (for
example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on
an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being
out of position), this could cause the sensor
to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure to be
seated and wearing the seat belt properly
for the most effective protection by the seat
belt and supplemental air bag.
INFINITI recommends that pre-teens and
children be properly restrained in a rear seat.
INFINITI also recommends that appropriate
child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If this is not
possible, the occupant classification sensor
is designed to operate as described above to
turn the front passenger air bag OFF for
specified child restraints as required by the
regulations. Failing to properly secure child
restraints and to use the ALR mode may
allow the restraint to tip or move in a
collision or sudden stop. This can also result
1-52 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash
instead of being OFF. For additional information, refer to “Child restraints” (P.1-23)
for proper use and installation.
If the front passenger seat is not occupied,
the passenger air bag is designed not to
inflate in a crash. However, heavy objects
placed on the seat could result in air bag
inflation, because of the object’s weight
detected by the occupant classification
sensor. Other conditions could also result in
air bag inflation, such as if a child is standing
on the seat, or if two children are on the
seat, contrary to the instructions in this
manual. Always be sure that you and all
vehicle occupants are seated and restrained
properly.
Using the front passenger air bag status
light, you can monitor when the front
passenger air bag is automatically turned
OFF.
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the
front passenger air bag status light is
illuminated (indicating that the air bag is
OFF), it could be that the person is a small
adult, or is not sitting on the seat properly or
not using the seat belt properly.
If a child restraint must be used in the front
seat, the front passenger air bag status light
may or may not be illuminated, depending on
the size of the child and the type of child
restraint being used. If the front passenger
air bag status light is not illuminated (indicating that the air bag might inflate in a
crash), it could be that the child restraint or
seat belt is not being used properly. Make
sure that the child restraint is installed
properly, the seat belt is used properly and
the occupant is positioned properly. If the
front passenger air bag status light is still not
illuminated, reposition the occupant or child
restraint in a rear seat.
If the front passenger air bag status light will
not illuminate even though you believe that
the child restraint, the seat belts and the
occupant are properly positioned, it is recommended that you take your vehicle to an
INFINITI retailer. An INFINITI retailer can
check the system status by using a special
tool. However, until you have confirmed
with your retailer that your air bag is working properly, reposition the occupant or child
restraint in a rear seat.
The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System and
front passenger air bag status light will take
a few seconds to register a change in the
passenger seat status. This is normal system
operation and does not indicate a malfunction.
If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system, the supplemental air bag
, located in the meter and
warning light
gauges area of the instrument panel, will be
illuminated (blinking or steadily lit). Have the
system checked. It is recommended you visit
an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Normal operation:
In order for the occupant classification
sensor system to classify the front passenger based on weight, please follow the
precautions and steps outlined below:
Precautions
. Make sure that there are no objects
weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging on
the seat or placed in the seatback pocket.
. Make sure that a child restraint or other
object is not pressing against the rear of
the seatback.
. Make sure that a rear passenger is not
pushing or pulling on the back of the
front passenger seat.
. Make sure that the front passenger seat
or seatback is not forced back against an
object on the seat or floor behind it.
. Make sure that there is no object placed
under the front passenger seat.
. Make sure that the front passenger seat
head restraint does not contact the roof
when adjusting the front passenger seat.
Steps
1. Adjust the seat as outlined in “Seats”
(P.1-2). Sit upright, leaning against the
seatback, and centered on the seat
2.
3.
4.
5.
cushion with your feet comfortably extended to the floor.
Make sure there are no objects on your
lap.
Fasten the seat belt as outlined in “Seat
belts” (P.1-12). Front passenger seat belt
buckle status is monitored by the occupant classification sensor system, and is
used as an input to determine occupancy
status. So, it is highly recommended that
the front passenger fastens his/her seat
belt.
Remain in this position for 30 seconds
allowing the system to classify the front
passenger before the vehicle is put into
motion.
Ensure proper classification by checking
the front passenger air bag status light.
NOTE:
This vehicle’s occupant classification sensor
system generally keeps the classification
locked during driving, so it is important that
you confirm that the front passenger is
properly classified prior to driving. However, the occupant classification sensor may
recalculate the weight of the occupant
under some conditions (both while driving
and when stopped), so the front passenger
seat occupant should continue to remain
seated as outlined above.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-53
Troubleshooting:
If you think the front passenger air bag
status light is incorrect:
1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying
the front passenger seat:
. Occupant is a small adult - the air bag
status light is functioning as intended.
The front passenger air bag is suppressed.
However, if the occupant is not a small
adult, then this may be due to the
following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors:
. Occupant is not sitting upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with his/her
feet comfortably extended to the
floor.
. A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback.
. A rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger seat.
. Forcing the front seat or seatback
against an object on the seat or floor
behind it.
. An object placed under the front
passenger seat.
. An object placed between the seat
cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door.
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a
stop when it is safe to do so. Check and
correct any of the above conditions.
Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
NOTE:
A system check will be performed during
which the front passenger air bag status
light will remain lit for about 7 seconds
initially.
If the light is still ON after this, the
person should be advised not to ride in
the front passenger seat and the vehicle
should be checked as soon as possible. It
is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for this service.
2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child
or child restraint occupying the front
passenger seat:
This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the
weight sensors:
. Small adult or child is not sitting
upright, leaning against the seatback,
and centered on the seat cushion with
his/her feet comfortably extended to
the floor.
. The child restraint is not properly
installed as outlined in “Child restraints” (P.1-23).
. An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg)
hanging on the seat or placed in the
1-54 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
seatback pocket.
A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback.
. A rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger seat.
. Forcing the front seat or seatback
against an object on the seat or floor
behind it.
. An object placed under the front
passenger seat.
. An object placed between the seat
cushion and center console.
. The front passenger seat head restraint contacting the roof.
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a
stop when it is safe to do so. Check and
correct any of the above conditions.
Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
.
NOTE:
A system check will be performed during
which the front passenger air bag status
light will remain lit for about 7 seconds
initially.
If the light is still OFF after this, the small
adult, child or child restraint should be
repositioned in the rear seat and the
vehicle should be checked by an INFINITI
retailer as soon as possible.
3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger and no objects on the front passen-
ger seat, the vehicle should be checked
as soon as possible. It is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service.
.
Other supplemental front-impact
air bag precautions
WARNING
.
.
.
Do not place any objects on the
steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel. Also, do not place any
objects between any occupant and
the steering wheel or instrument
panel. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate.
Do not place objects with sharp edges
on the seat. Also, do not place heavy
objects on the seat that will leave
permanent impressions in the seat.
Such objects can damage the seat or
occupant classification sensors
(weight sensors). This can affect the
operation of the air bag system and
result in serious personal injury.
Do not use water or acidic cleaners
(hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This
can damage the seat or occupant
classification sensors. This can also
.
.
.
.
affect the operation of the air bag
system and result in serious personal
injury.
Immediately after inflation, several
front air bag system components will
be hot. Do not touch them; you may
severely burn yourself.
No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring of
the air bag system. This is to prevent
accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the
supplemental air bag system.
Do not make unauthorized changes
to your vehicle’s electrical system,
suspension system or front end structure. This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system.
Tampering with the air bag system
may result in serious personal injury.
Tampering includes changes to the
steering wheel and the instrument
panel assembly by placing material
over the steering wheel pad and
above the instrument panel or by
installing additional trim material
around the air bag system.
Removing or modifying the front
passenger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result
in serious personal injury.
.
.
.
Modifying or tampering with the
front passenger seat may result in
serious personal injury. For example,
do not change the front seats by
placing material on the seat cushion
or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, on the seat
that is not specifically designed to
assure proper air bag operation.
Additionally, do not stow any objects
under the front passenger seat or the
seat cushion and seatback. Such
objects may interfere with the proper
operation of the occupant classification sensors.
No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring of
the seat belt system. This may affect
the front air bag system. Tampering
with the seat belt system may result
in serious personal injury.
It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for work on and
around the front air bag. It is also
recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for installation of electrical
equipment. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or
disconnected. Unauthorized electrical
test equipment and probing devices
should not be used on the air bag
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-55
.
system.
A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified
repair facility. A cracked windshield
could affect the function of the
supplemental air bag system.
*
The SRS wiring harness connectors are
yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that
you inform the buyer about the front air bag
system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.
SSS0521
FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDEIMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR
BAG AND ROOF-MOUNTED
CURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT AND
ROLLOVER SUPPLEMENTAL AIR
BAG SYSTEMS
The side air bags are located in the outside
of the seatback of the front seats. The
curtain air bags are located in the side roof
rails. All of the information, cautions and
warnings in this manual apply and must be
followed. The side air bags and curtain air
bags are designed to inflate in higher
severity side collisions, although they may
1-56
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
inflate if the forces in another type of
collision are similar to those of a higher
severity impact. They are designed to inflate
on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
They may not inflate in certain side collisions.
Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate
in certain types of rollover collisions or near
rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle movements may cause the curtain air bags to
inflate.
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always
an indication of proper supplemental side air
bag and curtain side-impact air bag operation.
When side air bags and curtain air bags
inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,
followed by release of smoke. This smoke is
not harmful and does not indicate a fire.
Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
may cause irritation and choking. Those with
a history of a breathing condition should get
fresh air promptly.
Side air bags, along with the use of seat
belts, help to cushion the impact force on the
chest of the front occupants. Curtain air
bags help to cushion the impact force to the
head of occupants in the front and rear
outboard seating positions in all rows. They
can help save lives and reduce serious
injuries. However, an inflating side air bags
and curtain air bags may cause abrasions or
other injuries. Side air bags and curtain air
bags do not provide restraint to the lower
body.
The seat belts should be correctly worn and
the driver and passenger seated upright as
far as practical away from the side air bag.
Rear seat passengers should be seated as far
away as practical from the door finishers
and side roof rails. The side air bags and
curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to
help protect the occupants. Because of this,
the force of the side air bags and curtain air
bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if
the occupant is too close to, or is against,
these air bag modules during inflation. The
side air bag will deflate quickly after the
collision is over.
The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a
short time.
The side air bags and curtain air bags
operate only when the ignition switch is in
the ON position.
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light illuminates. The air bag warning light
will turn off after about 7 seconds if the
systems are operational.
WARNING
.
.
.
.
.
Do not place any objects near the
seatback of the front seats. Also, do
not place any objects (an umbrella,
bag, etc.) between the front door
finisher and the front seat. Such
objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if side air bag
inflates.
Right after inflation, several side air
bags and curtain air bag system
components will be hot. Do not touch
them; you may severely burn yourself.
No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring of
side air bag and curtain air bags. This
is to prevent damage to or accidental
inflation of the side air bag and
curtain air bag systems.
Do not make unauthorized changes
to your vehicle’s electrical system,
suspension system or side panel. This
could affect proper operation of the
side air bag and curtain air bag
systems.
Tampering with the air bag system
may result in serious personal injury.
For example, do not change the front
.
seats by placing material near the
seatback or by installing additional
trim material, such as seat covers,
around the side air bags.
It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for work on and
around the side air bag and curtain
air bag. It is also recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for installation of electrical equipment. The
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) wiring harnesses* should not
be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment
and probing devices should not be
used on the side-impact air bag
system.
*
The SRS wiring harness connectors are
yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that
you inform the buyer about the side air bag
and curtain air bag systems and guide the
buyer to the appropriate sections in this
Owner’s Manual.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-57
SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS (front seats)
WARNING
.
.
.
.
The pretensioners cannot be reused
after activation. They must be replaced together with the retractor
and buckle as a unit.
If the vehicle becomes involved in a
collision but a pretensioner is not
activated, be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and, if
necessary, replaced. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for this service.
No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring of
the pretensioners. This is to prevent
damage to or accidental activation of
the pretensioner system. Tampering
with the pretensioner system may
result in serious personal injury.
It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for work on and
around the pretensioner system. It is
also recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for installation of
electrical equipment. Unauthorized
electrical test equipment and probing
1-58
.
devices should not be used on the
pretensioner system.
If you need to dispose of the pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is
recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for this service. Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set
forth in the appropriate INFINITI
Service Manual. Incorrect disposal
procedures could cause personal injury.
The pretensioner system may activate with
the supplemental air bag system in certain
types of collisions. Working with the seat
belt retractor, it helps tighten the seat belt
when the vehicle becomes involved in certain
types of collisions, helping to restrain front
seat occupants.
The pretensioner is encased with the seat
belt retractor. These seat belts are used the
same way as conventional seat belts.
When a pretensioner seat belt activates,
smoke is released and a loud noise may be
heard. The smoke is not harmful, and it does
not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not
to inhale it as it may cause irritation and
choking. Those with a history of a breathing
condition should get fresh air promptly.
After pretensioner activation, load limiters
allow the seat belt to release webbing (if
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
necessary) to reduce forces against the
chest.
The supplemental air bag warning light
is used to indicate malfunctions in the
pretensioner system. (See “Supplemental
air bag warning light” (P.1-59) for more
details.) If the operation of the supplemental
air bag warning light indicates there is a
malfunction, have the system checked. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for this service.
When selling your vehicle, we request that
you inform the buyer about the seat belt
pretensioners and guide the buyer to the
appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.
SRS air bag
The warning labels
are located on the
surface of the sun visors.
WARNING
Do not use a rear-facing child restraint
on a seat protected by an air bag in front
of it. If the air bag deploys, it may cause
serious injury or death.
SPA1097
SSS1016
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG
WARNING LABELS
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG
WARNING LIGHT
Warning labels about the supplemental
front-impact air bag systems are placed in
the vehicle as shown in the illustration.
The supplemental air bag warning light,
in the instrument panel,
displaying
monitors the circuits for the air bag systems,
pretensioners and all related wiring.
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light illuminates for about 7 seconds and
then turns off. This means the SRS air bag
systems are operational.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-59
If any of the following conditions occur, the
air bag and/or pretensioner systems need
servicing:
. The supplemental air bag warning light
remains on after approximately 7 seconds.
. The supplemental air bag warning light
flashes intermittently.
. The supplemental air bag warning light
does not come on at all.
Under these conditions, the air bag or
pretensioner systems may not operate properly. They must be checked and repaired. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for this service.
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning light
is on, it could mean that the front air
bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or
pretensioner systems will not operate in
an accident. To help avoid injury to
yourself or others, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for
this service.
1-60
REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
PROCEDURE
The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air
bags and pretensioners are designed to
activate on a one-time-only basis. As a
reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemental air bag warning light will remain
illuminated after inflation has occurred.
These systems should be repaired and/or
replaced as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service.
When maintenance work is required on the
vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,
curtain air bags, pretensioners and related
parts should be pointed out to the person
conducting the maintenance. The ignition
switch should always be in the LOCK
position when working under the hood or
inside the vehicle.
WARNING
.
Once a front air bag, side air bag, or
curtain air bag has inflated, the air
bag module will not function again
and must be replaced. Additionally,
the activated pretensioner must also
be replaced. The air bag module and
pretensioner should be replaced. It is
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
.
.
.
recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for this service. However, the
air bag module and pretensioner
system cannot be repaired.
The front air bag, side air bag, curtain
air bag and the pretensioner system
should be inspected if there is any
damage to the front end or side
portion of the vehicle. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for this service.
If you need to dispose of the supplemental air bag or pretensioner or
scrap the vehicle, it is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer. Correct
supplemental air bag and seat belt
pretensioner system disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate
INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrect
disposal procedures could cause personal injury.
If there is an impact to your vehicle
from any direction, your Occupant
Classification Sensor (OCS) should be
checked by an INFINITI retailer to
verify it is still functioning correctly.
The OCS should be checked even if no
air bags deploy as a result of the
impact. Failure to verify proper OCS
function may result in an improper air
bag deployment resulting in injury or
death.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-61
MEMO
1-62 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
MEMO
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1-63
MEMO
1-64 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
2 Instruments and controls
Cockpit.................................................................................. 2-3
Instrument panel................................................................ 2-5
Meters and gauges............................................................ 2-6
Speedometer and odometer....................................... 2-7
Tachometer.................................................................... 2-8
Engine coolant temperature gauge......................... 2-8
Fuel gauge...................................................................... 2-9
Warning lights, indicator lights and
audible reminders............................................................. 2-10
Checking lights............................................................ 2-10
Warning lights............................................................. 2-10
Indicator lights............................................................. 2-16
Audible reminders....................................................... 2-18
Vehicle information display........................................... 2-19
Indicators for operation............................................ 2-21
Indicators for maintenance...................................... 2-25
Trip computer.............................................................. 2-27
Clock and outside air temperature........................ 2-29
Security systems.............................................................. 2-30
Vehicle Security System .......................................... 2-30
INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System................... 2-31
Wiper and washer switch.............................................. 2-33
Rain-sensing auto wiper system............................ 2-34
Rear window and outside mirror
defroster switch............................................................... 2-35
Headlight and turn signal switch................................
Headlight switch.......................................................
Turn signal switch....................................................
Fog light switch........................................................
Horn ....................................................................................
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch..........
Heated seats (if so equipped)......................................
Operation with switch...........................................
Operation with touch screen...............................
AUTO mode setting................................................
Heated steering wheel (if so equipped)...................
Power outlets...................................................................
Ashtray...............................................................................
Rear..............................................................................
Storage...............................................................................
Cup holders................................................................
Soft bottle holder.....................................................
Sunglasses holder.....................................................
Glove box...................................................................
Console box...............................................................
Card holder.................................................................
Storage box................................................................
Coat hooks.................................................................
Trunk hooks ..............................................................
2-35
2-35
2-41
2-42
2-42
2-42
2-43
2-44
2-44
2-44
2-44
2-45
2-46
2-46
2-46
2-46
2-47
2-47
2-48
2-48
2-49
2-49
2-49
2-50
Windows............................................................................
Power windows.........................................................
Moonroof (if so equipped).............................................
Power moonroof ........................................................
Interior lights.....................................................................
Map lights.....................................................................
Console light (if so equipped)..................................
Personal lights.............................................................
Interior light control switch.....................................
Vanity mirror lights..........................................................
Trunk light..........................................................................
Courtesy light....................................................................
2-50
2-50
2-53
2-53
2-55
2-55
2-55
2-55
2-56
2-57
2-57
2-57
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver.............................
Programming HomeLink®.....................................
Programming HomeLink® for Canadian
customers and gate openers................................
Operating the HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver.............................................
Programming troubleshooting.............................
Clearing the programmed information...............
Reprogramming a single
HomeLink® button ..................................................
If your vehicle is stolen...........................................
2-58
2-58
2-60
2-60
2-60
2-61
2-61
2-61
COCKPIT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
JVC0942X
1.
2.
3.
Side ventilator (P.4-2)
Headlight, fog light and turn signal
switch (P.2-35)
Steering wheel
— Horn (P.2-42)
— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-42)
4.
5.
— Heated steering wheel (if so
equipped) (P.2-44)
— Power steering (P.5-127)
Windshield wiper and washer switch
(P.2-33)
Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)
Shift lever (P.5-16)
INFINITI controller*
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF
switch (P.2-42, P.5-132)
Idling Stop OFF switch (if so equipped)
(P.5-137)
Trunk lid release switch (P.3-24)
Instrument brightness control switch
(P.2-41)
TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip odometer (P.2-7)
Electric tilting/telescopic steering
wheel switch (P.3-28)
Manual tilting/telescopic steering
wheel lever (P.3-28)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left
side)
— Audio control steering switch*
— Hands-Free Phone System switch*
— Voice recognition system switch*
Steering-wheel-mounted controls
(right side)
— Trip computer switch (P.2-27)
— Cruise control switches (if so
equipped) (P.5-71)
— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
switches (if so equipped) (P.5-73)
Instruments and controls
2-3
— Dynamic driver assistance switch (if
so equipped) (P. 5-26, P.5-34, P.5-49,
P.5-94)
17. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P.5-22)
*:
Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
Manual.
2-4
Instruments and controls
INSTRUMENT PANEL
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
*:
Front passenger supplemental air bag
(P.1-42)
Hood release handle (P.3-23)
Fuse box cover (P.8-23)
Parking brake (P.5-21)
Storage box (P.2-49) and power outlet
(P.2-45)
Seat heater switch (if so equipped)
(P.2-43)
Audio system*
Trunk release power cancel switch
(P.3-25)
Glove box (P.2-48)
Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
Manual.
JVC0969X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-18)
Meters and gauges (P.2-6)
— Clock (P.2-29)
Push-button ignition switch (P.5-11)
Center ventilator (P.4-2)
Automatic climate control system*
6.
7.
8.
Upper touch screen display* (upper
display) and Navigation system* (if so
equipped)
Lower touch screen display* (lower
display)
Rear window and outside mirror
defroster switch (P.2-35)
Instruments and controls
2-5
METERS AND GAUGES
CAUTION
.
.
JVC0428X
1.
2.
3.
4.
Tachometer* (P.2-8)
Warning and indicator lights (P.2-10)
Speedometer* (P.2-7)
Engine coolant temperature gauge*
(P.2-8)
2-6 Instruments and controls
5.
Vehicle information display (P.2-19)/
Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)
6. Fuel gauge* (P.2-9)
*: The needle indicators may move slightly
after the ignition switch is placed in the
OFF position. This is not a malfunction.
For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened with water. Never use a rough
cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any
kind of solvent or paper towel with a
chemical cleaning agent. They will
scratch or cause discoloration to the
lens.
Do not spray any liquid such as water
on the meter lens. Spraying liquid
may cause the system to malfunction.
Changing the display:
Pushing the TRIP RESET switch under the
combination meter panel changes the display as follows:
TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A
Resetting the trip odometer:
Pushing the TRIP RESET switch for more
than 1 second resets the trip odometer to
zero.
JVI0636X
Speedometer
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in
miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per
hour (km/h).
JVI0637X
Odometer/twin trip odometer
Odometer/twin trip odometer
The odometer
and twin trip odometer
are displayed in the vehicle information
display when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
The odometer records the total distance the
vehicle has been driven.
The twin trip odometer records the distance
of individual trips.
Instruments and controls
2-7
CAUTION
JVI0638X
TACHOMETER
The tachometer indicates engine speed in
revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev
the engine into the red zone .
The scale length and the red zone vary with
the engine model.
CAUTION
When engine speed approaches the red
zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce
engine speed. Operating the engine in
the red zone may cause serious engine
damage.
2-8 Instruments and controls
JVI0639X
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE
The gauge indicates the engine coolant
temperature.
The engine coolant temperature is within the
normal range when the gauge needle points
within the zone shown in the illustration.
The engine coolant temperature varies with
the outside air temperature and driving
conditions.
If the gauge indicates the engine coolant
temperature is near the hot (H) end of
the normal range, reduce vehicle speed
to decrease the temperature. If the
gauge is over the normal range, stop
the vehicle as soon as safely possible and
let the engine idle. If the engine is
overheated, continued operation of the
vehicle may seriously damage the engine.
See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-16)
for immediate action required.
small reserve of fuel in the tank when the
fuel gauge needle reaches “0”.
indicates that the fuel-filler door is
The
located on the right side of the vehicle.
CAUTION
.
JVI0640X
FUEL GAUGE
The gauge indicates the approximate fuel
level in the tank.
The gauge may move slightly during braking,
turning, acceleration, or going up or down
hills.
The gauge needle returns to “0” (Empty)
after the ignition switch is pushed to the
OFF position.
Refill the fuel tank before the gauge
registers “0” (Empty).
illuminates on
The low fuel warning light
the meter when the fuel level is getting low.
Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably
before the gauge reaches “0”. There will be a
.
If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the
malfunction indicator light (MIL) may
come on. Refuel as soon as possible.
After a few driving trips, the
light should turn off. If the light
remains on after a few driving trips,
have the vehicle inspected. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for this service.
For additional information, see “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.217).
Instruments and controls
2-9
WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR
LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
light
Power steering warning light
High beam assist indicator light (if so
equipped)
Seat belt warning light and chime
High beam indicator light
Supplemental air bag warning light
Idling Stop System indicator light (if so
equipped)
Charge warning light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning
light
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system warning light (if so equipped)
ECO drive indicator light (if so equipped)
Security indicator light
Low fuel warning light
Exterior light indicator
Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
Low tire pressure warning light
Front fog light indicator light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light
Master warning light
Front passenger air bag status light
Brake warning light
CHECKING LIGHTS
With all doors closed, apply the parking
brake, fasten the seat belts and place the
ignition switch in the ON position without
starting the engine. The following lights (if
so equipped) will come on:
,
or
,
,
,
The following lights (if so equipped) will
come on briefly and then go off:
,
or
,
,
,
If any light does not come on or operates in a
way other than described, it may indicate a
burned-out bulb and/or a system malfunc-
2-10 Instruments and controls
tion. It is recommended you have the system
checked by an INFINITI retailer.
Some indicators and warnings are also
displayed in the vehicle information display
between the speedometer and tachometer.
(See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19).)
WARNING LIGHTS
or
Anti-lock Braking
System (ABS) warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) warning light illuminates and then
turns off. This indicates the ABS is operational.
If the ABS warning light illuminates while the
engine is running, or while driving, it may
indicate the ABS is not functioning properly.
Have the system checked. It is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock
function is turned off. The brake system then
operates normally, but without anti-lock
assistance. (See “Brake system” (P.5-130).)
or
Brake warning light
This light functions for both the parking
brake and the foot brake systems.
Parking brake indicator:
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the light comes on when the
parking brake is applied.
Low brake fluid warning light:
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the light warns of a low brake fluid
level. If the light comes on while the engine is
running with the parking brake not applied,
stop the vehicle and perform the following:
1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid
is necessary, add fluid and have the
system checked. It is recommended you
have this service performed by an
INFINITI retailer. (See “Brake fluid”
(P.8-14).)
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the
warning system checked. It is recommended you have this service performed
by an INFINITI retailer.
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
indicator:
When the parking brake is released and the
brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the
brake warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminate, it
may indicate the ABS is not functioning
properly. Have the brake system checked,
and if necessary repaired. It is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
(See “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” (P.2-10).)
WARNING
.
.
.
Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on.
Driving could be dangerous. If you
judge it to be safe, drive carefully to
the nearest service station for repairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle
towed because driving it could be
dangerous.
Pressing the brake pedal with the
engine stopped and/or low brake
fluid level may increase your stopping
distance and braking will require
greater pedal effort as well as pedal
travel.
If the brake fluid level is below the
minimum or MIN mark on the brake
fluid reservoir, do not drive until the
brake system has been checked. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for this service.
Charge warning light
If the light comes on while the engine is
running, it may indicate the charging system
is not functioning properly. Turn the engine
off and check the alternator belt. If the belt is
loose, broken, missing or if the light remains
on, have your vehicle serviced immediately. It
is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
CAUTION
Do not continue driving if the alternator
belt is loose, broken or missing.
Forward Emergency Braking
(FEB) system warning light (if so
equipped)
This light comes on when the ignition switch
is placed in the ON position. It turns off after
the engine is started.
Instruments and controls
2-11
This light illuminates when the FEB system is
set to OFF on the lower display.
If the light illuminates when the FEB system
is ON, it may indicate that the system is
unavailable. See “Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)” (P.5-105) for more details.
Low fuel warning light
This light illuminates when the fuel in the
tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is
convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge
reaches the 0 (empty) position.
There will be a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches
the 0 position.
Low tire pressure warning light
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors
the tire pressure of all tires except the spare
tire (if so equipped).
The low tire pressure warning light warns of
low tire pressure and flat tire (if so equipped)
or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning
properly.
After the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, this light illuminates for about 1
second and turns off.
2-12
Instruments and controls
Low tire pressure warning:
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire
pressure, the warning light will illuminate.
The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning
also appears in the vehicle information display.
When the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates, you should stop and adjust the
tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire
pressure shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. The low tire pressure
warning light does not automatically turn
off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After
the tire is inflated to the recommended
pressure, the vehicle must be driven at
speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate
the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure
warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to
check the tire pressure.
The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning is
active as long as the low tire pressure
warning light remains illuminated.
For additional information, see “Vehicle
information display” (P.2-19), “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and
“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”
(P.6-3).
Flat tire warning (if so equipped):
The flat tire warning warns of a flat tire.
If the vehicle is being driven with one or more
flat tires, the low tire pressure warning light
will illuminate continuously and a chime will
sound for 10 seconds. A “Flat Tire - Visit
dealer” warning also appears in the vehicle
information display.
The chime will only sound at the first
indication of a flat tire and the warning light
will illuminate continuously. When the flat
tire warning is activated, have the system
reset and the tire checked, and replaced if
necessary. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for these services. Even if
the tire is inflated to the specified COLD tire
pressure, the warning light will continue to
illuminate until the system is reset.
Your vehicle can be driven for a limited time
on a flat tire. See “Run-flat tires” (P.6-4).
TPMS malfunction:
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the
low tire pressure warning light will flash for
approximately 1 minute when the ignition
switch is placed in the ON position. The light
will remain on after the 1 minute. Have the
system checked. It is recommended you visit
an INFINITI retailer for this service. The “Tire
Pressure Low - Add Air” warning does not
appear if the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.
For additional information, see “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).
WARNING
.
.
.
Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences
before use.
If the light does not illuminate with
the ignition switch pushed ON, have
the vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for this service.
If the light illuminates while driving,
avoid sudden steering maneuvers or
abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,
pull off the road to a safe location
and stop the vehicle as soon as
possible. Driving with under-inflated
tires may permanently damage the
tires and increase the likelihood of
tire failure. Serious vehicle damage
could occur and may lead to an
accident and could result in serious
personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire
pressure to the recommended COLD
tire pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label to turn the
low tire pressure warning light OFF.
If the light still illuminates while
.
driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the TPMS
may be malfunctioning. If you have a
flat tire, replace it with a spare tire (if
so equipped) as soon as possible. If no
tire is flat and all tires are properly
inflated, it is recommended you consult an INFINITI retailer.
For models with run-flat tires,
although you can continue driving
with a punctured run-flat tire, remember that vehicle handling stability is reduced, which could lead to an
accident and personal injury. Also,
driving a long distance at high speeds
may damage the tires.
— Do not drive at speeds above 50
MPH (80 km/h) and do not drive
more than approximately 93 miles
(150 km) with a punctured runflat tire. The actual distance the
vehicle can be driven on a flat tire
depends on outside temperature,
vehicle load, road conditions and
other factors.
— If you detect any unusual sounds
or vibrations while driving with a
punctured run-flat tire, pull off
the road to a safe location and
stop the vehicle as soon as possible. The tire may be seriously
damaged and need to be replaced.
.
.
Since the spare tire is not equipped
with the TPMS, when a spare tire is
mounted or a wheel is replaced, the
TPMS will not function and the low
tire pressure warning light will flash
for approximately 1 minute. The light
will remain on after the 1 minute.
Have your tires replaced and/or
TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for these services.
Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect
the proper operation of the TPMS.
CAUTION
.
.
.
The TPMS is not a substitute for the
regular tire pressure check. Be sure to
check the tire pressure regularly.
If the vehicle is being driven at speeds
of less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the
TPMS may not operate correctly.
Be sure to install the specified size of
tires to the four wheels correctly.
Instruments and controls
2-13
Master warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the master warning light illuminates if any of the following warnings
appear in the vehicle information display:
. No key warning
. PUSH warning
. Key ID Incorrect warning
. Low washer fluid warning
. Door/trunk open warning
. Loose fuel cap warning
. Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning
. Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning (if so
equipped)
. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning (if so
equipped)
. Headlight warning
. Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)
warning (if so equipped)
. Intelligent Key system warning
. Chassis control warning
. Parking brake release warning
. SHIFT “P” warning
. Low oil pressure warning
See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19).
If the driver assist system warnings appear
in the vehicle information display, the master
warning light also illuminates. See “Lane
2-14
Instruments and controls
Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure
Prevention (LDP)” (P.5-34), “Blind Spot
Warning (BSW)” (P.5-41), “Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)” (P.5-49), “Back-up Collision
Intervention (BCI)” (P.5-61), “Distance Control Assist (DCA)” (P.5-94), “Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)” (P.5-105) and
“Predictive Forward Collision Warning
(PFCW)” (P.5-112).
Power steering warning light
Models with Direct Adaptive Steering :
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the power steering warning light
illuminates. After starting the engine, the
power steering warning light stays on for a
few seconds and turns off. This indicates
that Direct Adaptive Steering is operational.
Drive the vehicle after the power steering
warning light turns off.
If the power steering warning light illuminates while driving, pull off the road to a
safe location and stop the vehicle. If the
power steering warning light turns off, you
can drive again. If the power steering
warning light continues to illuminate, it is
recommended you have Direct Adaptive
Steering checked by an INFINITI retailer.
(See “Direct Adaptive Steering type” (P.5128).)
Models with hydraulic pump electric power
steering :
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the power steering warning light
illuminates. After starting the engine, the
power steering warning light turns off. This
indicates that or hydraulic pump electric
power steering is operational.
If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate hydraulic pump electric power
steering is not functioning properly and
may need servicing. It is recommended you
have the hydraulic pump electric power
steering checked by an INFINITI retailer.
(See “Hydraulic pump electric power steering
type” (P.5-127).)
Models with electric power steering :
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the power steering warning light
illuminates. After starting the engine, the
power steering warning light turns off. This
indicates the electric power steering is
operational.
If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate the electric power steering is not
functioning properly and may need servicing.
It is recommended you have the electric
power steering checked by an INFINITI
retailer.
When the power steering warning light
illuminates with the engine running, the
power assist to the steering will cease
operation but you will still have control of
the vehicle. At this time, greater steering
efforts are required to operate the steering
wheel, especially in sharp turns and at low
speeds.
See “Electric power steering type” (P.5-127).
Seat belt warning light and
chime
The light and chime remind you to fasten
seat belts. The light illuminates whenever
the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
position, and will remain illuminated until the
driver’s seat belt is fastened. At the same
time, the chime will sound for about 6
seconds unless the driver’s seat belt is
securely fastened.
The seat belt warning light for the front
passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is
not fastened when the front passenger’s
seat is occupied.
See “Seat belts” (P.1-12) for precautions on
seat belt usage.
Supplemental air bag warning
light
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light will illuminate. The supplemental air bag
warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the supplemental front air bag
and supplemental side air bag, curtain sideimpact air bag systems and/or pretensioner
seat belt are operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the
supplemental front air bag, supplemental
side air bag, supplemental curtain sideimpact air bag and pretensioner seat belt
needs servicing.
. The supplemental air bag warning light
remains on after approximately 7 seconds.
. The supplemental air bag warning light
flashes intermittently.
. The supplemental air bag warning light
does not come on at all.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for these services.
Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental Restraint Systems and/or the pretensioner seat belt may not function
properly.
For additional information, see “Supplemen-
tal restraint system” (P.1-42).
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning light
is on, it could mean that the front air
bag, side air bag, curtain air bag systems
and/or pretensioner seat belt will not
operate in an accident. To help avoid
injury to yourself or others, have your
vehicle checked. It is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) warning light illuminates and then
turns off.
The light will blink when the VDC system or
the traction control system is operating, thus
alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing
its traction limits. The road surface may be
slippery.
When the VDC warning light illuminates
when the VDC system is turned on, this light
alerts the driver to the fact that the VDC
system’s fail-safe mode is operating, for
example the VDC, active trace control funcInstruments and controls
2-15
tion, Brake Force Distribution or hill start
assist system may not be functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service. If a malfunction occurs in the
system, the VDC system function will be
canceled but the vehicle is still driveable. For
additional information, see “Vehicle Dynamic
Control (VDC) system” (P.5-132).
license plate lights or headlights are on. The
indicator turns off when these lights are
turned off.
Front fog light indicator light
The front fog light indicator light illuminates
when the front fog lights are on. (See “Fog
light switch” (P.2-42).)
INDICATOR LIGHTS
ECO drive indicator light (if so
equipped)
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, the light will come on and then turn
off.
When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is
turned to the ECO mode, the ECO drive
indicator light will illuminate, blink or remain
off depending on the accelerator pedal
operation to help assist the driver to drive
economically. For more details, see “ECO
mode” (P.5-23).
Exterior light indicator
This indicator illuminates when the headlight
or
switch is turned to the AUTO,
position and the front parking lights, instrument panel lights, rear combination lights,
2-16 Instruments and controls
Front passenger air bag status
light
The front passenger air bag status light
) located on the instrument panel will be
(
lit and the passenger front air bag will be
OFF depending on how the front passenger
seat is being used.
For front passenger air bag status light
operation, see “INFINITI Advanced Air Bag
System (front seats)” (P.1-48).
High beam assist indicator
light (if so equipped)
The indicator light illuminates when the
headlights come on while the headlight
switch is in the AUTO position with the high
beam selected. This indicates that the high
beam assist system is operational. (See
“High beam assist” (P.2-37).)
High beam indicator light
This light comes on when the headlight high
beam is on and goes out when the low beam
is selected.
Idling Stop System indicator
light (if so equipped)
The Idling Stop System indicator light illuminates when the Idling Stop System is
activated.
The Idling Stop System indicator light blinks
at a high speed, when the engine hood is
open while the engine is stopped by the
system.
The Idling Stop System indicator light blinks
at a low speed, when the Idling Stop System
is malfunctioning.
NOTE:
. When the Idling Stop System indicator
light blinks at a high speed (twice
approximately every 1 second), be sure
to close the engine hood. When the
engine hood is open, the engine will be in
the normal stopped state. In this case,
restart the engine using the ignition
switch.
. When the Idling Stop System indicator
light blinks at a low speed (once approximately every 1 second), it is re-
commended you have the system
checked, and if necessary repaired, by
an INFINITI retailer promptly.
Malfunction Indicator Light
(MIL)
If the malfunction indicator light comes on
steady or blinks while the engine is running,
it may indicate a potential emission control
malfunction.
The malfunction indicator light may also
come on steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose
or missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.
Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap is
installed and closed tightly, and that the
vehicle has at least 3 US gallons (11.4 liters)
of fuel in the fuel tank.
light should
After a few driving trips, the
turn off if no other potential emission
control system malfunction exists.
If this indicator light remains on for 20
seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds
when the engine is not running, it indicates
that the vehicle is not ready for an emission
control system inspection/maintenance test.
(See “Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test (US only)” (P.10-25).)
Operation:
The malfunction indicator light will come on
in one of two ways:
. Malfunction indicator light on steady —
An emission control system malfunction
has been detected. Check the fuel-filler
cap if the Loose Fuel Cap warning
appears in the vehicle information display. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or
missing, tighten or install the cap and
continue to drive the vehicle. The
light should turn off after a few driving
light does not turn off
trips. If the
after a few driving trips, have the vehicle
inspected. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for this service. You do
not need to have your vehicle towed to
the retailer.
. Malfunction indicator light blinking — An
engine misfire has been detected which
may damage the emission control system.
To reduce or avoid emission control
system damage:
1) Do not drive at speeds above 45
MPH (72 km/h).
2) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.
3) Avoid steep uphill grades.
4) If possible, reduce the amount of
cargo being hauled or towed.
The malfunction indicator light may stop
blinking and remain on.
Have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for
this service. You do not need to have
your vehicle towed to the retailer.
CAUTION
Continued vehicle operation without
having the emission control system
checked and repaired as necessary could
lead to poor driveability, reduced fuel
economy, and possible damage to the
emission control system.
Security indicator light
The light blinks when the ignition switch is in
the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This
function indicates the security system
equipped on the vehicle is operational.
If the security system is malfunctioning, this
light will remain on while the ignition switch
is in the ON position. For additional information, see “Security systems” (P.2-30).
Instruments and controls
2-17
Turn signal/hazard indicator
lights
ACC, OFF or LOCK position.
Turn the light switch off when you leave the
vehicle.
The light flashes when the turn signal switch
lever or hazard switch is turned on.
Parking brake reminder chime
Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) off indicator light
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, the light will come on and then turn
off.
The light comes on when the VDC off switch
is pushed to OFF. This indicates that the
VDC system and traction control system are
not operating.
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
Key reminder chime
A chime will sound if the driver side door is
opened while the ignition switch is pushed to
the ACC position. Make sure the ignition
switch is pushed to the OFF position, and
take the Intelligent Key with you when
leaving the vehicle.
Light reminder chime
A chime will sound when the driver side door
or
is opened with the light switch in the
position and the ignition switch in the
2-18 Instruments and controls
The parking brake reminder chime will sound
if the vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH (7
km/h) with the parking brake applied. Stop
the vehicle and release the parking brake.
Brake pad wear warning
The disc brake pads have audible wear
warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping
sound when the vehicle is in motion. This
scraping sound will first occur only when the
brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of
the brake pad, the sound will always be
heard even if the brake pedal is not
depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon
as possible if the warning sound is heard.
Idling Stop System reminder buzzer
(if so equipped)
The Idling Stop System reminder buzzer will
sound if the engine hood is opened while the
Idling Stop System is activated.
NOTE:
Be sure to close the engine hood. When the
engine hood is open, the engine will be in the
normal stopped state. In this case, restart
the engine with the ignition switch.
VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
.
JVI0641X
The vehicle information display is located
between the tachometer and the speedometer, and it displays the warnings and
information. The following items are also
displayed if the vehicle is equipped with
them:
. Automatic Transmission (AT)
— “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-16)
. All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
— “Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)”
(P.5-124)
. Cruise control
— “Cruise control” (P.5-71)
. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
— “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.573)
Active Lane Control
— “Active Lane Control” (P.5-26)
. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane
Departure Prevention (LDP)
— “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/
Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)”
(P.5-34)
. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
— “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-41)
. Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)
— “Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)” (P.549)
. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)
— “Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)”
(P.5-61)
. Distance Control Assist (DCA)
— “Distance Control Assist (DCA)” (P.594)
. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
— “Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)”
(P.5-105)
. Predictive Forward Collision Warning
(PFCW)
— “Predictive Forward Collision Warning
(PFCW)” (P.5-112)
. Active trace control
— “Active trace control” (P.5-134)
. Intelligent Key system
— “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7)
.
Idling Stop System
— “Idling Stop System” (P.5-137)
Instruments and controls
2-19
JVI1385X
2-20
Instruments and controls
INDICATORS FOR OPERATION
4. “PUSH” warning
1. Engine start operation indicator
This warning appears when the shift lever is
moved to the P (Park) position with the
ignition switch in the ACC position after the
SHIFT “P” warning appears.
To push the ignition switch to the OFF
position, perform the following procedure:
. SHIFT “P” warning ? (Move the shift
lever to “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Push
the ignition switch ? ignition switch
position is turned to ON) ? PUSH
warning ? (Push the ignition switch ?
ignition switch position is turned to OFF)
This indicator appears when the shift lever is
in the P (Park) position.
This indicator means that the engine will
start by pushing the ignition switch with the
brake pedal depressed. You can start the
engine directly in any position of the ignition
switch.
2. NO KEY warning
The warning appears when the door is
closed with the Intelligent Key left outside
the vehicle and the ignition switch in the
ACC or ON position. Make sure that the
Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.
See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7) for more
details.
3. SHIFT “P” warning
This warning appears when the ignition
switch is pushed to stop the engine with
the shift lever in any position except the P
(Park) position.
If this warning appears, move the shift lever
to the P (Park) position or push the ignition
switch to the ON position.
An inside warning chime will also sound. (See
“Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-15).)
5. Intelligent Key battery discharge
indicator
This indicator appears when the Intelligent
Key battery is running out of power.
If this indicator appears, replace the battery
with a new one. (See “Intelligent Key battery
replacement” (P.8-26).)
6. Engine start operation for Intelligent Key system indicator
This indicator appears when the Intelligent
Key battery is running out of power and
when the Intelligent Key System and vehicle
are not communicating normally.
If this indicator appears, touch the ignition
switch with the Intelligent Key while depres-
sing the brake pedal. (See “Intelligent Key
battery discharge” (P.5-14).)
7. Remote engine start indicator (if
so equipped)
This indicator appears when the engine has
been started using the remote start function.
To start the vehicle, depress the brake pedal
and place the ignition switch in the ON
position.
For more details, see “Remote engine start”
(P.3-20).
8. Key ID Incorrect warning
This warning appears when the ignition
switch is pushed from the LOCK position
and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized
by the system. You cannot start the engine
with an unregistered key. Use the registered
Intelligent Key.
See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).
9. Parking brake release warning
This warning appears when the vehicle
speed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the
parking brake is applied.
10. Low fuel warning
This warning appears when the fuel level in
the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is
convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge
Instruments and controls
2-21
reaches the empty (0) position.
There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in
the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the
empty (0) position.
11. Low washer fluid warning
This warning appears when the washer tank
fluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid as
necessary. (See “Window washer fluid” (P.815).)
12. Door/trunk open warning
This warning appears if any of the doors
and/or the trunk lid are open or not closed
securely. The vehicle icon indicates which
door or the trunk lid is open on the display.
13. Intelligent Key system warning
This warning appears if there is a malfunction in the Intelligent Key system.
If this warning appears while the engine is
stopped, the engine cannot be started. If this
warning appears while the engine is running,
the vehicle can be driven. However, in these
cases, have the system checked as soon as
possible. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for this service.
14. Loose Fuel Cap warning
This warning appears when the fuel-filler
cap is not tightened correctly after the
2-22 Instruments and controls
vehicle has been refueled. (See “Fuel-filler
cap” (P.3-26).)
17. Low oil pressure warning (for
VR30DDTT engine models)
15. Tire Pressure Low - Add Air
warning
This warning appears if low engine oil
pressure is detected. If the warning appears
during normal driving, pull off the road in a
safe area, stop the engine immediately and
call an INFINITI retailer or other authorized
repair shop.
The low oil pressure warning is not designed
to indicate a low oil level. Use the dipstick to
check the oil level. (See “Engine oil” (P.810).)
This warning appears when the low tire
pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected. The
warning appears each time the ignition
switch is placed in the ON position as long
as the low tire pressure warning light
remains illuminated. If this warning appears,
stop the vehicle and adjust the pressure to
the recommended COLD tire pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading Information
label. (See “Low tire pressure warning light”
(P.2-12) and “Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).)
16. Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning
(if so equipped)
This warning appears when the low tire
pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and one or more flat tires are detected
while driving. A chime also sounds for
approximately 10 seconds. (See “Low tire
pressure warning light” (P.2-12) and “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.55).)
18. Low oil level warning (for 2.0L
turbo gasoline engine models)
This warning appears if low engine oil level is
detected. If this warning appears, check the
oil level using the dipstick. (See “Engine oil”
(P.8-10).)
CAUTION
The oil level should be checked regularly
using the engine oil dipstick. Operating
with an insufficient amount of oil can
damage the engine and such damage is
not covered by the warranty.
19. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning
(if so equipped)
(See “Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)”
(P.2-40).)
27. Low outside temperature
warning
This warning appears when the Intelligent
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system is not functioning properly while the engine is running.
The displayed message will vary depending
on the condition of the AWD system malfunction. (See “Intelligent All-Wheel Drive
(AWD)” (P.5-124).)
23. Power will turn off to save the
battery warning
This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37°F (3°C). The warning
can be set not to be displayed. (See the
Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.)
20. Extended storage fuse warning
This warning may appear if the extended
storage fuse switch is not pushed in
(switched on). When this warning appears,
push in (switch on) the extended storage
fuse switch to turn off the warning. For
more information, see “Extended storage
fuse switch” (P.8-25).
21. Headlight warning
This warning appears if the LED headlights
are malfunctioning. It is recommended you
have the system checked by an INFINITI
retailer.
22. Adaptive Front lighting System
(AFS) warning (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the Adaptive
Front lighting System (AFS) is not functioning properly. It is recommended you have the
system checked by an INFINITI retailer.
This warning appears after a period of time
if the shift lever has not moved from the “P”
(Park) position with the ignition switch in the
ACC or ON position.
24. Power turned off to save the
battery warning
This warning appears after the ignition
switch is automatically turned OFF to save
the battery.
25. Light reminder warning
This warning appears when the driver side
door is opened with the headlight switch is
left ON and the ignition switch is placed in
the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. Place the
headlight switch to “OFF” or “AUTO” position. For additional information, see “Headlight and turn signal switch” (P.2-35).
26. “TIMER” indicator
This indicator appears when the set “TIMER”
indicator activates. You can set the time for
up to 6 hours. (See the Infiniti InTouch
Owner’s Manual.)
28. Chassis control warning
This warning appears if Active Lane Control
(if so equipped), the active trace control
system and/or chassis control are not
functioning properly. It is recommended
you have the system checked by an INFINITI
retailer. (See “Active Lane Control” (P.5-26),
“Active trace control” (P.5-134) and “Chassis control” (P.5-136).)
29. Cruise indicator
Models without Intelligent Cruise Control
(ICC) system:
This indicator shows the cruise control
system status. The status is shown by the
color.
See “Cruise control” (P.5-71) for details.
Models with Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
system:
This indicator shows the conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode status. The
status is shown by the color.
Instruments and controls
2-23
See “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-90) for details.
30. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
system ON indicator (if so
equipped)
This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise
Control (ICC) system status. The status is
shown by the color. (See “Intelligent Cruise
Control (ICC)” (P.5-73).)
31. Driver assist system indicator (if
so equipped)
This indicator shows the status of the
following systems.
. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)
. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
. Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)
. Distance Control Assist (DCA)
. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
. Predictive Forward Collision Warning
(PFCW)
For more details, see “Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention
(LDP)” (P.5-34), “Blind Spot Warning
(BSW)” (P.5-41), “Blind Spot Intervention®
(BSI)” (P.5-49), “Distance Control Assist
(DCA)” (P.5-94), “Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)” (P.5-105) and “Predictive For-
2-24
Instruments and controls
ward Collision Warning (PFCW)” (P.5-112).
The figure and color of this indicator will
change depending on the conditions of the
above systems. (In each section, the name of
this indicator is referred to as, “driver assist
system lane indicator”, “driver assist system
blind spot indicator” or “driver assist system
forward indicator” depending on the systems.)
32. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
indicator
When a driving mode is selected using the
INFINITI Drive Mode Selector, the selected
mode indicator is displayed.
. PERSONAL
. SPORT
. SPORT+ (if so equipped)
. STANDARD
. ECO (if so equipped)
. SNOW
(See “INFINITI Drive Mode Selector” (P.522).)
33. Idling Stop System indicator (if
so equipped)
This indicator shows the Idling Stop System
status. See “Idling Stop System” (P.5-137).
34. Automatic Transmission (AT)
position indicator
This indicator shows the automatic shift
position.
In the manual shift mode, when the transmission does not shift to the selected gear
due to a transmission protection mode, the
AT position indicator will blink and a chime
will sound.
See “Automatic transmission” (P.5-16) for
further details.
1. Engine oil and filter replacement
indicator
This indicator appears when the customer
set time comes for changing the engine oil
and filter. You can set or reset the distance
for changing the engine oil and filter.
2. Tire replacement indicator
This indicator appears when the customer
set distance comes for replacing tires. You
can set or reset the distance for replacing
tires.
Serious vehicle damage could occur and
may lead to a collision, which could result
in serious personal injury or death.
3. Other indicator
This indicator appears when the customer
set time comes for replacing items other
than the engine oil, oil filter and tires. You
can set or reset the distance for replacing
the items.
WARNING
JVI0681M
INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE
For setting the indicators for maintenance,
see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.
The tire replacement indicator is not a
substitute for regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks. See “Changing
wheels and tires” (P.8-41). Many factors including tire inflation, alignment,
driving habits and road conditions affect
tire wear and when tires should be
replaced. Setting the tire replacement
indicator for a certain driving distance
does not mean your tires will last that
long. Use the tire replacement indicator
as a guide only and always perform
regular tire checks. Failure to perform
regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure.
Instruments and controls
2-25
JVI1705X
2-26
Instruments and controls
JVI1484X
TRIP COMPUTER
Switches for the trip computer are located
on the right side of the steering wheel. To
operate the trip computer, push the
switches.
Each time the
or
switch is pushed,
the display will change.
The display items for trip computer are
changed on the lower display. For details,
see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.
1. Distance to empty (dte — mile or
km)
The distance to empty (dte) mode provides
you with an estimation of the distance that
can be driven before refueling. The dte is
constantly being calculated, based on the
amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual
fuel consumption.
The display is updated every 30 seconds.
The dte mode includes a low range warning
feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is
displayed on the screen.
When the fuel level drops even lower, the
dte display will change to “——”.
. If the amount of fuel added is small, the
display just before the ignition switch is
pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed.
. When driving uphill or rounding curves,
the fuel in the tank shifts, which may
momentarily change the display.
2. Vehicle speed (MPH or km/h)
The vehicle speed mode shows the current
vehicle speed and the average vehicle speed
since the last reset.
Average vehicle speed:
Resetting is done by pushing the
or
switch for longer than 1 second.
The average vehicle speed display is updated
every 30 seconds. The first 30 seconds after
a reset, the display shows “——”.
3. Elapsed time and trip odometer
(mile or km)
Elapsed time:
The elapsed time mode shows the time since
the last reset. Resetting is done by pushing
or
switch for longer than 1
the
second. (The trip odometer is also reset at
the same time.)
Trip odometer:
The trip odometer mode shows the total
distance the vehicle has been driven since
the last reset. Resetting is done by pushing
or
switch for longer than 1
the
second. (The elapsed time is also reset at the
same time.)
4. Trip fuel saved and engine stop
time
The trip fuel saved and engine stop time
(Idling Stop System) mode shows amount of
fuel saved and the engine stop time since the
time the ignition switch was placed in the
ON position.
. The estimated quantity of saved fuel
. The time that the engine has been
stopped for by the Idling Stop System
The fuel saved and engine stop time can be
or
switch for
reset by pushing the
longer than 1 second.
Instruments and controls
2-27
See “Idling Stop System” (P.5-137) for more
details.
5. Total fuel saved and engine stop
time
The total fuel saved and engine stop time
(Idling Stop System) mode shows amount of
fuel saved and the engine stop time since the
last reset.
. The estimated quantity of saved fuel
. The time that the engine has been
stopped for by the Idling Stop System
The fuel saved and engine stop time can be
or
switch for
reset by pushing the
longer than 1 second.
See “Idling Stop System” (P.5-137) for more
details.
6. Current fuel consumption and
average fuel consumption (MPG, l
(liter)/100 km or km/l)
Current fuel consumption:
The current fuel consumption mode shows
the current fuel consumption.
Average fuel consumption:
The average fuel consumption mode shows
the average fuel consumption since the last
reset. Resetting is done by pushing the
or
switch for longer than 1 second.
2-28
Instruments and controls
The average fuel consumption is also reset
on the lower display. See the Infiniti InTouch
Owner’s Manual.
The display is updated every 30 seconds. At
about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a
reset, the display shows “——”.
7. Navigation (if so equipped)
When the route guidance is set in the
navigation system, this item shows the
navigation route information.
For more details, see the Infiniti InTouch
Owner’s Manual.
8. Audio
The audio mode shows the status of audio
information.
For more details, see the Infiniti InTouch
Owner’s Manual.
9. Driving aids (if so equipped)
The driving aids mode shows the operating
condition for the following systems.
. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)
. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
. Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)
. Distance Control Assist (DCA)
. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
.
Predictive Forward Collision Warning
(PFCW)
For more details, see “Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention
(LDP)” (P.5-34), “Blind Spot Warning
(BSW)” (P.5-41), “Blind Spot Intervention®
(BSI)” (P.5-49), “Distance Control Assist
(DCA)” (P.5-94), “Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)” (P.5-105) and “Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)” (P.5-112).
10. Tire pressure
The tire pressure mode shows the pressure
of all four tires while the vehicle is driven.
When the “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” or
“Flat Tire - Visit dealer” (if so equipped)
warning appears, the display can be
switched to the tire pressure mode by
or
switch.
pushing the
The tire pressure unit can be changed in the
[TPMS setting] under the [Settings] menu
on the lower display. (See the Infiniti InTouch
Owner’s Manual.)
NOTE:
After the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, it may take a period of time for the
tire pressure to be displayed while the
vehicle is driven. Depending on the radio
wave circumstance, tire pressure may not
correctly be displayed.
11. Chassis control
When Active Lane Control (if so equipped) or
the active trace control system is operated, it
shows the operating condition. See “Active
Lane Control” (P.5-26) and “Active trace
control” (P.5-134) for more details.
12. Oil control system (for
VR30DDTT engine models)
Engine oil information informs the distance
to oil change.
Distance to oil change:
The distance to oil change is displayed if the
distance to oil change comes to be less than
940 miles (1,500 km).
Oil replacement indicator:
When the set mileage approaches, the
engine oil replacement indicator will appear
on the display. After the oil is changed, reset
the oil control system by pushing the
or
switch for longer than 1 second.
The oil change interval cannot be adjusted
manually. The distance to oil change interval
is calculated depending on the driving conditions and set automatically by the oil
control system.
CAUTION
If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, change the engine oil as soon as
possible. Operating your vehicle with
deteriorated oil can damage the engine.
Warning check
The present warnings are displayed. If no
warning is present, “No Warning” is displayed.
JVI0679M
CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
The clock
and outside air temperature
are displayed on the upper side of the vehicle
information display.
Clock
The clock can be adjusted on the lower
display. See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s
Manual.
Outside air temperature (°F or °C)
The outside air temperature is displayed in °F
or °C in the range of −22 to 131°F (−30 to
55°C).
Instruments and controls
2-29
SECURITY SYSTEMS
The outside temperature sensor is located in
front of the radiator. The sensor may be
affected by road or engine heat, wind
directions and other driving conditions. The
display may differ from the actual outside
temperature or the temperature displayed
on various signs or billboards.
SIC2132
Your vehicle has two types of security
systems, as follows:
. Vehicle security system
. INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System
The security condition will be shown by the
security indicator light.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
The vehicle security system provides visual
and audio alarm signals if someone opens
the doors, hood, or trunk lid when the
system is armed. It is not, however, a motion
detection type system that activates when a
vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.
The system helps deter vehicle theft but
cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the
2-30
Instruments and controls
theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations. Always secure your
vehicle even if parking for a brief period.
Never leave your Intelligent Key(s) in the
vehicle, and always lock it when unattended.
Be aware of your surroundings, and park in
secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.
Many devices offering additional protection,
such as component locks, identification
markers, and tracking systems, are available
at auto supply stores and specialty shops.
Your INFINITI retailer may also offer such
equipment. Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for
discounts for various theft protection features.
SIC2045
How to arm the vehicle security
system
1. Close all windows.
The system can be armed even if the
windows are open.
2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF
position.
3. Remove the Intelligent Key from the
vehicle.
4. Close all doors, hood and trunk. Lock all
doors. The doors can be locked with the
Intelligent Key, door handle request
switch, power door lock switch or mechanical key.
5. Confirm that the security indicator light
comes on. The security indicator light
stays on for about 30 seconds. The
vehicle security system is now prearmed. After about 30 seconds the
vehicle security system automatically
shifts into the armed phase. The security
light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds. If, during this 30second pre-arm time period, the door is
unlocked, or the ignition switch is pushed
to ACC or ON, the system will not arm.
Even when the driver and/or passengers
are in the vehicle, the system will activate
with all doors, hood, and trunk lid locked
with the ignition switch in the LOCK
position. When pushing the ignition switch
to the ACC or ON position, the system will
be released.
Vehicle security system activation
The vehicle security system will give the
following alarm:
. The headlights blink and the horn sounds
intermittently.
. The alarm automatically turns off after
approximately 1 minute. However, the
alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again.
The alarm is activated by:
. Unlocking the door or opening the trunk
lid without using the button on the
Intelligent Key, the door handle request
switch, one touch unlock sensor or the
mechanical key. (Even if the door is
opened by releasing the door inside lock
knob, the alarm will activate.)
. Opening the hood.
How to stop an activated alarm
The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by
pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key, the door handle request switch,
touching the one touch unlock sensor or
using the mechanical key. The alarm will not
stop if the ignition switch is placed in the
ACC or ON position.
If the system does not operate as described
above, it is recommended you have it
checked by an INFINITI retailer.
INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System
will not allow the engine to start without
the use of the registered Intelligent Key.
Never leave these keys in the vehicle.
Instruments and controls
2-31
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
2-32 Instruments and controls
soon as possible. Please bring all registered
keys that you have. It is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SIC2045
Security indicator light
The security indicator light is located on the
meter panel. It indicates the status of the
INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System.
The light blinks after the ignition switch was
in the LOCK, ACC or OFF position. This
function indicates the security systems
equipped on the vehicle are operational.
If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is
malfunctioning, this light will remain on
while the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
If the light still remains on and/or the
engine will not start, seek service for the
INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System as
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
WARNING
washer fluid concentrate and water.
In freezing temperatures the washer
solution may freeze on the windshield
and obscure your vision which may lead
to an accident. Warm windshield with
the defroster before you wash the windshield.
CAUTION
.
.
.
.
Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.
Do not operate the washer if the
reservoir tank is empty.
Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some
methyl alcohol based washer fluid
concentrates may permanently stain
the grille if spilled while filling the
window washer reservoir tank.
Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
with water to the manufacturer’s
recommended levels before pouring
the fluid into the window washer
reservoir tank. Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the
JVI0738X
The windshield wiper and washer operates
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
Push the lever down to operate the wiper at
the following speed:
AUTO — see “Rain-sensing auto wiper
system” (P.2-34).
LO — continuous low speed operation
HI — continuous high speed operation
MIST — one sweep operation of the
wiper
to operate the
Pull the lever toward you
washer. Then the wiper will also operate
several times.
Instruments and controls
2-33
Pulling up the wiper arm:
The wiper arm should be in the up position
when replacing the wiper.
To pull up the wiper arm, push up
twice
when the ignition switch is in the OFF
position within 1 minute. The wiper operation stops in mid-operation and the wiper
arm can be pulled up.
The shift lever should be in the P (Park)
position.
To return the wiper arm, place the wiper arm
in the down position and operate the wiper
switch once.
CAUTION
Do not operate the windshield wiper
while the wiper arm is pulled up. The
wiper arm may be damaged.
Wiper drip wipe system:
The wiper will also operate once about 3
seconds after the washer and wiper are
operated. This operation is to wipe washer
fluid that has dripped on the windshield.
2-34 Instruments and controls
. High — High sensitive operation
. Low — Low sensitive operation
To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper system
off, push up the lever to the OFF position, or
pull down the lever to the LO or HI position.
CAUTION
Do not touch the rain sensor and around
it when the wiper switch is in the AUTO
position and the ignition switch is in the
ON position. The wipers may operate
unexpectedly and cause to an injury or
may damage a wiper.
JVI0739X
RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER
SYSTEM
.
The rain-sensing auto wiper system can
automatically turn on the wipers and adjust
the wiper speed depending on the rainfall
and the vehicle speed by using the rain
sensor located on the upper part of the
windshield.
To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system,
push the lever down to the AUTO position
. The wiper will sweep once while the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
The rain sensor sensitivity level can be
adjusted by turning the knob toward
(High) or toward (Low).
.
.
The rain-sensing auto wipers are intended for use during rain. If the switch
is left in the AUTO position, the wipers
may operate unexpectedly when dirt,
fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuck
on or around the sensor. The wipers may
also operate when exhaust gas or
moisture affect the rain sensor.
The rain-sensing auto wipers may not
operate if rain does not hit the rain
sensor even if it is raining.
When the windshield glass is coated
with water repellent, the speed of the
rain-sensing auto wipers may be higher
even though the amount of the rainfall is
small.
REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE
MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH
.
.
HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing auto
wiper system when you use a car wash.
Using genuine wiper blades is recommended for proper operation of the
rain-sensing auto wiper system. (See
“Windshield wiper blades” (P.8-21) for
wiper blade replacement.)
JVI1441X
To defog/defrost the rear window glass and
outside mirrors, start the engine and push
on. The indicator light
will
the switch
come on. Push the switch again to turn the
defroster off.
It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes.
CAUTION
SIC3267
HEADLIGHT SWITCH
Lighting
Turn the switch to the
position:
The front parking, side marker, tail and
license plate lights will come on.
Turn the switch to the
position:
Headlights will come on and all the
other lights remain on.
When cleaning the inner side of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the rear window defroster.
Instruments and controls
2-35
lights automatically when it is dark and turn
off the headlights when it is light.
The headlights will turn on automatically at
twilight or in rainy weather (when the
windshield wiper is operated continuously).
If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF
position and one of the doors is opened and
this condition is continued, the headlights
remain on for 5 minutes.
SIC3268
Autolight system
The autolight system allows the headlights
to be set so they turn on and off automatically.
To set the autolight system:
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position .
2. Push the ignition switch to the ON
position.
3. The autolight system automatically turns
the headlights on and off.
To turn the autolight system off, turn the
or
position.
switch to the OFF,
The autolight system can turn on the head-
2-36
Instruments and controls
Automatic headlights off delay:
You can keep the headlights on for up to 180
seconds after you push the ignition switch to
OFF and open any door then close all the
doors.
You can adjust the period of the automatic
headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF)
to 180 seconds. The factory default setting
is 45 seconds.
For automatic headlights off delay setting,
see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.
SIC3784
Be sure not to put anything on top of the
located on the top of the
photo sensor
instrument panel. The photo sensor controls
the autolight; if it is covered, the photo
sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate.
High beam assist (if so equipped)
— When the headlights of the oncoming vehicle or the leading
vehicle are turned off, when the
color of the light is affected due to
foreign materials on the lights, or
when the light beam is out of
position.
The high beam assist system will operate
when the vehicle is driven at speeds of
approximately 22 MPH (35 km/h) and
above. If an oncoming vehicle or leading
vehicle appears in front of your vehicle when
the headlight high beam is on, the headlight
will be switched to the low beam automatically.
— When there is a sudden, continuous change in brightness.
Precautions on high beam assist:
WARNING
SIC3269
Headlight beam select
To select the low beam, put the lever in
the neutral position as shown.
To select the high beam, push the lever
forward while the switch is in the
position. Pull it back to select the low
beam.
Pulling the lever toward you will flash
the headlight high beam even when the
headlight switch is in the OFF position.
— When driving on a road that
passes over rolling hills, or a road
that has level differences.
.
.
— When driving on a road with
many curves.
The high beam assist system is a
convenience but it is not a substitute
for safe driving operation. The driver
should remain alert at all times,
ensure safe driving practices and
switch the high beams and low beam
manually when necessary.
The high beam or low beam may not
switch automatically under the following conditions. Switch the high
beam and low beam manually.
— During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, wind, etc.).
— When a light source similar to a
headlight or tail light is in the
vicinity of the vehicle.
— When a sign or mirror-like surface is reflecting intense light
towards the front of the vehicle.
— When the container, etc. being
towed by a leading vehicle is
reflecting intense light.
— When a headlight on your vehicle
is damaged or dirty.
— When the vehicle is leaning at an
angle due to a punctured tire,
being towed, etc.
.
The timing of switching the low beam
and high beam may change under the
following situations.
Instruments and controls
2-37
To turn off the high beam assist system, turn
position or
the headlight switch to the
select the low beam position by placing the
lever in the neutral position.
— The brightness of the headlights
of the oncoming vehicle or leading
vehicle.
— The movement and direction of
the oncoming vehicle and the
leading vehicle.
— When only one light on the oncoming vehicle or the leading
vehicle is illuminated.
— When the oncoming vehicle or the
leading vehicle is a two-wheeled
vehicle.
— Road conditions (incline, curve,
the road surface, etc.).
— The number of passengers and
the amount of luggage.
2-38
Instruments and controls
JVI0686X
High beam assist operations:
To activate the high beam assist system,
turn the headlight switch to the AUTO
and push the lever forward
position
(high beam position). The high beam assist
indicator light in the meter will illuminate
while the headlights are turned on.
If the high beam assist indicator light does
not illuminate in the above condition, it may
indicate that the system is not functioning
properly. It is recommended you have the
system checked by an INFINITI retailer.
When the vehicle speed lowers to less than
approximately 17 MPH (27 km/h), the headlight remains the low beam.
If the ambient image sensor is damaged due
to an accident, it is recommended you
contact an INFINITI retailer.
Battery saver system
JVI0670X
Ambient image sensor maintenance:
The ambient image sensor
for the high
beam assist system is located in front of the
inside mirror. To keep the proper operation
of the high beam assist system and prevent a
system malfunction, be sure to observe the
following:
. Always keep the windshield clean.
. Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory
near the ambient image sensor.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around
the ambient image sensor. Do not touch
the sensor lens that is located on the
ambient image sensor.
A chime will sound and the light reminder
warning will appear in the vehicle information display when the driver side door is
or
opened with the light switch in the
position and the ignition switch in the
ACC, OFF or LOCK position.
or
When the headlight switch is in the
position while the ignition switch is in
the ON position, the lights will automatically
turn off after a period of time when the
ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF
position.
When the headlight switch remains in the
or
position after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will turn on
when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
position.
CAUTION
.
When you turn on the headlight
switch again after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will not
turn off automatically. Be sure to
turn the light switch to the OFF
position when you leave the vehicle
.
for extended periods of time, otherwise the battery will be discharged.
Never leave the light switch on when
the engine is not running for a period
of time even if the headlights turn off
automatically.
Daytime running light system
The daytime running lights automatically
illuminate when the engine is started with
the parking brake released. The daytime
running lights operate with the headlight
position.
switch in the OFF, AUTO or
position
Turn the headlight switch to the
for full illumination when driving at night.
If the parking brake is applied before the
engine is started, the daytime running lights
do not illuminate. The daytime running lights
illuminate once the parking brake is released.
The daytime running lights will remain on
until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF
position.
WARNING
When the daytime running light system
is active, tail lights on your vehicle are
not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on
your headlights. Failure to do so could
cause an accident injuring yourself and
Instruments and controls
2-39
others.
Adaptive Front lighting System
(AFS) (if so equipped)
The Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)
will automatically adjust the headlights (low
beam) toward the turning direction to
improve the driver’s view. When the headlight switch is ON and the driver operates
the steering wheel in a turn, the AFS system
will be activated.
The AFS will operate:
. when the headlight switch is ON.
. when the shift lever is in any position
other than P (Park) or R (Reverse).
. when the vehicle is driven at above 3
MPH (5 km/h) for the left-side headlight. Note that the right-side low beam
headlight will swivel but the left-side
headlight will not swivel when the vehicle
is below 3 MPH (5 km/h) and the
steering wheel is turned.
AFS will also adjust the headlight to a proper
axis automatically, depending on the number
of occupants in the vehicle, the load the
vehicle is carrying and the road conditions.
If the AFS warning appears in the vehicle
information display after the ignition switch
has been pushed to the ON position, this
2-40 Instruments and controls
may indicate that the AFS is not functioning
properly. Have the system checked. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for this service. When the engine is started,
the headlights will vibrate to check the
system condition. This is not a malfunction.
JVI0644X
JVI0937X
signal will automatically flash three
times.
Choose the appropriate method to signal a
lane change based on road and traffic
conditions.
Instrument brightness control
The instrument brightness control switch
can be operated when the ignition switch is
in the ON position. When the switch is
operated, the vehicle information display
switches to the brightness adjustment
mode.
to brighten
Push the + side of the switch
the instrument panel lights. The bar moves
to the + side.
Push the - side of the switch
to dim the
instrument panel lights. The bar moves to
the − side. When the brightness level reaches
the minimum, the instrument panel lights will
turn off during the nighttime.
When the brightness level reaches the maximum or minimum, a beep will sound.
The vehicle information display returns to
the normal display when the instrument
brightness control switch is not operated
for more than 5 seconds.
SIC3271
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
Turn signal
Move the lever up or down to signal the
turning direction. When the turn is completed, the turn signals cancel automatically.
Lane change signal
.
.
Move the lever up or down until the turn
signal begins to flash, but the lever does
not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold
the lever until the lane change is completed.
Move the lever up or down until the turn
signal begins to flash, but the lever does
not latch, and release the lever. The turn
Instruments and controls
2-41
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL
(VDC) OFF SWITCH
HORN
JVI1491X
SIC3272
FOG LIGHT SWITCH
To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight
position, then turn the
switch to the
position. To turn them off,
switch to the
turn the switch to the OFF position.
The headlights must be on with the low
beams selected for the fog lights to operate.
The fog lights automatically turn off when
the high beam headlights are selected.
2-42
Instruments and controls
To sound the horn, push the center pad area
of the steering wheel.
WARNING
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so
could affect proper operation of the
supplemental front air bag system. Tampering with the supplemental front air
bag system may result in serious personal injury.
SIC4336
The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle
Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most
driving conditions.
If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the
VDC system reduces the engine output to
reduce wheel spin. The engine speed will be
reduced even if the accelerator is depressed
to the floor. If maximum engine power is
needed to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC
system off.
To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC
indicator light will
OFF switch. The
illuminate.
Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart
the engine to turn on the system. (See
“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”
HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)
(P.5-132).)
WARNING
Do not use or allow occupants to use the
seat heater if you or the occupants
cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in
those body parts in contact with the
seat. Use of the seat heater by such
people could result in serious injury.
.
.
.
Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
should be removed immediately with
a dry cloth.
When cleaning the seat, never use
gasoline, thinner, or any similar materials.
If any malfunctions are found or the
heated seat does not operate, turn
the switch off and have the system
checked. It is recommended you visit
an INFINITI retailer for this service.
CAUTION
.
.
.
.
The battery could run down if the
seat heater is operated while the
engine is not running.
Do not use the seat heater for
extended periods or when no one is
using the seat.
Do not put anything on the seat
which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become
overheated.
Do not place anything hard or heavy
on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
similar object. This may result in
damage to the heater.
Instruments and controls
2-43
HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so
equipped)
off the seat heater.
OPERATION WITH TOUCH
SCREEN
Push the CLIMATE button and touch [
]
] on the lower display. Select an item
or [
from [AUTO], [High], [Mid], [Low] or [OFF].
AUTO MODE SETTING
JVR0505X
The front seats can be warmed by built-in
heaters. The heating system of driver’s seat
and front passenger seat can be operated
independently.
OPERATION WITH SWITCH
1. Start the engine.
2. Push the switch on the instrument panel.
. Each time the switch is pushed, the
seat heating mode will change in the
following order.
AUTO ? High ? Mid ? Low ? OFF
. The indicator light on the switch will
illuminate when the heater is on.
When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or
before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn
2-44
Instruments and controls
When in the AUTO mode, the heater will
turn on or off automatically according to the
conditions such as the temperature inside
the vehicle compartment. Depending on the
conditions, the heater will not turn on even if
AUTO is selected. The settings for the AUTO
mode can be changed. For details, see the
Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.
WARNING
Do not use or allow occupants to come
into contact with the heated steering
wheel if you or the occupants cannot
monitor elevated steering wheel temperatures or have an inability to feel pain
in those body parts in contact. Use of the
heated steering wheel by such people
could result in serious injuries.
CAUTION
.
.
.
.
.
The battery could run down if the
steering wheel heater is operated
while the engine is not running.
Do not use the steering wheel heater
for extended periods of time as it may
cause burns and overheating.
Any liquid spilled on the steering
wheel should be removed immediately with a dry cloth.
When cleaning the steering wheel,
never use gasoline, thinner, or any
similar materials.
If any malfunctions are found or the
steering wheel heater does not operate, turn the switch off and have the
POWER OUTLETS
The power outlets are located in the storage
box and in the console box.
system checked. It is recommended
that you visit an INFINITI retailer for
this service.
Push the CLIMATE button and touch
[Steering Heater] on the lower display to
turn on or off the steering wheel heating
manually. The steering wheel heating will
turn off automatically 30 minutes after it
has been turned on. When the steering
wheel heating is turned on, the indicator
above [Steering Heater] will turn on.
If the surface temperature of the steering
wheel is above the temperature within which
the system is designed to operate, the
system will not heat the steering wheel. This
is not a malfunction.
Automatic steering wheel heating can be
turned on or off from the climate control
settings screen. For details, see the Infiniti
InTouch Owner’s Manual.
CAUTION
.
.
.
SIC4316
In the storage box
.
.
.
.
.
JVI1298X
In the console box
The outlet and plug may be hot
during or immediately after use.
Do not use with accessories that
exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power
draw. Do not use double adapters or
more than one electrical accessory.
Use power outlet with the engine
running to avoid discharging the
vehicle battery.
Avoid using power outlet when the
air conditioner, headlights or rear
window defroster is on.
This power outlet is not designed for
use with a cigarette lighter unit.
Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may blow.
Before inserting or disconnecting a
plug, be sure the electrical accessory
being used is turned OFF.
When not in use, be sure to close the
cap. Do not allow water or any liquid
to contact the outlet.
Instruments and controls
2-45
ASHTRAY
STORAGE
CUP HOLDERS
CAUTION
.
.
Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is being used to
prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid
is hot, it can scald you or your
passenger.
Use only soft cups in the cup holder.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
JVI0649X
SIC2570
Front
REAR
To open the ashtray lid, pull .
To empty the ashtray, push down
out.
, and pull
JVI0650X
Rear
2-46 Instruments and controls
Open the lid of the rear armrest to use the
cup holder.
JVI0715X
SOFT BOTTLE HOLDER
CAUTION
.
.
Do not use bottle holder for any other
objects that could be thrown about in
the vehicle and possibly injure people
during sudden braking or an accident.
Do not use bottle holder for open
liquid containers.
JVI0651X
SUNGLASSES HOLDER
WARNING
Keep the sunglasses holder closed while
driving to avoid obstructing the driver’s
view and to help prevent an accident.
To open the sunglasses holder, push the
holder.
Instruments and controls
2-47
CAUTION
.
.
Do not use for anything other than
glasses.
Do not leave glasses in the sunglasses
holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the
glasses.
JVI0763X
GLOVE BOX
CONSOLE BOX
WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving to
help prevent injury in an accident or a
sudden stop.
To open the glove box, pull the handle .
To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.
the glove box, use the
To lock /unlock
mechanical key. For the mechanical key
usage, see “Keys” (P.3-2).
2-48 Instruments and controls
JVI0653X
To open the console box, push up the knob
and pull up the lid.
To close, push the lid down until latched.
The console box light illuminates when the
position.
headlight switch is in the
SIC4348
JVI0664X
SIC3248
CARD HOLDER
STORAGE BOX
COAT HOOKS
The card holder is located on the driver’s or
passenger’s sun visor.
To use the card holder, slide the card in the
card holder.
To open, push the storage box lid.
Do not place valuable items in the storage
box.
Do not use the storage box as an ashtray.
The coat hooks are equipped beside the rear
personal lights.
CAUTION
Do not place items which are more than
2 lb (1 kg) on the hook.
Instruments and controls
2-49
WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS
CAUTION
Do not apply a total load of more than
22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook.
WARNING
.
.
SIC4350
TRUNK HOOKS
WARNING
.
.
Always make sure that the cargo is
properly secured. Use the suitable
ropes and hooks.
Unsecured cargo can become dangerous in an accident or sudden stop.
2-50 Instruments and controls
Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
while it is in motion and before
closing the windows. Use the window
lock switch to prevent unexpected
use of the power windows.
To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and or its systems, including
entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not
leave children, people who require
the assistance of others or pets
unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed
vehicle on a warm day can quickly
become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to
people and pets.
The power windows operate when the
ignition switch is in the ON position or for
about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is
pushed to the OFF position. If the driver’s or
front passenger’s door is opened during this
period of about 45 seconds, power to the
windows is canceled.
Locking passengers’ windows
When the lock button
is pushed in, only
the driver side window can be opened or
closed. Push it in again to cancel.
JVI0740X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Driver side window
Front passenger side window
Rear left passenger side window
Rear right passenger side window
Window lock button
Main power window switch (driver’s side)
SIC4353
Passenger side power window
switch
The passenger side switch will open or close
only the corresponding window. To open or
close the window, push down or pull up the
switch and hold it.
To open or close the window, push down
or pull up the switch and hold it. The main
switch (driver side switches) will open or
close all the windows.
Instruments and controls
2-51
Auto reverse function
WARNING
There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which
cannot be detected. Make sure that all
passengers have their hands, etc., inside
the vehicle before closing the window.
SIC4354
Automatic operation
To fully open or close the window, completely push down or pull up the switch and
release it; it need not be held. The window
will automatically open or close all the way.
To stop the window, just push or lift the
switch in the opposite direction.
A light push or pull on the switch will cause
the window to open or close until the switch
is released.
If the control unit detects something caught
in the window as it is closing, the window
will be immediately lowered.
The auto reverse function can be activated
when the window is closed by automatic
operation when the ignition switch is in the
ON position or for 45 seconds after the
ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.
Depending on the environment or driving
conditions, the auto reverse function may
be activated if an impact or load similar to
something being caught in the window
occurs.
If the windows do not close automatically
If the power window automatic function
(closing only) does not operate properly,
perform the following procedure to initialize
2-52
Instruments and controls
the power window system.
1. Place the ignition switch in the ON
position.
2. Close the door.
3. Open the window completely by operating the power window switch.
4. Pull the power window switch and hold it
to close the window, and then hold the
switch more than 3 seconds after the
window is closed completely.
5. Release the power window switch. Operate the window by the automatic
function to confirm the initialization is
complete.
6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for
other windows.
If the power window automatic function
does not operate properly after performing
the procedure above, it is recommended you
have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI
retailer.
MOONROOF (if so equipped)
WARNING
.
.
In an accident you could be thrown
from the vehicle through an open
moonroof. Always use seat belts
and child restraints.
Do not allow anyone to stand up or
extend any portion of their body out
of the moonroof opening while the
vehicle is in motion or while the
moonroof is closing.
POWER MOONROOF
The moonroof only operates when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
The moonroof is operational for about 45
seconds, even if the ignition switch is pushed
to the OFF position. If the driver’s door or
the passenger’s door is opened during this
period of about 45 seconds, power to the
moonroof is canceled.
JVI0655X
CAUTION
.
.
Remove water drops, snow, ice or
sand from the moonroof before
opening.
Do not place any heavy object on the
moonroof or surrounding area.
Sunshade
The sunshade will open automatically when
the moonroof is opened. However, it must
be closed manually.
Tilting the moonroof
To tilt up, first close the moonroof, then
push the switch to the tilt up position and
release it; it need not be held. To tilt down
the moonroof, push the switch to the tilt
down position .
Sliding the moonroof
To fully open or close the moonroof, push
the switch to the open or close position
and release it; it need not be held. The roof
Instruments and controls
2-53
will automatically open or close all the way.
To stop the roof, push the switch once more
while it is opening or closing.
Opening:
To open the sunroof, push the UNLOCK
button on the Intelligent Key for about 3
seconds after the door is unlocked.
button.
To stop opening, release the
If the control unit detects something caught
in the moonroof when it is closing, the
moonroof will be immediately opened.
The auto reverse function can be activated
when the moonroof is closed by automatic
operation when the ignition switch is in the
ON position or for about 45 seconds after
the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF
position.
If the moonroof cannot be closed automatically when the auto reverse function
activates due to a malfunction, push and
hold the moonroof switch to the close
position .
Depending on the environment or driving
conditions, the auto reverse function may
be activated if an impact or load similar to
something being caught in the moonroof
occurs.
Auto reverse function
If the moonroof does not operate
Operating moonroof with Intelligent Key (if so equipped)
The moonroof can be opened by pushing the
UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key. This
function will not operate while the moonroof
timer is activated or when the moonroof
need to be initialized. For details about the
Intelligent Key button usage, see “How to
use remote keyless entry system” (P.3-17).
WARNING
There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which
cannot be detected. Make sure that all
passengers have their hands, etc., inside
the vehicle before closing the moonroof.
2-54 Instruments and controls
If the moonroof does not operate properly,
perform the following procedure to initialize
the moonroof operation system.
1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully by
repeatedly pushing the moonroof switch
to the close position to tilt the moonroof up.
2. Push and hold the switch to the close
position .
3. Release the moonroof switch after the
moonroof moves slightly up and down.
4. Push and hold the switch to the open
to fully tilt the moonroof
position
down.
5. Check if the moonroof switch operates
normally.
If the moonroof does not operate properly
after performing the procedure above, have
your moonroof checked and repaired. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for this service.
INTERIOR LIGHTS
JVI0656X
JVI0726X
SIC3250
MAP LIGHTS
CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped)
PERSONAL LIGHTS
Push the button as illustrated to turn the
light on or off.
The console light will turn on whenever the
front parking lights or headlights are illuminated.
Push the button as illustrated to turn the
light on or off.
Instruments and controls
2-55
.
JVI0657X
INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL
SWITCH
ON switch
When the ON switch is pushed in, the map
lights and rear personal lights will illuminate.
When the switch is pushed off, the lights will
not illuminate, regardless of the condition.
DOOR OFF switch
When the DOOR OFF switch
is not
pushed in, the map lights and rear personal
lights will illuminate under the following
conditions:
2-56 Instruments and controls
ignition switch is switched to the OFF
position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
. doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or
one touch unlock sensor with the ignition
switch in the LOCK position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
. any door is opened and then closed with
the ignition switch in the LOCK position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
. any door is opened
— remain on while the door is opened.
When the door is closed, the lights go
off.
When the DOOR OFF switch is pushed in,
the map and rear personal lights will not
illuminate under the above condition. The
map and rear personal lights can be turned
on only with the ON switch .
The lights will also turn off after a period of
time when the lights remain illuminated
after the ignition switch has been pushed
to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the
battery from becoming discharged.
When [Lamp ON When Door Unlocks] is set
to the OFF position (see the Infiniti InTouch
Owner’s Manual), the lights will illuminate
under the following condition:
.
any door is opened with the ignition
switch in any position
— remain on while the door is opened.
When the door is closed, the lights go
off.
CAUTION
Do not use for extended periods of time
with the engine stopped. This could
result in a discharged battery.
VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS
TRUNK LIGHT
COURTESY LIGHT
The light illuminates when the trunk lid is
opened. When the trunk lid is closed, the
light will turn off.
The light will also turn off after a period of
time when the light remains illuminated
after the ignition switch has been pushed
to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the
battery from becoming discharged.
SIC3869
The light on the vanity mirror will turn on
when the cover on the vanity mirror is
opened.
When the cover is closed, the light will turn
off.
The lights will also turn off after a period of
time when the lights remain illuminated to
prevent the battery from becoming discharged.
SIC4328
When the doors are unlocked by pushing the
UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or
touching the one touch unlock sensor with
the ignition switch in the LOCK position, the
courtesy light will illuminate.
To activate or deactivate the courtesy light,
set [Lamp ON When Door Unlocks]. See the
Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.
Instruments and controls
2-57
HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the
functions of up to three individual hand-held
transmitters into one built-in device.
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:
. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)
devices such as garage doors, gates,
home and office lighting, entry door
locks and security systems.
. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No
separate batteries are required. If the
vehicle’s battery is discharged or is
disconnected, HomeLink® will retain all
programming.
When the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver is programmed, retain the original
transmitter for future programming procedures (Example: new vehicle purchases).
Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttons
should be erased for security purposes. For
additional information, refer to “Programming HomeLink®” (P.2-58).
WARNING
.
Do not use the HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver with any garage door
opener that lacks safety stop and
reverse features as required by federal safety standards. (These stan-
2-58 Instruments and controls
.
.
dards became effective for opener
models manufactured after April 1,
1982). A garage door opener which
cannot detect an object in the path of
a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse, does not
meet current federal safety standards. Using a garage door opener
without these features increases the
risk of serious injury or death.
During the programming procedure
your garage door or security gate will
open and close (if the transmitter is
within range). Make sure that people
or objects are clear of the garage
door, gate, etc. that you are programming.
Your vehicle’s engine should be
turned off while programming the
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver.
Do not breathe exhaust gases; they
contain colorless and odorless carbon
monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness
or death.
PROGRAMMING HomeLink®
If you have any questions or are having
difficulty programming your HomeLink®
buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site
at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-3553515.
NOTE:
It is also recommended that a new battery
be placed in the hand-held transmitter of
the device being programmed to
HomeLink® for quicker programming and
accurate transmission of the radio-frequency.
1. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) away
from the HomeLink® surface, keeping
the HomeLink® indicator light in view.
4. At the receiver located on the garage
door opener motor in the garage, locate
the “learn” or “smart” button (the name
and color of the button may vary by
manufacturer but it is usually located
near where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the unit). If there is difficulty
locating the button, reference the garage
door opener’s manual.
5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”
button.
JVI0428X
2. Using both hands, simultaneously press
and hold the desired HomeLink® button
and handheld transmitter button. DO
NOT release until the HomeLink® indiflashes slowly and then
cator light
rapidly. When the indicator light flashes
rapidly, both buttons may be released.
(The rapid flashing indicates successful
programming.)
NOTE:
Some devices to be programmed may
require you to replace Step 2 with the
cycling procedure noted in the “Programming HomeLink® for Canadian
customers and gate openers” (P.2-60).
JVI0429X
3. Press and hold the programmed
HomeLink® button and observe the
indicator light.
. If the indicator light
is solid/continuous, programming is complete
and your device should activate when
the HomeLink® button is pressed and
released.
. If the indicator light
blinks rapidly
for two seconds and then turns to a
solid/continuous light, continue with
Steps 4-6 for a rolling code device. A
second person may make the following steps easier. Use a ladder or other
device. Do not stand on your vehicle
to perform the next steps.
NOTE:
Once the button is pressed, you have
approximately 30 seconds to initiate the
next step.
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
and hold the programmed HomeLink®
button for two seconds and release.
Repeat the “press/hold/release” sequence up to 3 times to complete the
programming process. HomeLink®
should now activate your rolling code
equipped device.
7. If you have any questions or are having
difficulty programming your HomeLink®
buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web
site at: www.homelink.com or call 1800-355-3515.
Instruments and controls
2-59
PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR
CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND
GATE OPENERS
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission –
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink® to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian law,
some U.S. gate operators are designed to
“time-out” in the same manner.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator or
garage door opener by using the “Programming HomeLink®” procedures, replace “Programming HomeLink®” Step 2 with the
following:
NOTE:
When programming a garage door opener,
etc., unplug the device during the “cycling”
process to prevent possible damage to the
garage door opener components.
Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneously
press and hold the desired HomeLink®
button and the hand-held transmitter button. During programming, your hand-held
transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Continue to press and hold the
desired HomeLink® button while you press
and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held trans-
2-60 Instruments and controls
mitter every two seconds until the frequency
signal has been learned. The HomeLink®
indicator light will flash slowly and then
rapidly after several seconds upon successful programming. DO NOT release until the
HomeLink® indicator light flashes slowly
and then rapidly. When the indicator light
flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. The rapid flashing indicates successful programming.
Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”
step 3 to complete.
Remember to plug the device back in when
programming is completed.
OPERATING THE HomeLink®
UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, after
it is programmed, can be used to activate the
programmed device. To operate, simply
press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
button. The amber indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted.
For convenience, the hand-held transmitter
of the device may also be used at any time.
PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOTING
If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn the
hand-held transmitter information:
. replace the hand-held transmitter batteries with new batteries.
. position the hand-held transmitter with
its battery area facing away from the
HomeLink® surface.
. press and hold both the HomeLink® and
hand-held transmitter buttons without
interruption.
. position the hand-held transmitter 1-3 in
(26-76 mm) away from the HomeLink®
surface. Hold the transmitter in that
position for up to 15 seconds. If
HomeLink® is not programmed within
that time, try holding the transmitter in
another position - keeping the indicator
light in view at all times.
If you have any questions or are having
difficulty programming your HomeLink®
buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site
at: www.homelink.com or 1-800-3553515.
CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED
INFORMATION
The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons.
Individual buttons cannot be cleared. However, individual buttons can be reprogrammed, see “Reprogramming a single
HomeLink® button” (P.2-61).
To clear all programming
1. P r e s s a n d h o l d t h e t w o o u t e r
HomeLink® buttons until the indicator
light begins to flash in approximately 10
seconds. Do not hold for longer than 20
seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
HomeLink® is now in the programming
mode and can be programmed at any time
beginning with “Programming HomeLink®” Step 1.
REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE
HomeLink® BUTTON
To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver button, complete the following.
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®
button. Do not release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-
gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.
For questions or comments, contact
HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or 1800-355-3515.
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed. The new
device can be activated by pushing the
HomeLink® button that was just programmed. This procedure will not affect
any other programmed HomeLink® buttons.
IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN
If your vehicle is stolen, you should change
the codes of any non-rolling code device that
has been programmed into HomeLink®.
Consult the Owner’s Manual of each device
or call the manufacturer or retailer of those
devices for additional information.
When your vehicle is recovered, you will
need to reprogram the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver with your new transmitter
information.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Instruments and controls
2-61
MEMO
2-62
Instruments and controls
3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys........................................................................................ 3-2
Intelligent Key................................................................ 3-2
Valet hand-off............................................................... 3-4
Doors..................................................................................... 3-4
Locking with mechanical key.................................... 3-4
Opening and closing windows with
mechanical key.............................................................. 3-5
Locking with inside lock knob................................... 3-5
Locking with power door lock switch.................... 3-5
Automatic door locks.................................................. 3-6
Child safety rear door lock ........................................ 3-6
Intelligent Key system........................................................ 3-7
Intelligent Key operating range................................ 3-8
Door locks/unlocks precaution ............................... 3-9
Intelligent Key operation.......................................... 3-10
Battery saver system................................................. 3-13
Warning signals........................................................... 3-14
Troubleshooting guide.............................................. 3-15
Log-in function ........................................................... 3-16
Remote keyless entry system....................................... 3-16
How to use remote keyless entry system........... 3-17
Remote engine start (if so equipped)........................ 3-20
Remote engine start operating range.................. 3-21
Remote starting the engine..................................... 3-21
Extending engine run time....................................... 3-21
Canceling a remote start........................................
Conditions the remote start will not work .......
Hood ...................................................................................
Trunk lid.............................................................................
Trunk lid release switch..........................................
Trunk open request switch....................................
TRUNK button..........................................................
Trunk release power cancel switch.....................
Interior trunk lid release .........................................
Fuel-filler door .................................................................
Opening the fuel-filler door...................................
Fuel-filler cap.............................................................
Tilt/telescopic steering..................................................
Manual operation (if so equipped)......................
Electric operation (if so equipped).......................
Sun visors .........................................................................
Mirrors...............................................................................
Inside mirror..............................................................
Outside mirrors.........................................................
Vanity mirror..............................................................
Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) ............
Entry/exit function..................................................
Memory storage.......................................................
System operation .....................................................
3-21
3-22
3-23
3-23
3-24
3-24
3-24
3-25
3-25
3-26
3-26
3-26
3-28
3-29
3-29
3-30
3-30
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-33
3-33
3-33
3-34
KEYS
A key number plate is supplied with your
keys. Record the key number and keep it in a
safe place (such as your wallet), not in the
vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for
duplicates by using the key number. INFINITI
does not record any key numbers so it is very
important to keep track of your key number
plate.
A key number is only necessary when you
have lost all keys and do not have one to
duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can
be duplicated without knowing the key
number.
1.
2.
3.
Intelligent Keys (2)
Mechanical keys (inside the Keys) (2)
Key number plate (1)
INTELLIGENT KEY
SPA2865
Type A (if so equipped)
Your vehicle can only be driven with the
Intelligent Keys which are registered to your
vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components
and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System
components. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys
can be registered and used with one vehicle.
The new keys must be registered by an
INFINITI retailer prior to use with the
Intelligent Key system and INFINITI Vehicle
Immobilizer System of your vehicle. Since the
registration process requires erasing all
memory in the Intelligent Key components
when registering new keys, be sure to take
all Intelligent Keys that you have to the
INFINITI retailer.
It is possible that the Intelligent Key functions become canceled. Contact an INFINITI
retailer.
CAUTION
.
JVP0414X
Type B (if so equipped)
3-2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
with you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a
built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it, please note the following.
— The Intelligent Key is water resistant; however, wetting may
damage the Intelligent Key. If the
Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely
dry.
— Do not bend, drop or strike it
against another object.
.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,
INFINITI recommends erasing the ID
code of that Intelligent Key. This will
prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle.
For information regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer.
— If the outside temperature is
below 14°F (−10°C), the battery
of the Intelligent Key may not
function properly.
— Do not place the Intelligent Key
for an extended period in a place
where temperatures exceed
140°F (60°C).
— Do not change or modify the
Intelligent Key.
— Do not use a magnet key holder.
— Do not place the Intelligent Key
near an electric appliance such as
a television set or personal computer.
— Do not allow the Intelligent Key
to come into contact with water
or salt water, and do not wash it
in a washing machine. This could
affect the system function.
SPA2033
Mechanical key
To remove the mechanical key, release the
lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.
To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it
into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob
returns to the lock position.
Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the
doors, glove box and trunk pass-through lid,
if they are equipped with a key cylinder.
See “Doors” (P.3-4), “Glove box” (P.2-48)
and “Trunk pass-through” (P.1-7).
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-3
DOORS
CAUTION
Always carry the mechanical key installed in the key.
WARNING
.
VALET HAND-OFF
When you have to leave a key with a valet,
give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep
the mechanical key with you to protect your
belongings.
To prevent the glove box and the trunk from
being opened during valet hand-off, follow
the procedures below.
1. Push the trunk release power cancel
switch to the OFF (cancel) side.
2. Remove the mechanical key from the
Intelligent Key.
3. Lock the glove box and the trunk passthrough with the mechanical key.
4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet,
keeping the mechanical key in your
pocket or bag for insertion into the
Intelligent Key when you retrieve your
vehicle.
See “Trunk lid” (P.3-23), “Glove box” (P.248) and “Trunk pass-through” (P.1-7).
3-4
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
.
.
Always have the doors locked while
driving. Along with the use of seat
belts, this provides greater safety in
the event of an accident by helping to
prevent persons from being thrown
from the vehicle. This also helps keep
children and others from unintentionally opening the doors, and will help
keep out intruders.
Before opening any door, always look
for and avoid oncoming traffic.
To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and or its systems, including
entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not
leave children, people who require
the assistance of others or pets
unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed
vehicle on a warm day can quickly
become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to
people and pets.
JVP0231X
LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL
KEY
The power door lock system allows you to
lock or unlock all doors, trunk lid simultaneously using the mechanical key.
. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to
will lock all
the front of the vehicle
doors and trunk lid.
. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder
will
once to the rear of the vehicle
unlock the driver’s door. After returning
the key to the neutral position , turning
it to the rear again within 60 seconds will
unlock all doors and trunk lid.
.
You can switch the lock system to the
mode that allows you to open all the
doors when the key is turned once. (See
the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual for
details.)
OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH MECHANICAL KEY
The driver’s door key operation also allows
you to open and close the window that is
equipped with the automatic open/close
function. (See “Power windows” (P.2-50).)
To open the window, turn the driver’s door
key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle for
longer than 1 second. The door is unlocked
and the window keeps opening while turning
the key.
This function can also be performed by
pushing and holding the UNLOCK button
on the Intelligent Key. (See “Remote keyless
entry system” (P.3-16).)
To close the window, turn the driver’s door
key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for
longer than 1 second. The door is locked and
the window keeps closing while turning the
key.
SPA2726
JVP0319X
LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK
KNOB
LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR
LOCK SWITCH
To lock the door individually, move the inside
then close
lock knob to the lock position
the door.
To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the
unlock position .
When locking the door without an Intelligent Key, be sure not to leave the Intelligent
Key inside the vehicle.
Operating the power door lock switch will
lock or unlock all the doors and trunk lid. The
switches are located on the driver’s and
front passenger’s door armrests.
To lock the doors and trunk lid, push the
power door lock switch to the lock position
with the driver’s or front passenger’s door
open, then close the door.
When locking the door this way, be certain
not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the
vehicle.
To unlock the doors including the fuel-filler
door and trunk lid, push the power door lock
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-5
switch to the unlock position
.
Lockout protection
When the power door lock switch is moved
to the lock position and any door open, all
doors will lock and unlock automatically.
With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle
and any door open, all doors will unlock
automatically and a chime will sound after
the door is closed.
These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked
inside the vehicle.
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS
.
All doors and trunk lid lock automatically
when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH
(24 km/h).
. All doors and trunk lid unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in
the OFF position or when the shift lever
is moved to the P (Park) position, if
selected.
The automatic unlock function can be
deactivated or activated. To deactivate or
activate the automatic door unlock system,
perform the following procedure:
1. Close all doors.
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON
position.
3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,
push and hold the power door lock
position (UNLOCK)
switch to the
for more than 5 seconds.
4. When activated, the hazard indicator will
flash twice. When deactivated, the hazard indicator will flash once.
5. The ignition switch must be placed in the
OFF and ON position again between
each setting change.
When the automatic door unlock system is
deactivated, the doors do not unlock when
the ignition switch is placed in the OFF
position. To unlock the door manually, use
the inside lock knob or the power door lock
switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side).
The automatic door unlock function can be
changed on the lower display. (See the
Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.)
SPA2536
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR
LOCK
The child safety rear door lock helps prevent
doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle.
When the levers are in the lock position ,
the rear doors can be opened only from the
outside.
To disengage, move the levers to the unlock
position .
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
.
WARNING
.
.
Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences
before use.
The Intelligent Key transmits radio
waves when the buttons are pushed.
The FAA advises that the radio
waves may affect aircraft navigation
and communication systems. Do not
operate the Intelligent Key while on
an airplane. Make sure the buttons
are not operated unintentionally
when the unit is stored during a
flight.
The Intelligent Key system can operate all
the doors and the trunk lid using the remote
controller function, using one touch unlock
function or pushing the request switch on
the vehicle without taking the key out from a
pocket or purse. The operating environment
and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent
Key system operation.
Be sure to read the following before using
the Intelligent Key system.
CAUTION
.
.
Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
with you when operating the vehicle.
Never leave the Intelligent Key in the
vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
The Intelligent Key is always communicating
with the vehicle as it receives radio waves.
The Intelligent Key system transmits weak
radio waves. Environmental conditions may
interfere with the operation of the Intelligent
Key system under the following operating
conditions.
. When operating near a location where
strong radio waves are transmitted, such
as a TV tower, power station and broadcasting station.
. When in possession of wireless equipment, such as a cellular telephone,
transceiver, and CB radio.
. When the Intelligent Key is in contact
with or covered by metallic materials.
. When any type of radio wave remote
control is used nearby.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed near
an electric appliance such as a personal
computer.
When the vehicle is parked near a parking
meter.
In such cases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key.
Although the life of the battery varies
depending on the operating conditions, the
battery’s life is approximately 2 years. If the
battery is discharged, replace it with a new
one.
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost
discharged, see “Intelligent Key battery discharge” (P.5-14) to start the engine.
Since the Intelligent Key is continuously
receiving radio waves, if the key is left near
equipment which transmits strong radio
waves, such as signals from a TV and
personal computer, the battery life may
become shorter.
For information regarding replacement of a
battery, see “Intelligent Key battery replacement” (P.8-26).
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be
registered and used with one vehicle. For
information about the purchase and use of
additional Intelligent Keys, contact an
INFINITI retailer.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-7
CAUTION
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
which contains electrical components, to come into contact with
water or salt water. This could affect
the system function.
Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
Do not strike the Intelligent Key
sharply against another object.
Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.
Wetting may damage the Intelligent
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,
immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
Do not place the Intelligent Key for
an extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
If the outside temperature is below
14°F (−10°C), the battery of the
Intelligent Key may not function
properly.
Do not attach the Intelligent Key
with a key holder that contains a
magnet.
Do not place the Intelligent Key near
equipment that produces a magnetic
field, such as a TV, audio equipment
3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
and personal computers.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITI
recommends erasing the ID code of that
Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may
prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure,
contact an INFINITI retailer.
JVP0225X
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING
RANGE
The Intelligent Key functions can only be
used when the Intelligent Key is within the
specified operating range from the one
touch unlock sensor/door request switch
and trunk open request switch .
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present
near the operating location, the Intelligent
Key system’s operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not
function properly.
The operating range is within 31.50 in (80
cm) from each one touch unlock sensor/door
handle request switch
and trunk open
request switch .
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door
glass, handle or rear bumper, the one touch
unlock sensor and request switches may not
function.
When the Intelligent Key is within the
operating range, it is possible for anyone
who does not carry the Intelligent Key to use
the one touch unlock sensor or request
switches to lock or unlock the doors and
open the trunk lid.
.
.
.
SPA2407
DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAUTION
.
.
Do not push the door handle request
switch with the Intelligent Key held in
your hand as illustrated. The close distance to the door handle will cause the
Intelligent Key system to have difficulty
recognizing that the Intelligent Key is
outside the vehicle.
Within 2 seconds after the door are
locked using the door handle request
switch, make sure that the doors have
been securely locked by operating the
door handles. If you keep holding the
door handle for more than 2 seconds
after locking the doors using the door
.
.
.
handle request switch, the door will be
unlocked.
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being
left inside the vehicle or the trunk, make
sure you carry the key with you and then
lock the doors or the trunk.
The Intelligent Key system (opening/
closing doors with the door handle
request switch or one touch unlock
sensor) can be set to remain inactive.
(See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.)
The door cannot be unlocked using one
touch unlock operation after locking the
door within 2 seconds. To unlock the
door, release the one touch unlock
sensor once and touch it again.
If a large amount of water runs down on
the door handle (for example, when
washing the vehicle or in a heavy rain),
the door may unlock if the Intelligent Key
is within the range of operation. To
prevent the door from being unlocked,
the Intelligent Key should be away from
the vehicle more than 7 ft (2 m).
Do not hold and pull the door handle
quickly. The door will be unlocked but will
not open. Release the door handle once
and pull it again to open the door.
If you pull the door handle with your
gloved hand, the one touch unlock
operation may not function.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-9
JVP0415X
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION
You can lock or unlock the doors without
taking the key out from your pocket or bag.
3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
JVP0233X
When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,
you can lock all doors by pushing the door
(driver’s or front
handle request switch
passenger’s) within the range of operation.
JVP0350X
You can also unlock the corresponding door
by touching the one touch unlock sensor
(driver’s or front passenger’s) within the
range of operation, and can unlock the other
doors using the door handle request switch
.
When you lock or unlock the doors or the
trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash and
the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as
a confirmation. For details, see “Setting
hazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-19).
CAUTION
.
.
.
After locking the doors using the
request switch, make sure that the
doors have been securely locked by
operating the door handles.
When locking the doors using the
request switch, make sure to have the
Intelligent Key in your possession
before operating the request switch
to prevent the Intelligent Key from
being left in the vehicle.
The request switch and one touch
unlock sensor are operational only
when the Intelligent Key has been
detected by the Intelligent Key system.
Lockout protection
inside or near metallic materials.
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being
accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout
protection is equipped with the Intelligent
Key system.
When the driver’s side door is open, the
doors are locked, and then the Intelligent
Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors
are closed; the lock will automatically unlock
and the door buzzer sounds.
NOTE:
The doors may not lock when the Intelligent
Key is in the same hand that is operating the
request switch to lock the door. Put the
Intelligent Key in a purse, pocket or your
other hand.
CAUTION
Welcome light and farewell light
function
When you lock or unlock the doors and fuelfiller door, front and rear side marker lights,
parking lights, tail lights and the license plate
light will illuminate for a period of time. The
welcome light and farewell light function can
be disabled. For information about disabling
the welcome light and farewell light function, see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.
The lockout protection may not function
under the following conditions:
.
.
.
.
When the Intelligent Key is placed on
top of the instrument panel.
When the Intelligent Key is placed
inside the glove box or a storage bin.
When the Intelligent Key is placed
inside the door pockets.
When the Intelligent Key is placed
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-11
while the ignition switch is in the ACC
or ON position.
*2: Doors will not lock with the Intelligent
Key while any door is open.
*3: Doors will not lock by pushing the door
handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle. However,
when an Intelligent Key is inside the
vehicle, doors can be locked with
another registered Intelligent Key.
JVP0233X
Locking doors, trunk lid and fuelfiller door
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF
position and make sure you carry the
Intelligent Key with you.*1
2. Close all the doors.*2
3. Push the door handle request switch
while
(driver’s or front passenger’s)
carrying the Intelligent Key with you.*3
4. All the doors, trunk lid and fuel-filler door
will lock.
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and
the outside chime sounds twice.
*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key
3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
JVP0350X
Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door
1. Touch the one touch unlock sensor
(driver’s or front passenger’s) while carrying the Intelligent Key with you.
2. The hazard indicator flashes once and
the outside chime sounds once. The
corresponding door will unlock.
3. Push the door handle request switch
within 1 minute.
4. The hazard indicator flashes once and
the outside chime sounds once again. All
the doors, trunk lid and fuel-filler door
will unlock.
All doors, trunk lid and fuel-filler door will be
locked automatically unless one of the
following operations is performed within 1
minute after pushing the request switch or
touch unlock operation while the doors are
locked.
. Opening any door
. Pushing the ignition switch
During this 1-minute time period, if the
UNLOCK
button on the Intelligent Key
is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute.
Opening trunk lid
1. Push the trunk open request switch for
more than 1 second while carrying the
Intelligent Key with you.
2. The trunk will unlatch. An outside chime
will sound four times.
3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.
JVP0416X
Lockout protection:
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being
accidentally locked in the trunk, lockout
protection is equipped with the Intelligent
Key system.
When the trunk lid is closed with the
Intelligent Key inside the trunk, the outside
chime will sound and the trunk will open.
BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
When all the following conditions are met
for a period of time, the battery saver
system will cut off the power supply to
prevent battery discharge.
. The ignition switch is in the ACC position,
and
. All doors are closed, and
. The shift lever is in the P (Park) position.
SPA2732
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-13
WARNING SIGNALS
To help prevent the vehicle from moving
unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the
Intelligent Key listed on the following chart
or to help prevent the vehicle from being
stolen, chime or beep sounds inside and
outside the vehicle and a warning displays in
the vehicle information display.
When a chime or beep sounds or the warning
displays, be sure to check the vehicle and
Intelligent Key.
See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-15) and
“Vehicle information display” (P.2-19).
3-14
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Symptom
The SHIFT P warning appears on the
display and the inside warning chime
sounds continuously.
Possible cause
Action to take
The shift lever is not in the P (Park)
position.
Shift the shift lever to the P (Park)
position.
When shifting the shift lever to The inside warning chime sounds continuthe P (Park) position.
ously.
The ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position.
Push the ignition switch to the OFF
position.
When opening the driver’s door The inside warning chime sounds continuto get out of the vehicle
ously.
The ignition switch is in the ACC
position.
Push the ignition switch to the OFF
position.
When pushing the ignition
switch to stop the engine
When closing the door after
getting out of the vehicle
The NO KEY warning appears on the
display, the outside chime sounds 3 times The ignition switch is in the ACC or
and the inside warning chime sounds for a ON position.
few seconds.
The SHIFT P warning appears on the
display and the outside chime sounds
continuously.
When closing the door with the
The outside chime sounds for a few
inside lock knob turned to
seconds and all the doors unlock.
LOCK
When pushing the request
The outside chime sounds for a few
switch or LOCK button on the
seconds.
Intelligent Key to lock the door
When closing the trunk lid
Push the ignition switch to the OFF
position.
The ignition switch is in the ACC or Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
OFF position and the shift lever is not position and push the ignition switch to
in the P (Park) position.
the OFF position.
The Intelligent Key is inside the
vehicle or trunk.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
The Intelligent Key is inside the
vehicle or trunk.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
A door is not closed securely.
Close the door securely.
The outside chime sounds for approxiThe Intelligent Key is inside the trunk. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
mately 10 seconds and the trunk lid opens.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-15
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
LOG-IN FUNCTION
After setting up the user information, the
system will automatically recognize the user
upon turning on the vehicle.
There will be a personalized welcome greeting and screen prompt to log-in.
This feature allows 4 drivers to use their
own registration, drive mode, driving position, air conditioner, and auto settings and
memorizes these custom settings.
The log-in user can be changed on the
welcome greeting screen or the User List
screen. For more details, see the Infiniti
InTouch Owner’s Manual.
The log-in function is linked to the following
items:
. Meter
. Audio
. Navigation system display (if so
equipped)
. Navigation settings (if so equipped)
. Air conditioner
. Automatic drive positioner (if so
equipped)
. Engine/Transmission
. Steering
. Suspension (if so equipped)
3-16
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
. Active trace control system
. Driver assistance* (if so equipped)
. Body Control Module (BCM)
*: except for the Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system
WARNING
The Intelligent Key transmits radio
waves when the buttons are pushed.
The FAA advises that the radio waves
may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the
Intelligent Key while on an airplane.
Make sure the buttons are not operated
unintentionally when the unit is stored
during a flight.
It is possible to lock/unlock all doors and
fuel-filler door, open the trunk lid, activate
the panic alarm and open the windows by
pushing the buttons on the Intelligent Key
from outside the vehicle.
Before locking the doors, make sure the
Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.
The remote keyless entry function can
operate at a distance of approximately 33
ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effective
distance depends upon the conditions
around the vehicle.)
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used
with one vehicle. For information concerning
the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys, contact an INFINITI retailer.
The buttons on the Intelligent Key will not
operate when:
.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
the distance between the Intelligent Key
and the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).
. the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.
After locking with the remote keyless entry
function, pull the door handle to make sure
the doors are securely locked.
The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range varies
depending on the environment. To securely
operate the lock and unlock buttons, approach the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) from
the door.
LOCK button
UNLOCK button
TRUNK button
PANIC button
Remote engine start button
HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM
SPA2100
Type A (if so equipped)
JVP0409X
Type B (if so equipped)
When you lock or unlock the doors or the
trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash and
the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as
a confirmation. For details, see “Setting
hazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-19).
Locking doors, trunk lid and fuelfiller door
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF
position and make sure you carry the
Intelligent Key with you.*1
2. Close all the doors.
button
on the
3. Push the LOCK
Intelligent Key.
4. All the doors, trunk lid and fuel-filler door
will lock.
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and
the horn chirps once.
*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key
while the ignition switch is in the ACC
or ON position.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-17
Unlocking doors, trunk lid and fuelfiller door
1. Push the UNLOCK
button on the
Intelligent Key once.
2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The
driver’s door will unlock.
button on the
3. Push the UNLOCK
Intelligent Key again within 1 minute.
4. The hazard indicator flashes once again.
All the doors, trunk lid and the fuel-filler
door will unlock.
All doors, trunk lid and the fuel-filler door
will be locked automatically unless one of
the following operations is performed within
1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK
button on the Intelligent Key while the doors
are locked. If during this 1-minute time
button on the
period, the UNLOCK
Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors will be
locked automatically after another 1 minute.
. Opening any door
. Pushing the ignition switch
Opening windows (if so equipped)
The UNLOCK
button
operation also
allows you to open the window that is
equipped with the automatic open/close
function. (See “Power windows” (P.2-50).)
To open the window, push the door UN-
3-18
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
button on the Intelligent Key
LOCK
for about 3 seconds after the door is
unlocked.
To stop opening, release the UNLOCK
button .
If the window open operation is stopped in
mid-operation while pushing the UNLOCK
button
, release and push the
button
again until the
UNLOCK
window opens completely.
Window cannot be closed using the Intelligent Key.
The door window can also be operated by
turning the mechanical key in a door lock.
(See “Doors” (P.3-4).)
Opening moonroof (if so equipped)
The moonroof can be opened by pushing the
button
on the Intelligent
UNLOCK
Key. This function will not operate while the
moonroof timer is activated or when the
windows need to be initialized.
To open the moonroof, push the UNLOCK
button
on the Intelligent Key for
about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked.
To stop opening, release the UNLOCK
button .
Opening trunk lid
1. Push the TRUNK
button
on the
Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.
2. The trunk will unlatch.
3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.
Using panic alarm
If you are near your vehicle and feel
threatened, you may activate the alarm to
call attention as follows:
button on the key
1. Push the PANIC
for more than 1 second.
2. The theft warning alarm and headlights
will stay on for 25 seconds.
3. The panic alarm stops when:
. It has run for 25 seconds, or
. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent
Key are pushed. (Note: PANIC
button
or TRUNK
button
should be pushed for more than 1
second.)
Remote engine start (if so equipped)
The remote engine start
button is on
the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remote
engine start function. This function allows
the engine to start from outside the vehicle.
See “Remote engine start” (P.3-20) for more
details.
Setting hazard indicator and horn
mode
This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and
horn mode when you first receive the vehicle.
In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the
button
is pushed, the hazard
LOCK
indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps
button
is
once. When the UNLOCK
pushed, the hazard indicator flashes once.
If horns are not necessary, the system can be
switched to the hazard indicator mode.
In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK
button is pushed, the hazard indicator
flashes twice. When the UNLOCK
button
is pushed, neither the hazard
indicator nor the horn operates.
Hazard indicator and horn mode:
DOOR LOCK
Intelligent Key system
(Using door handle or trunk
request switch)
HAZARD - twice
OUTSIDE CHIME twice
Remote keyless entry system
HAZARD - twice
(Using
,
or
button)
HORN - once
DOOR UNLOCK
TRUNK UNLOCK
HAZARD - once
OUTSIDE CHIME once
HAZARD - none
OUTSIDE CHIME - 4
times
HAZARD - once
HORN - none
HAZARD - none
HORN - none
Hazard indicator mode:
DOOR LOCK
Intelligent Key system
(Using door handle or trunk
request switch)
HAZARD - twice
OUTSIDE CHIME none
Remote keyless entry system
HAZARD - twice
(Using
,
or
button)
HORN - none
DOOR UNLOCK
TRUNK UNLOCK
HAZARD - none
OUTSIDE CHIME none
HAZARD - none
OUTSIDE CHIME - 4
times
HAZARD - once
HORN - none
HAZARD - none
HORN - none
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-19
REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)
Switching procedure:
To switch the hazard indicator and horn
(chime) operation, push the LOCK
and
buttons on the Intelligent
UNLOCK
Key simultaneously for more than 2 seconds.
. When the hazard indicator mode is set,
the hazard indicator flashes 3 times.
. When the hazard indicator and horn
mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes
once and the horn chirps once.
WARNING
To avoid risk of injury or death, do not
use the remote engine start function
when the vehicle is in an enclosed area
such as a garage.
JVP0437X
The remote engine start
button is on the
Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remote
engine start function. This function allows
the engine to start from outside the vehicle.
Automatic climate control system will automatically adjust the passenger compartment
to be the set appropriate temperature when
the remote engine start function is used.
Laws in some local communities may restrict
the use of remote starters. For example,
some laws require a person using remote
start to have the vehicle in view. Check local
regulations for any requirements.
Other conditions may affect the remote
engine start function. See “Conditions the
remote start will not work” (P.3-22).
3-20
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Other conditions can affect the performance
of the Intelligent Key transmitter. See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7) for additional
information.
The remote engine start function can only be
used when the Intelligent Key is within the
specified operating range from the vehicle.
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or other strong radio wave sources
are present near the operating location, the
Intelligent Key operating range becomes
narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not
function properly.
The remote engine start operating range is
approximately 197 ft (60 m) from the
vehicle.
within view, push and hold the remote
button for at least 2
engine start
seconds.
The following events will occur when the
engine starts:
. The front parking lights will turn on and
remain on as long as the engine is
running.
. The doors will be locked and the air
conditioner system may turn on.
. The engine will continue to run for about
10 minutes. Repeat the steps to extend
the time for an additional 10 minutes.
See “Extending engine run time” (P.321).
Depress and hold the brake pedal, then place
the ignition switch in the ON position before
driving. For further instructions, see “Driving
the vehicle” (P.5-16).
REMOTE STARTING THE ENGINE
EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME
To use the remote start function to start the
engine, perform the following:
1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.
2. Push the LOCK
button to lock all
doors.
3. Within 5 seconds push and hold the
remote engine start
button until
the turn signal lights flash and the tail
lights illuminate. If the vehicle is not
The remote engine start function can be
extended one time by performing the steps
listed in “Remote starting the engine” (P.321). Run time will be calculated as follows:
. The first 10 minute run time will start
when the remote engine start function is
performed.
. The second 10 minutes will start immediately when the remote engine start
function is performed. For example, if
REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATING RANGE
the engine has been running for 5
minutes, and 10 minutes are added, the
engine will run for a total of 15 minutes.
. Extending engine run time will count
towards the two remote start limit.
A maximum of two remote starts, or a single
start with an extension, are allowed between ignition cycles.
The ignition switch must be cycled to the ON
position and then back to the OFF position
before the remote engine start procedure
can be used again.
CANCELING A REMOTE START
To cancel a remote start, perform one of the
following:
. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle and
push and hold the remote engine start
button until the parking lights turn
off.
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
. Cycle the ignition switch ON and then
OFF.
. The extended engine run time has expired.
. The first 10 minute timer has expired.
. The engine hood has been opened.
. The shift lever is moved out of P (Park).
. The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into
the vehicle.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-21
.
.
The ignition switch is pushed without an
Intelligent Key in the vehicle.
The ignition switch is pushed with an
Intelligent Key in the vehicle but the
brake pedal is not depressed.
CONDITIONS THE REMOTE
START WILL NOT WORK
The remote start will not operate if any of
the following conditions are present:
. The ignition switch is placed in the ON
position.
. The hood is not securely closed.
. The hazard warning lights are on.
. The engine is still running. The engine
must be completely stopped. Wait at
least 6 seconds if the engine goes from
running to off. This is not applicable
when extending engine run time.
button is
. The remote engine start
not pushed and held for at least 2
seconds.
button is
. The remote engine start
not pushed and held within 5 seconds of
pushing the LOCK button.
. The brake pedal is depressed.
. The doors are not closed and locked.
. The trunk is open.
. The Intelligent Key warning message is
displayed in the vehicle information dis-
3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
play.
The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into
the vehicle.
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a single
remote start with an extension, have
already been used.
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
. The remote engine start function has
been switched to OFF in the settings
menu on the lower display. For additional
information, see the Infiniti InTouch
Owner’s Manual.
The remote engine start may display a
warning or indicator in the vehicle information display. For an explanation of the
warning or indicator, see “Indicators for
operation” (P.2-21).
.
HOOD
TRUNK LID
WARNING
.
.
JVP0234X
1. Pull the hood lock release handle
located below the instrument panel; the
hood will then spring up slightly.
up at the front of the
2. Pull the lever
hood with your fingertips and raise the
hood.
3. When closing the hood, slowly close the
hood down to latch both the right and
left locks. Push the hood down to lock
the hood securely into place.
Do not drive with the trunk lid open.
This could allow dangerous exhaust
gases to be drawn into the vehicle.
See “Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)”
(P.5-4) of this manual.
Closely supervise children when they
are around cars to prevent them from
playing and becoming locked in the
trunk where they could be seriously
injured. Keep the car locked, with the
trunk closed, when not in use, and
prevent children’s access to Intelligent Keys.
WARNING
.
.
Make sure the hood is completely
closed and latched before driving.
Failure to do so could cause the hood
to fly open and result in an accident.
If you see steam or smoke coming
from the engine compartment, to
avoid injury do not open the hood.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-23
TRUNK BUTTON
JVP0202X
SPA2732
TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH
TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH
The trunk lid release switch
is located on
the instrument panel.
To open the trunk lid, push the release
switch. To close, push the trunk lid down.
The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the
when the
trunk open request switch
Intelligent Key is within the operating range
of the trunk lock/unlock function regardless
of the inside lock knob position.
The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the
even if the
trunk open request switch
Intelligent Key is not within the operating
range of the trunk lock/unlock function,
when all doors are unlocked by the power
door lock system, and the automatic unlock
function.
(See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).)
3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the
button on the Intelligent Key for
TRUNK
more than 1 second.
The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the
trunk open request switch
even if the
Intelligent Key is not within the operating
range of the trunk lock/unlock function,
when all doors are unlocked by the power
door lock system, and the automatic unlock
function.
(See “Remote keyless entry system” (P.316).)
(See “Keys” (P.3-2).)
To connect the power to the trunk lid, push
the switch to the ON position.
SPA2768
JVP0203X
TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL SWITCH
When the switch located inside the glove
box is in the OFF position , the power to
the trunk lid will be canceled and the trunk lid
cannot be opened by the trunk lid release
switch, the trunk open request switch or the
TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key.
When you have to leave the vehicle with a
valet and want to keep your belongings safe
in the glove box and the trunk, push this
switch to OFF and lock the glove box with
the mechanical key. Then leave the vehicle
and the Intelligent Key with the valet and
keep the mechanical key with you.
INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE
WARNING
Closely supervise children when they are
around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk
where they could be seriously injured.
Keep the car locked, with the trunk lid
securely latched, when not in use, and
prevent children’s access to Intelligent
Keys.
The interior trunk lid release mechanism
allows opening of the trunk lid in the event
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-25
FUEL-FILLER DOOR
.
that people become locked inside the trunk
or in the event of the loss of electrical power
such as a discharged battery.
Push the power door lock switch to the
UNLOCK position.
To lock, close the fuel-filler door securely
and lock all doors by operating the door
handle request switch, the LOCK button on
the Intelligent Key, the mechanical key or the
power door lock switch.
Releasing inside the trunk
To open the trunk lid from the inside, pull the
until the lock releases and
release handle
push up on the trunk lid. The release lever is
made of a material that glows in the dark
after a brief exposure to ambient light.
The handle is located on the back of the
trunk lid as illustrated.
Releasing from the rear seat
You can access the release handle through
the trunk pass-through (rear seat armrest).
(See “Armrest” (P.1-7).)
To open the trunk lid from the rear seat, pull
the release handle towards front of vehicle
until the lock releases.
If you cannot reach the release handle,
contact an INFINITI retailer.
3-26
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
FUEL-FILLER CAP
WARNING
.
SPA2735
OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER
DOOR
To open the fuel-filler door, unlock the fuelfiller door by using one of the following
operations, then push the upper left side of
the door.
. Touch the one touch unlock sensor on
one of the front door handles and then
push the door handle request switch
while carrying the Intelligent Key.
. Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key twice.
. Insert the mechanical key into the door
lock cylinder and turn it to the rear of the
vehicle twice.
.
.
Gasoline is extremely flammable and
highly explosive under certain conditions. You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or
mishandled. Always stop engine and
do not smoke or allow open flames or
sparks near the vehicle when refueling.
Do not attempt to top off the fuel
tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts
off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting
in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
Use only an original equipment type
fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has
a built-in safety valve needed for
proper operation of the fuel system
and emission control system. An incorrect cap can result in a serious
.
.
malfunction and possible injury. It
could also cause the Malfunction
Indicator Light (MIL) to come on.
Never pour fuel into the throttle body
to attempt to start your vehicle.
Do not fill a portable fuel container in
the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity
can cause an explosion of flammable
liquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle or
trailer. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death when filling portable
fuel containers:
— Always place the container on the
ground when filling.
— Do not use electronic devices
when filling.
.
.
— Keep the pump nozzle in contact
with the container while you are
filling it.
— Use only approved portable fuel
containers for flammable liquid.
CAUTION
.
If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,
flush it away with water to avoid
paint damage.
.
Insert the cap straight into the fuelfiller tube, then tighten the fuel-filler
cap until a single click is heard. Failure
to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly
Malfunction Inmay cause the
dicator Light (MIL) to illuminate. If
light illuminates because the
the
fuel-filler cap is loose or missing,
tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle. The
light should turn off after a few
light does
driving trips. If the
not turn off after a few driving trips,
have the vehicle inspected. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for this service.
The Loose Fuel Cap warning will
appear if the fuel-filler cap is not
properly tightened. It may take a few
driving trips for the warning to be
displayed. Failure to tighten the fuelfiller cap properly after the Loose
Fuel Cap warning appears may cause
Malfunction Indicator Light
the
(MIL) to illuminate.
For additional information, see “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.217).
JVP0204X
To remove the fuel-filler cap:
1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise
to remove.
2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder
while refueling.
To install the fuel-filler cap:
1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the
fuel-filler tube.
2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until a
single click is heard.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-27
TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING
to turn off the Loose Fuel Cap warning
after tightening the fuel-filler cap.
WARNING
.
.
JVP0455X
Loose Fuel Cap warning
The Loose Fuel Cap warning appears in the
vehicle information display when the fuelfiller cap is not tightened correctly after the
vehicle has been refueled. It may take a few
driving trips for the warning to be displayed.
To turn off the warning, perform the
following:
1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as
soon as possible. (See “Fuel-filler cap”
(P.3-26).)
2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until a single
click is heard.
or
switch
on the
3. Push the
steering wheel for longer than 1 second
3-28
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving. You could lose control
of your vehicle and cause an accident.
Do not adjust the steering wheel any
closer to you than is necessary for
proper steering operation and comfort. The driver’s air bag inflates with
great force. If you are unrestrained,
leaning forward, sitting sideways or
out of position in any way, you are at
greater risk of injury or death in a
crash. You may also receive serious or
fatal injuries from the air bag if you
are up against it when it inflates.
Always sit back against the seatback
and as far away as practical from the
steering wheel. Always use the seat
belts.
For more information, see “Automatic drive
positioner” (P.3-33).
SPA2328
JVP0205X
MANUAL OPERATION (if so
equipped)
ELECTRIC OPERATION (if so
equipped)
Tilt or telescopic operation
Tilt or telescopic operation
Pull the lock lever
down and adjust the
steering wheel up, down, forward or rearward to the desired position.
Push the lock lever up securely to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Move the switch to adjust the steering
wheel up or down, forward or rearward to
the desired position.
Entry/Exit function operation:
The automatic drive positioner system will
make the steering wheel move up automatically when the driver’s door is opened with
the ignition switch in the LOCK position.
This lets the driver get into and out of the
seat more easily.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-29
SUN VISORS
MIRRORS
2. To block glare from the side, remove the
sun visor from the center mount and
swing the visor to the side .
3. Slide the sun visor in or out as needed.
SPA2447
INSIDE MIRROR
Adjust the height and the angle of the inside
mirror to the desired position.
SPA2471
1. To block glare from the front, swing
down the sun visor .
3-30
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
mirror operate normally. The indicator light
will turn off. Push the “I” switch to turn the
system on.
Do not allow any object to cover the sensors
or apply glass cleaner on them. Doing so
will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor,
resulting in improper operation.
For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
operation, see “HomeLink® Universal Transceiver” (P.2-58).
OUTSIDE MIRRORS
SPA2450-A
Automatic anti-glare type
The inside mirror is designed so that it
automatically changes reflection according
to the intensity of the headlights of the
following vehicle.
The anti-glare system will be automatically
turned on when the ignition switch is pushed
to the ON position.
The anti-glare system also operates for the
outside mirrors (if so equipped).
When the anti-glare system is turned on, the
indicator light will illuminate and excessive
glare from the headlights of the vehicle
behind you will be reduced.
to make the inside
Push the “*” switch
JVP0246X
WARNING
Objects viewed in the outside mirror on
the passenger side are closer than they
appear. Be careful when moving to the
right. Using only this mirror could cause
an accident. Use the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder to properly
judge distances to other objects.
Adjusting outside mirrors
The outside mirror control switch is located
on the driver’s armrest.
The outside mirror will operate only when
the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position.
Move the switch right or left to select the
right or left side mirror, then adjust using the
control switch .
Defrosting outside mirrors
The outside mirrors will be heated when the
rear window defroster switch is operated.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-31
switch.
4. The outside mirror surface moves downward.
When one of the following conditions has
occurred, the outside mirror surface will
return to its original position.
. The shift lever is moved to any position
other than R (Reverse).
. The outside mirror control switch is set to
the center position.
. The ignition switch is pushed to the OFF
position.
SPA1829
Foldable outside mirrors
Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward
the rear of the vehicle.
Reverse tilt-down feature (if so
equipped)
When backing up the vehicle, the right and
left outside mirrors will turn downward
automatically to provide better rear visibility.
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
position.
3. Select the right or left side mirror by
operating the outside mirror control
3-32 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Automatic anti-glare (if so
equipped)
The outside mirrors are designed so that
they automatically change reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of
the vehicle following you.
The anti-glare system will be automatically
turned on when the ignition switch is placed
in the ON position.
SIC3869
VANITY MIRROR
To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the
sun visor and pull up the cover.
AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER
(if so equipped)
The automatic drive positioner system has
two features:
. Entry/exit function
. Memory storage
ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION
This system is designed so that the driver’s
seat and steering column will automatically
move when the shift lever is in the P (Park)
position. This allows the driver to get into
and out of the driver’s seat more easily.
The driver’s seat will slide backward and the
steering wheel will move up when the
driver’s door is opened with the ignition
switch in the LOCK position.
The driver’s seat and steering wheel will
return to the previous positions when the
ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position.
The driver’s seat will not return to the
previous positions if the seat or steering
adjusting switch is operated when the seat is
at the exit position.
Cancel or activate entry/exit function
All the following conditions must be met
before cancelling or activating the entry/exit
function.
. The ignition switch is placed in the LOCK
position.
.
The entry/exit function is not in operation.
. The following switches are not operated.
— Seat memory switches
— Power seat switches
— Electric tilting/telescopic steering
wheel switch
The entry/exit function can be activated or
canceled by pushing and holding the SET
switch for more than 10 seconds.
The entry/exit function can also be activated or canceled if the [Lift Steering Wheel
on Exit] or [Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit]
key is turned to ON or OFF in the [Settings]
menu on the lower display. (See the Infiniti
InTouch Owner’s Manual.)
Initialize entry/exit function
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the
fuse opens, the entry/exit function will not
work though this function was set on before.
In such a case, after connecting the battery
or replacing with a new fuse, open and close
the driver’s door more than two times after
the ignition switch is switched from the ON
position to the LOCK position. The entry/
exit function will be activated.
JVP0240X
MEMORY STORAGE
Two positions for the driver’s seat, steering
column and outside mirrors can be stored in
the automatic drive positioner memory.
Follow these procedures to use the memory
system.
1. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column
and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch. For additional information,
see “Seats” (P.1-2), “Tilt/telescopic
steering” (P.3-28) and “Outside mirrors”
(P.3-31).
2. Push the SET switch and, within 5
seconds, push the memory switch (1 or
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3-33
2) fully for at least 1 second.
The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will stay on for approximately
5 seconds after pushing the switch.
When the memory is stored in the
memory switch (1 or 2), a buzzer will
sound.
If memory is stored in the same memory
switch, the previous memory will be
deleted.
Confirming memory storage
Push the SET switch. If the main memory
has not been stored, the indicator light will
come on for approximately 0.5 seconds.
When the memory has stored in position,
the indicator light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds.
Selecting the memorized position
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position.
2. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for
at least 1 second.
The driver’s seat, steering column and
outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light
flashing, and then the light will stay on
for approximately 5 seconds.
3-34 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Linking log-in function to a stored
memory position
The log-in function can be linked to a stored
memory position with the following procedure.
1. Place the ignition switch in the ON
position while carrying an Intelligent
Key that was registered to the vehicle
with the log-in function. For more details, see “Log-in function” (P.3-16).
2. Adjust the position of the driver’s seat,
steering column and outside mirrors
manually. See “Seats” (P.1-2), “Tilt/telescopic steering” (P.3-28) and “Outside
mirrors” (P.3-31).
3. Place the ignition switch in the OFF
position.
The next time you log in (selecting the user
on the display) after placing the ignition
switch in the ON position while carrying the
Intelligent Key, the system will automatically
adjust to the memorized driving position.
SYSTEM OPERATION
The automatic drive positioner system will
not work or will stop operating under the
following conditions:
. When the vehicle speed is above 0 MPH
(0 km/h) or 4 MPH (7 km/h) for some
limited functions such linking an Intelli-
.
.
.
.
.
gent Key to the vehicle when the power
source is turned on from off or during the
Exit function.
When any of the memory switches are
pushed while the automatic drive positioner is operating.
When the adjusting switch for the driver’s seat and steering column is turned
on while the automatic drive positioner is
operating.
When the seat has already been moved
to the memorized position.
When no seat position is stored in the
memory switch.
When the shift lever is moved from the P
(Park) position to any other position.
4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual...................................
Ventilators............................................................................
Antenna ................................................................................
Window antenna..........................................................
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-3
Satellite antenna......................................................... 4-3
Car phone or CB radio..................................................... 4-3
INFINITI INTOUCH OWNER’S MANUAL
VENTILATORS
Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual
that includes the following information.
. Infiniti InTouch Services
. Navigation system (if so equipped)
. Audio system
. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system
. Heater and air conditioner
. Viewing information
. Other settings
. Voice recognition (if so equipped)
. Monitor system
. Meter settings
. General system information
JVH0510X
Center ventilators
JVH0574X
Rear ventilators
Open or close, and adjust the air flow
direction of ventilators.
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators
are closed.
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators
are open.
JVH0511X
Side ventilators
4-2
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
ANTENNA
CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO
When installing a car phone or a CB radio in
your vehicle, be sure to observe the following cautions, otherwise the new equipment
may adversely affect the electronic control
modules and electronic control system harness.
WINDOW ANTENNA
The antenna pattern is printed inside the
rear window.
CAUTION
.
.
Do not place metalized film near the
rear window glass or attach any
metal parts to it. This may cause poor
reception or noise.
When cleaning the inside of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the rear window antenna.
Lightly wipe along the antenna with
a dampened soft cloth.
WARNING
.
JVH0641X
SATELLITE ANTENNA
.
There is a satellite antenna on the rear part
of the vehicle roof.
A buildup of ice on the satellite radio
antenna can affect satellite radio performance. Remove the ice to restore satellite
radio reception.
.
A cellular phone should not be used
for any purpose while driving so full
attention may be given to vehicle
operation. Some jurisdictions prohibit
the use of cellular phones while
driving.
If you must make a call while your
vehicle is in motion, the hands-free
cellular phone operational mode (if so
equipped) is highly recommended.
Exercise extreme caution at all times
so full attention may be given to
vehicle operation.
If a conversation in a moving vehicle
requires you to take notes, pull off
the road to a safe location and stop
your vehicle before doing so.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4-3
CAUTION
.
.
.
.
.
Keep the antenna as far away as
possible from the electronic control
modules.
Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in
(20 cm) away from the electronic
control system harness. Do not route
the antenna wire next to any harness.
Adjust the antenna standing-wave
ratio as recommended by the manufacturer.
Connect the ground wire from the CB
radio chassis to the body.
For details, it is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer.
4-4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
5 Starting and driving
Precautions when starting and driving........................ 5-4
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)............................... 5-4
Three-way catalyst...................................................... 5-5
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)............ 5-5
Avoiding collision and rollover.................................. 5-9
Off-road recovery........................................................ 5-9
Rapid air pressure loss................................................ 5-9
Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving....................... 5-10
Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) driving
safety precautions (AWD models)......................... 5-10
Push-button ignition switch......................................... 5-11
Operating range for engine start function.......... 5-12
Push-button ignition switch operation................ 5-12
Push-button ignition switch positions................. 5-13
Emergency engine shut off...................................... 5-13
Intelligent Key battery discharge........................... 5-14
Before starting the engine............................................ 5-14
Starting the engine.......................................................... 5-15
Remote start (if so equipped)................................. 5-15
Driving the vehicle ........................................................... 5-16
Automatic transmission............................................ 5-16
Parking brake.................................................................... 5-21
INFINITI Drive Mode Selector..................................... 5-22
STANDARD mode...................................................... 5-22
SPORT+ mode (if so equipped) .............................. 5-23
SPORT mode.............................................................
SNOW mode..............................................................
ECO mode (if so equipped) ...................................
PERSONAL mode....................................................
Active Lane Control (if so equipped).........................
Active Lane Control operation.............................
Turning Active Lane Control ON/OFF..............
How to enable/disable Active Lane Control....
Active Lane Control limitations............................
System temporarily unavailable...........................
System malfunction.................................................
System maintenance ...............................................
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure
Prevention (LDP) (if so equipped)..............................
LDW system operation...........................................
How to enable/disable the LDW system..........
LDP system operation............................................
Turning the LDP system ON/OFF .....................
How to enable/disable the LDP system...........
LDW/LDP system limitations ..............................
System temporarily unavailable...........................
System malfunction................................................
System maintenance ..............................................
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if so equipped)............
BSW system operation...........................................
5-23
5-23
5-23
5-25
5-26
5-28
5-29
5-30
5-31
5-32
5-32
5-33
5-34
5-35
5-36
5-36
5-37
5-38
5-38
5-39
5-40
5-40
5-41
5-43
How to enable/disable the BSW system............
BSW system limitations............................................
BSW driving situations............................................
System temporarily unavailable.............................
System malfunction...................................................
System maintenance.................................................
Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) (if so equipped)......
BSI system operation...............................................
Turning the BSI system ON/OFF .........................
How to enable/disable the BSI system...............
BSI system limitations...............................................
BSI driving situations.................................................
System temporarily unavailable.............................
System malfunction..................................................
System maintenance.................................................
Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) (if
so equipped) ......................................................................
BCI system operation................................................
Turning the BCI system ON/OFF.........................
How to enable/disable the BCI system...............
BCI system limitations ..............................................
System temporarily unavailable.............................
System malfunction...................................................
System maintenance..................................................
Cruise control (if so equipped).....................................
Precautions on cruise control .................................
Cruise control operations.........................................
5-43
5-43
5-44
5-47
5-47
5-48
5-49
5-50
5-52
5-53
5-53
5-55
5-59
5-60
5-60
5-61
5-63
5-67
5-67
5-68
5-69
5-70
5-70
5-71
5-71
5-72
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so equipped)..... 5-73
How to select the cruise control mode.............. 5-75
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode......... 5-75
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode............................................................. 5-90
Distance Control Assist (DCA) (if so equipped)...... 5-94
DCA system operation............................................ 5-96
Turning the DCA system ON/OFF..................... 5-99
How to enable/disable the DCA system........ 5-100
DCA system display and indicators.................. 5-100
DCA system limitations....................................... 5-101
System temporarily unavailable........................ 5-103
System malfunction.............................................. 5-104
System maintenance ............................................ 5-104
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) (if
so equipped)................................................................... 5-105
FEB system operation ......................................... 5-106
Turning the FEB system ON/OFF................... 5-108
FEB system limitations........................................ 5-108
System temporarily unavailable........................ 5-110
System malfunction............................................... 5-111
System maintenance ............................................. 5-111
Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
(if so equipped)............................................................... 5-112
PFCW system operation...................................... 5-114
Turning the PFCW system ON/OFF............... 5-115
PFCW system limitations..................................... 5-118
System temporarily unavailable........................ 5-120
System malfunction.................................................
System maintenance................................................
Break-in schedule...........................................................
Fuel Efficient Driving Tips...........................................
Increasing fuel economy ..............................................
Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if
so equipped) ...................................................................
Parking/parking on hills...............................................
Power steering................................................................
Electric power steering type.................................
Hydraulic pump electric power
steering type..............................................................
Direct Adaptive Steering type.............................
Brake system..................................................................
Braking precautions................................................
Parking brake break-in ..........................................
Brake assist......................................................................
Brake assist................................................................
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)..........................
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system..................
Brake force distribution..........................................
5-121
5-121
5-122
5-122
5-123
5-124
5-126
5-127
5-127
5-127
5-128
5-130
5-130
5-130
5-131
5-131
5-131
5-132
5-133
Active trace control.....................................................
Hill Start Assist system...............................................
Chassis control..............................................................
Idling Stop System (if so equipped) .........................
Retrograde movement control function.........
Idling Stop System display..................................
Idling Stop OFF switch........................................
Cold weather driving....................................................
Freeing a frozen door lock...................................
Antifreeze.................................................................
Battery.......................................................................
Draining of coolant water....................................
Tire equipment ........................................................
Special winter equipment....................................
Driving on snow or ice.........................................
Engine block heater (if so equipped)................
Active noise cancellation/Active
sound enhancement.....................................................
Active noise cancellation.....................................
Active sound enhancement ................................
5-134
5-136
5-136
5-137
5-138
5-138
5-140
5-141
5-141
5-141
5-141
5-141
5-141
5-142
5-142
5-142
5-143
5-144
5-144
PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING
.
.
Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the support
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets
should not be left alone either. They
could accidentally injure themselves
or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,
sunny days, temperatures in a closed
vehicle could quickly become high
enough to cause severe or possibly
fatal injuries to people or animals.
Closely supervise children when they
are around cars to prevent them from
playing and becoming locked in the
trunk where they could be seriously
injured. Keep the car locked, with the
rear seatback and trunk lid securely
latched when not in use, and prevent
children’s access to car keys.
5-4 Starting and driving
EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)
.
WARNING
.
.
.
.
.
Do not breathe exhaust gases; they
contain colorless and odorless carbon
monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness
or death.
If you suspect that exhaust fumes are
entering the vehicle, drive with all
windows fully open, and have the
vehicle inspected immediately.
Do not run the engine in closed spaces
such as a garage.
Do not park the vehicle with the
engine running for any extended
length of time.
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving, otherwise exhaust gases could be
drawn into the passenger compartment. If you must drive with the
trunk lid open, follow these precautions:
1) Open all the windows.
2) Set the air recirculation to off and
the fan control to high to circulate
the air.
.
If electrical wiring or other cable
connections must pass to a trailer
through the seal on the trunk lid or
the body, follow the manufacturer’s
recommendation to prevent carbon
monoxide entry into the vehicle.
The exhaust system and body should
be inspected by a qualified mechanic
whenever:
— The vehicle is raised for service.
— You suspect that exhaust fumes
are entering into the passenger
compartment.
— You notice a change in the sound
of the exhaust system.
— You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system, underbody, or rear of the
vehicle.
THREE-WAY CATALYST
The three-way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system.
Exhaust gases in the three-way catalyst are
burned at high temperatures to help reduce
pollutants.
WARNING
.
.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust
system are very hot. Keep people,
animals or flammable materials away
from the exhaust system components.
Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry
grass, waste paper or rags. They
may ignite and cause a fire.
.
.
.
fuel flow into the three-way catalyst,
causing it to overheat. Do not keep
driving if the engine misfires, or if
noticeable loss of performance or
other unusual operating conditions
are detected. Have the vehicle inspected promptly. It is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service.
Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging
the three-way catalyst.
Do not race the engine while warming
it up.
Do not push or tow your vehicle to
start the engine.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM (TPMS)
CAUTION
.
.
Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits
from leaded gasoline seriously reduce
the three-way catalyst’s ability to
help reduce exhaust pollutants.
Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in the ignition, fuel injection, or
electrical systems can cause overrich
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale when one or more of
your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure
telltale illuminates, you should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving
on a significantly under-inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel
efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect
the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
For models with run-flat tires, if the vehicle
is being driven with one or more flat tires,
the low tire pressure warning light will
illuminate continuously and a chime will
sound for 10 seconds. The flat tire warning
will also appear in the vehicle information
display. The chime will only sound at the first
indication of a flat tire, and the warning light
will illuminate continuously. When the flat
tire warning is activated, it is recommended
you have the system reset and the tire
checked and replaced if necessary by an
INFINITI retailer. Even if the tire is inflated
to the specified COLD tire pressure, the
warning light will continue to illuminate until
the system is reset by an INFINITI retailer.
Your vehicle can be driven for a limited time
on a flat tire. See “Run-flat tires” (P.8-39).
Starting and driving
5-5
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is
the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct
tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of
the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.
When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one
minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the
malfunction exists. When the malfunction
indicator is illuminated, the system may not
be able to detect or signal low tire pressure
as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the
TPMS from functioning properly. Always
check the TPMS malfunction telltale after
replacing one or more tires or wheels on your
vehicle to ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS
to continue to function properly.
5-6
Starting and driving
Additional information
.
.
.
.
Since the spare tire (if so equipped) is not
equipped with the TPMS, the TPMS
does not monitor the tire pressure of
the spare tire.
The TPMS will activate only when the
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16
MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may
not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure
(for example a flat tire while driving).
The low tire pressure warning light does
not automatically turn off when the tire
pressure is adjusted. After the tire is
inflated to the recommended pressure,
the vehicle must be driven at speeds
above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the
TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure
warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge
to check the tire pressure.
The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”
warning appears in the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure
warning light is illuminated and low tire
pressure is detected. The “Tire Pressure
Low - Add Air” warning turns off when
the low tire pressure warning light turns
off.
The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”
warning does not appear if the low tire
pressure warning light illuminates to
indicate a TPMS malfunction.
.
The “Flat Tire - Visit dealer” warning (if
so equipped) appears in the vehicle
information display when the low tire
pressure warning light is illuminated and
one or more flat tires are detected.
. Tire pressure rises and falls depending on
the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation and the outside temperature. Do not
reduce the tire pressure after driving
because the tire pressure rises after
driving. Low outside temperature can
lower the temperature of the air inside
the tire which can cause a lower tire
inflation pressure. This may cause the
low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in
low ambient temperature, check the tire
pressure for all four tires.
. You can also check the pressure of all
tires (except the spare tire) in the vehicle
information display. (See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19).)
. After the ignition switch is placed in the
ON position, it may take a period of time
for the tire pressure to be displayed while
the vehicle is driven. Depending on the
radio wave circumstance, tire pressure
may not correctly be displayed.
For additional information, see “Low tire
pressure warning light” (P.2-12) and “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.63).
WARNING
.
.
Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences
before use.
If the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
off the road to a safe location and
stop the vehicle as soon as possible.
Driving with under-inflated tires may
permanently damage the tires and
increase the likelihood of tire failure.
Serious vehicle damage could occur
and may lead to an accident and
could result in serious personal injury.
Check the tire pressure for all four
tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the
recommended COLD tire pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label to turn the low tire
pressure warning light OFF. If the
light still illuminates while driving
after adjusting the tire pressure, a
tire may be flat or the TPMS may be
malfunctioning. If you have a flat tire,
replace it with a spare tire (if so
.
equipped) as soon as possible. If no
tire is flat and all tires are properly
inflated, it is recommended you consult an INFINITI retailer.
For models with run-flat tires,
although you can continue driving
with a punctured run-flat tire, remember that vehicle handling stability is reduced, which could lead to an
accident and personal injury. Also,
driving a long distance at high speeds
may damage the tires.
— Do not drive at speeds above 50
MPH (80 km/h) and do not drive
more than approximately 93 miles
(150 km) with a punctured runflat tire. The actual distance the
vehicle can be driven on a flat tire
depends on outside temperature,
vehicle load, road conditions and
other factors.
— If you detect any unusual sounds
or vibrations while driving with a
punctured run-flat tire, pull off
the road to a safe location and
stop the vehicle as soon as possible. The tire may be seriously
damaged and need to be replaced.
.
Since the spare tire is not equipped
with the TPMS, when a spare tire is
mounted or a wheel is replaced, the
.
.
TPMS will not function and the low
tire pressure warning light will flash
for approximately 1 minute. The light
will remain on after 1 minute. Have
your tires replaced and/or TPMS
system reset as soon as possible. It
is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for these services.
Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect
the proper operation of the TPMS.
Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol
tire sealant into the tires, as this may
cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.
CAUTION
.
.
The TPMS may not function properly
when the wheels are equipped with
tire chains or the wheels are buried in
snow.
Do not place metalized film or any
metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the
windows. This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire
pressure sensors, and the TPMS will
not function properly.
Starting and driving
5-7
Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the
TPMS and cause the low tire pressure
warning light to illuminate. Some examples
are:
. Facilities or electric devices using similar
radio frequencies are near the vehicle.
. If a transmitter set to similar frequencies
is being used in or near the vehicle.
. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a
DC/AC converter is being used in or near
the vehicle.
Low tire pressure warning light may illuminate in the following cases.
. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel
and tire without TPMS.
. If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID
has not been registered.
. If the wheel is not originally specified by
INFINITI.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
5-8
Starting and driving
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference,
and
2. This device must accept any interference, include interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator
When adding air to an under-inflated tire,
the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator
provides visual and audible signals outside
the vehicle to help you inflate the tires to the
recommended COLD tire pressure.
Vehicle set-up:
1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.
2. Apply the parking brake and place the
shift lever in the P (Park) position.
3. Place the ignition switch in the ON
position. Do not start the engine.
Operation:
1. Add air to the tire.
2. After a few seconds, the hazard indicators will start flashing.
3. When the designated pressure is
reached, the horn beeps once and the
hazard indicators stop flashing.
4. Perform the above steps for each tire.
. If the tire is over-inflated more than
approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn
beeps and the hazard indicators flash 3
times. To correct the pressure, push the
core of the valve stem on the tire briefly
to release pressure. When the pressure
reaches the designated pressure, the
horn beeps once.
. If the hazard indicator does not flash
within approximately 15 seconds after
starting to inflate the tire, it indicates
that the Tire Inflation Indicator is not
operating.
. The TPMS will not activate the Tire
Inflation Indicator under the following
conditions:
— If there is interference from an external device or transmitter
— The air pressure from the inflation
device such as those using a power
socket is not sufficient to inflate the
tire
— If an electrical equipment is being used
in or near the vehicle
— There is a malfunction in the TPMS
system
— There is a malfunction in the horn or
hazard indicators
. If the Tire Inflation Indicator does not
operate due to TPMS interference, move
the vehicle about 3 ft (1 m) backward or
forward and try again.
If the Tire Inflation Indicator is not working,
use a tire pressure gauge.
AVOIDING COLLISION AND
ROLLOVER
WARNING
Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe
and prudent manner may result in loss of
control or an accident.
Be alert and drive defensively at all times.
Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive
speed, high speed cornering, or sudden
steering maneuvers, because these driving
practices could cause you to lose control of
your vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of
control could result in a collision with other
vehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle to
rollover, particularly if the loss of control
causes the vehicle to slide sideways. Be
attentive at all times, and avoid driving when
tired. Never drive when under the influence
of alcohol or drugs (including prescription or
over-the-counter drugs which may cause
drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt as
outlined in the “Seat belts” (P.1-12) of this
manual, and also instruct your passengers to
do so.
Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in
collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,
an unbelted or improperly belted person is
significantly more likely to be injured or
killed than a person properly wearing a seat
belt.
OFF-ROAD RECOVERY
If driving the right side or left side wheels
may unintentionally leave the road surface.
Maintain control of the vehicle by following
the procedure below. Please note that this
procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle
must be driven as appropriate based on the
conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Do not apply the brakes.
3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering
wheel with both hands and try to hold
a straight course.
4. When appropriate, slowly release the
accelerator pedal to gradually slow the
vehicle.
5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the
vehicle to follow the road while the
vehicle speed is reduced. Do not attempt
to drive the vehicle back onto the road
surface until vehicle speed is reduced.
6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn
the steering wheel until both tires return
to the road surface. When all tires are on
the road surface, steer the vehicle to stay
in the appropriate driving lane.
. If you decide that it is not safe to
return the vehicle to the road surface
based on vehicle, road or traffic
conditions, gradually slow the vehicle
to a stop in a safe place off the road.
RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS
Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can
occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged
due to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air
pressure loss can also be caused by driving
on under-inflated tires.
Rapid air pressure loss can affect the
handling and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway speeds.
Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by
maintaining the correct air pressure and
visually inspect the tires for wear and
Starting and driving
5-9
damage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-32) of
this manual.
If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blowsout” while driving maintain control of the
vehicle by following the procedure below.
Please note that this procedure is only a
general guide. The vehicle must be driven as
appropriate based on the conditions of the
vehicle, road and traffic.
WARNING
The following actions can increase the
chance of losing control of the vehicle if
there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.
Losing control of the vehicle may cause a
collision and result in personal injury.
.
.
.
.
The vehicle generally moves or pulls
in the direction of the flat tire.
Do not rapidly apply the brakes.
Do not rapidly release the accelerator
pedal.
Do not rapidly turn the steering
wheel.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering
wheel with both hands and try to hold
a straight course.
5-10
Starting and driving
3. When appropriate, slowly release the
accelerator pedal to gradually slow the
vehicle.
4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe
location off the road and away from
traffic if possible.
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle.
6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and
either contact a roadside emergency
service to change the tire or see “Changing a flat tire” (P.6-4) of this Owner’s
Manual.
DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS
AND DRIVING
WARNING
Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream
reduces coordination, delays reaction
time and impairs judgement. Driving
after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident
injuring yourself and others. Additionally, if you are injured in an accident,
alcohol can increase the severity of the
injury.
INFINITI is committed to safe driving. However, you must choose not to drive under the
influence of alcohol. Every year thousands of
people are injured or killed in alcohol-related
accidents. Although the local laws vary on
what is considered to be legally intoxicated,
the fact is that alcohol affects all people
differently and most people underestimate
the effects of alcohol.
Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!
And that is true for drugs, too (over-thecounter, prescription, and illegal drugs).
Don’t drive if your ability to operate your
vehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some
other physical condition.
INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEEL
DRIVE (AWD) DRIVING SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS (AWD models)
WARNING
.
.
Do not drive beyond the performance
capability of the tires, even with
Intelligent AWD engaged. Accelerating quickly, sharp steering maneuvers
or sudden braking may cause loss of
control.
Always use tires of the same type,
size, brand, construction (bias, bias-
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
.
.
.
belted or radial), and tread pattern
on all four wheels. Install tire chains
on the rear wheels when driving on
slippery roads and drive carefully.
This vehicle is not designed for offroad (rough road) use. Do not drive
on sandy or muddy roads that tires
may get stuck in.
For AWD equipped vehicles, do not
attempt to raise two wheels off the
ground and shift the transmission to
any D (Drive) or R (Reverse) position
with the engine running. Doing so
may result in drivetrain damage or
unexpected vehicle movement which
could result in serious vehicle damage
or personal injury.
Do not attempt to test an AWD
equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for
emissions testing), or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are
raised off the ground. Make sure you
inform test facility personnel that
your vehicle is equipped with AWD
before it is placed on a dynamometer.
Using the wrong test equipment may
result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could
result in serious vehicle damage or
.
personal injury.
When a wheel is off the ground due
to an unlevel surface, do not spin the
wheel excessively.
WARNING
Do not operate the push-button ignition
switch while driving the vehicle except in
an emergency. (The engine will stop
when the ignition switch is pushed 3
consecutive times or the ignition switch
is pushed and held for more than 2
seconds.) If the engine stops while the
vehicle is being driven, this could lead to
a crash and serious injury.
Before operating the push-button ignition
switch, be sure to move the shift lever to the
P (Park) position.
Starting and driving
5-11
.
.
.
The trunk area is not included in the
operating range but the Intelligent Key
may function.
If the Intelligent Key is placed on the
instrument panel, rear parcel shelf, inside
the glove box or door pocket, the
Intelligent Key may not function.
If the Intelligent Key is placed near the
door or window outside the vehicle, the
Intelligent Key may function.
SSD0659
JVS0241X
OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START FUNCTION
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION
SWITCH OPERATION
The Intelligent Key can only be used for
starting the engine when the Intelligent Key
is within the specified operating range.
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost
discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes
narrower and may not function properly.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating
range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key,
to push the ignition switch to start the
engine.
When the ignition switch is pushed without
depressing the brake pedal, the ignition
switch position will change as follows:
. Push center once to change to ACC.
. Push center two times to change to ON.
. Push center three times to change to
OFF. (No position illuminates.)
. Push center four times to return to ACC.
. Open or close any door to return to
LOCK during the OFF position.
If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,
the push-button ignition switch cannot be
turned from the LOCK position.
5-12 Starting and driving
Some indicators and warnings for operation
are displayed in the vehicle information
display between the speedometer and tachometer. (See “Vehicle information display”
(P.2-19).)
The ignition lock is designed so that the
ignition switch position cannot be switched
to LOCK until the shift lever is moved to the
P (Park) position.
When the ignition switch cannot be pushed
toward the LOCK position, proceed as
follows:
1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park)
position.
2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF
position. The ignition switch position
indicator will not illuminate.
3. Open the door. The ignition switch will
change to the LOCK position.
The shift lever can be moved from the P
(Park) position if the ignition switch is in the
ON position and the brake pedal is depressed.
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION
SWITCH POSITIONS
LOCK (Normal parking position)
The ignition switch can only be locked in this
position.
The ignition switch will be unlocked when it
is pushed to the ACC position while carrying
the Intelligent Key.
ACC (Accessories)
This position activates electrical accessories
such as the radio, when the engine is not
running.
ON (Normal operating position)
This position turns on the ignition system
and electrical accessories.
CAUTION
Do not leave the vehicle with the pushbutton ignition switch in ACC or ON
positions when the engine is not running
for an extended period. This can discharge the battery.
EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF
To shut off the engine in an emergency
situation while driving, perform the following procedure:
. Rapidly push the push-button ignition
switch 3 consecutive times in less than
1.5 seconds, or
. Push and hold the push-button ignition
switch for more than 2 seconds.
OFF
The engine can be turned off in this position.
The ignition lock is designed so that the
ignition switch cannot be switched to the
LOCK position until the shift lever is moved
to the P (Park) position.
Starting and driving
5-13
BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE
the brake pedal within 10 seconds after
the chime sounds. The engine will start.
After step 3 is performed, when the ignition
switch is pushed without depressing the
brake pedal, the ignition switch position will
change to ACC.
JVS0404X
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE
If the battery of the Intelligent Key is
discharged, or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation,
start the engine according to the following
procedure:
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position.
2. Firmly apply the foot brake.
3. Touch the ignition switch with the
Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime
will sound.)
4. Push the ignition switch while depressing
5-14 Starting and driving
NOTE:
. When the ignition switch is pushed to
the ACC or ON position or the engine is
started by the above procedures, the
Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears in the vehicle information
display even if the Intelligent Key is
inside the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. To turn off the Intelligent Key
battery discharge indicator, touch the
ignition switch with the Intelligent Key
again.
. If the Intelligent Key battery discharge
indicator appears, replace the battery as
soon as possible. (See “Intelligent Key
battery replacement” (P.8-26).)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Make sure the area around the vehicle is
clear.
Check fluid levels such as engine oil,
coolant, brake fluid and window washer
fluid as frequently as possible, or at least
whenever you refuel.
Check that all windows and lights are
clean.
Visually inspect tires for their appearance
and condition. Also check tires for proper
inflation.
Lock all doors.
Position seat and adjust head restraints.
Adjust inside and outside mirrors.
Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers
to do likewise.
Check the operation of warning lights
when the ignition switch is pushed to the
ON position. (See “Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders”
(P.2-10).)
STARTING THE ENGINE
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)
The starter is designed not to operate
unless the shift lever is in either of the
above positions.
3. Push the ignition switch to the ON
position. Depress the brake pedal and
push the ignition switch to start the
engine.
To start the engine immediately, push
and release the ignition switch while
depressing the brake pedal with the
ignition switch in any position.
. If the engine is very hard to start in
extremely cold weather or when restarting, depress the accelerator pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to the
floor) and while holding, crank the
engine. Release the accelerator pedal
when the engine starts.
. If the engine is very hard to start
because it is flooded, depress the
accelerator pedal all the way to the
floor and hold it. Push the ignition
switch to the ON position to start
cranking the engine. After 5 or 6
seconds, stop cranking by pushing
the ignition switch to OFF. After
cranking the engine, release the accelerator pedal. Crank the engine with
your foot off the accelerator pedal by
depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push-button ignition switch to
start the engine. If the engine starts,
but fails to run, repeat the above
procedure.
CAUTION
Do not operate the starter for more than
15 seconds at a time. If the engine does
not start, push the ignition switch to
OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again, otherwise the starter could be
damaged.
4. Warm-up
Allow the engine to idle for at least 30
seconds after starting. Do not race the
engine while warming it up. Drive at
moderate speed for a short distance
first, especially in cold weather. In cold
weather, keep the engine running for a
minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and stopping the
engine over a short period of time may
make the vehicle more difficult to start.
When racing the engine up to 4,500 rpm
or more under no load condition, the
engine will enter the fuel cut mode.
5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever to
the P (Park) position and push the
ignition switch to the OFF position.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations
that can lead to potential battery discharge
and potential no-start conditions such as:
1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery
power when the engine is not running
(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,
etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be
charged to maintain battery health.
REMOTE START (if so equipped)
Vehicles started with the remote engine
start function require the ignition switch to
be placed in the ON position before the shift
lever can be moved from the P (Park)
position. To place the ignition switch in the
ON position, perform the following steps:
1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on
you.
2. Depress the brake pedal.
3. Push the ignition switch once to the ON
position.
Starting and driving
5-15
DRIVING THE VEHICLE
For additional information about the remote
engine start function, see “Remote engine
start” (P.3-20).
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
The automatic transmission in your vehicle is
electronically controlled by a transmission
control module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation.
Shown on the following pages are the
recommended operating procedures for this
transmission. Follow these procedures for
maximum vehicle performance and driving
enjoyment.
2. Release the parking brake and foot
brake, then gradually start the vehicle in
motion.
WARNING
.
Starting the vehicle
After starting the engine, fully depress the
foot brake pedal and push the shift lever
button before shifting the shift lever to the R
(Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual
shift mode position. Be sure the vehicle is
fully stopped before attempting to shift the
shift lever.
This Automatic Transmission (AT) model is
designed so that the foot brake pedal must
be depressed before shifting from P (Park)
to any drive position while the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P
(Park) position and into any of the other
gear positions if the ignition switch is placed
in the LOCK, OFF or ACC position.
1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and
push the shift lever button to shift into a
driving gear.
5-16
Starting and driving
.
.
.
Do not depress the accelerator pedal
while shifting from P (Park) or N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or
manual shift mode. Always depress
the brake pedal until shifting is
completed. Failure to do so could
cause you to lose control and have
an accident.
Cold engine idle speed is high, so use
caution when shifting into a forward
or reverse gear before the engine has
warmed up.
Never shift to either P (Park) or R
(Reverse) position while the vehicle is
moving forward and P (Park) or D
(Drive) position while the vehicle is
moving reversing. This could cause an
accident or damage the transmission.
Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of
control.
WARNING
CAUTION
.
.
To avoid possible damage to your
vehicle; when stopping the vehicle on
an uphill grade, do not hold the
vehicle by depressing the accelerator
pedal. The foot brake should be used
for this purpose.
Except in an emergency, do not shift
to the N (Neutral) position while
driving. Coasting with the transmission in the N (Neutral) position may
cause serious damage to the transmission.
Apply the parking brake if the shift lever
is in any position while the engine is not
running. Failure to do so could cause the
vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll
away and result in serious personal
injury or property damage.
CAUTION
JVS0186X
Shift lever
To move the shift lever,
:
:
:
Push the button while depressing the
brake pedal,
Push the button,
Just move the shift lever.
Shifting
After starting the engine, fully depress the
brake pedal and shift the shift lever from P
(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive)
or Manual shift mode position.
Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R
(Reverse). All other positions can be selected
without pushing the button.
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped and the transmission is in the
P (Park) position.
P (Park) position:
Use this position when the vehicle is parked
or when starting the engine. Make sure the
vehicle is completely stopped. The brake
pedal must be depressed and the shift lever
button pushed in to move the shift lever
from the N (Neutral) position or any drive
position to the P (Park) position. Apply the
parking brake. When parking on a hill, apply
the parking brake first, then move the shift
lever to the P (Park) position.
Starting and driving
5-17
CAUTION
Use this position only when the vehicle is
completely stopped.
R (Reverse):
Use this position to back up. Always be sure
the vehicle is completely stopped before
selecting the R (Reverse) position. The brake
pedal must be depressed and the shift lever
button pushed in to move the shift lever
from the P (Park) position, the N (Neutral)
position or any drive position to the R
(Reverse) position.
N (Neutral):
Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.
The engine can be started in this position.
You may shift to the N (Neutral) position and
restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is
moving.
D (Drive):
Use this position for all normal forward
driving.
5-18
Starting and driving
JVS0903X
Paddle shifters (if so equipped)
Manual shift mode
When the shift lever is in the manual shift
gate, the transmission is ready for the
manual shift mode. Shift ranges can be
selected manually by moving the shift lever
up or down, or pulling the right-side or leftside paddle shifter (if so equipped).
When shifting up, move the shift lever to the
+ (up) side or pull the right-side paddle
(if so equipped). The transmisshifter (+)
sion shifts to the higher range.
When shifting down, move the shift lever to
the − (down) side or pull the left-side paddle
(if so equipped). The transmisshifter (−)
sion shifts to the lower range.
When canceling the manual shift mode,
return the shift lever to the D (Drive)
position. The transmission returns to the
normal driving mode.
When you pull the paddle shifter (if so
equipped) while in the D (Drive) position,
the transmission will shift to the upper or
lower range temporarily. The transmission
will automatically return to the D (Drive)
position after a short period of time. If you
want to return to the D (Drive) position
manually, pull and hold the paddle shifter for
about 1.5 seconds.
In the manual shift mode, the shift range is
displayed in the vehicle information display.
Shift ranges up or down one by one as
follows:
1M
? M ? M ? M ? M ? M ? M
2
3
4
5
6
7
/
/
/
/
/
/
7M (7th):
Use this position for all normal forward
driving at highway speeds.
6M (6th) and 5M (5th):
Use these positions when driving up long
slopes, or for engine braking when driving
down long slopes.
4M (4th), 3M (3rd) and 2M (2nd):
Use these positions for hill climbing or engine
braking on downhill grades.
1M (1st):
Use this position when climbing steep hills
slowly or driving slowly through deep snow,
or for maximum engine braking on steep
downhill grades.
. Remember not to drive at high speeds for
extended periods of time in lower than
7th gear. This reduces fuel economy.
. Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same
side twice will shift the ranges in succession.
. In the manual shift mode, the transmission may not shift to the selected gear
or may automatically shift to the other
gear. This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of
vehicle damage or loss of control.
. When the transmission does not shift to
the selected gear, the Automatic Transmission (AT) position indicator (in the
vehicle information display) will blink
and the buzzer will sound.
. In the manual shift mode, the transmission automatically shifts down to 1st
gear before the vehicle comes to a stop.
When accelerating again, it is necessary
to shift up to the desired range.
Accelerator downshift — In D (Drive)
position —
For passing or hill climbing, fully depress the
accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the
transmission down into the lower gear,
depending on the vehicle speed.
Fail-safe
When the fail-safe operation occurs, note
that the transmission will be locked in any of
the forward gears according to the condition.
If the vehicle is driven under extreme
conditions, such as excessive wheel spinning
and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe
system may be activated. This will occur
even if all electrical circuits are functioning
properly. In this case, push the ignition
switch to the OFF position and wait for 3
seconds. Then push the ignition switch back
to the ON position. The vehicle should
return to its normal operating condition. If
it does not return to its normal operating
condition, have the transmission checked
and repaired, if necessary. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for
this service.
JVS0188X
Shift lock release
If the battery charge is low or discharged,
the shift lever may not be moved from the P
(Park) position even with the brake pedal
depressed and the shift lever button pushed.
To move the shift lever, perform the following procedure:
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or
LOCK position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
using a
3. Remove the shift lock cover
suitable tool.
using
4. Push down the shift lock
mechanical key as illustrated.
Starting and driving
5-19
5. Push the shift lever button
and move
the shift lever to N (Neutral) position
while holding down the shift lock.
If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),
have the automatic transmission system
checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service.
Adaptive Shift Control (ASC)
The adaptive shift control system automatically operates when the transmission is in
the D (Drive) position and selects an appropriate gear depending on the road conditions
such as uphill, downhill or curving roads.
Control on uphill and curving roads:
A low gear is maintained that suits the
degree of the slope or curve to allow smooth
driving with a small number of shifts.
Control on downhill roads:
The adaptive shift control system shifts to a
low gear that suits the degree of the slope,
and uses the engine braking to reduce the
number of times that the brake must be
used.
Control on winding roads:
A low gear is maintained on continuous
curves that involve repeated acceleration
and deceleration, so that smooth acceleration is available instantly when the accel-
5-20 Starting and driving
erator pedal is depressed.
NOTE:
. Adaptive shift control may not operate
when the transmission oil temperature
is low immediately after the start of
driving or when it is very hot.
. During some driving situations, hard
braking for example, the adaptive shift
control may automatically operate. The
transmission may automatically shift to
a lower gear for engine braking. This
increases engine speed but not vehicle
speed. Vehicle speed is controlled by the
accelerator pedal when the vehicle is in
the Adaptive shift control mode.
. When the adaptive shift control operates, the transmission sometimes maintains a lower gear for a longer period of
time than when adaptive shift control is
not operating. Engine speed will be
higher for a specific vehicle speed while
ASC system is operating than when ASC
is not operating.
NAVI Shift Control (if so equipped)
NAVI Shift Control automatically adjusts the
Automatic Transmission (AT) gear position
in certain situations based on road information from the navigation system.
When the navigation system detects that
the vehicle is approaching a curved road,
NAVI Shift Control will adjust the gear
position if needed to help the driver run
through the curve smoothly.
Precaution on NAVI shift control:
. The NAVI Shift Control does not provide
steering input or automated driving on a
curve. It is not a speed limit support
system and will not modify your speed
according to local speed limits.
. The NAVI Shift Control is a convenient
system intended to help the vehicle move
through a curve smoothly. However, the
driver must always drive safely and use
the brake pedal if needed.
. The NAVI Shift Control may be delayed
or not operate properly in the following
situations, because this function uses the
road information provided by the navigation system.
— When the navigation system cannot
accurately detect the location of the
vehicle.
— When the vehicle is driving on a roadway that is not recognized by the
navigation system.
— When the actual roadway differs from
the map information on the navigation system due to road construction,
traffic lane obstructions, etc.
PARKING BRAKE
.
The NAVI Shift Control may not operate
properly in the following situations:
— If the vehicle’s transmission, engine,
and/or navigation system, and/or
GPS is malfunctioning.
— If the vehicle speed is higher than 74
MPH (120 km/h) or lower than 19
MPH (30 km/h) and/or transmission
gear is outside the operating range of
the system.
— When the vehicle is driving on a freeway.
— When the vehicle is driving on a gentle
curve
— When the vehicle is driving with the
shift lever except in the D (Drive)
position.
WARNING
.
.
.
JVS0246X
How to enable/disable the NAVI Shift
Control:
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the NAVI shift control.
and touch
1. Push the MENU button
[Settings] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Drive Mode Enhancement].
3. Touch [Navi Shift Control] and select the
ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled).
.
Be sure the parking brake is fully
released before driving. Failure to do
so can cause brake failure and lead to
an accident.
Do not release the parking brake
from outside the vehicle.
Do not use the gear shift in place of
the parking brake. When parking, be
sure the parking brake is fully engaged.
To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, do not
leave children, people who require the
assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly
become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to
people and pets.
Starting and driving
5-21
INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR
Six, five or four driving modes can be
selected by using the INFINITI Drive Mode
Selector (PERSONAL, SPORT+ (if so
equipped), SPORT, STANDARD, ECO (if so
equipped) and SNOW).
SPA2331
To apply: Fully depress the parking brake
pedal .
To release:
1. Firmly apply the foot brake .
and
2. Depress the parking brake pedal
the parking brake will be released.
3. Before driving, be sure the brake warning
light goes out.
JVS0189X
INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
NOTE:
When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
selects a mode, the mode may not switch
immediately. This is not a malfunction.
The current mode is displayed in the vehicle
information display.
To change the mode, push the INFINITI
Drive Mode Selector up or down. The mode
list will appear on the upper display and you
can select the mode.
PERSONAL œ SPORT+ (if so equipped) œ
SPORT œSTANDARD œ ECO (if so
equipped) œ SNOW
NOTE:
The mode list will be turned off in approximately 5 seconds after the mode is selected.
STANDARD MODE
Allows for optimum driving according to the
driving conditions.
This mode will be selected first each time the
engine is started.
JVS0191M
5-22
Starting and driving
SPORT+ MODE (if so equipped)
In addition to the characteristics of the
SPORT mode, this mode heightens steering
response and changes the setting of VDC
(Vehicle Dynamic Control) for a more sporty
driving experience.
NOTE:
. VDC operation is reduced when the
INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is used
to select the SPORT+ mode (if so
equipped). The VDC system may not
operate in the same circumstances when
compared to operation in the standard
mode. To help prevent accidents drive
carefully, avoid careless or dangerous
driving techniques and be especially
careful when driving and cornering on
slippery surfaces.
. In the SPORT+ mode, fuel economy may
be reduced.
SPORT MODE
.
.
.
Adjusts the engine and transmission
points for a higher response.
The setting of the steering system is
adjusted to provide a quick steering
response and a heavy steering effort.
The setting of the suspension system is
adjusted to increase the damping force.
(if so equipped)
NOTE:
In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may be
reduced.
SNOW MODE
Changes the engine characteristics to aid
driving on slippery roads.
ECO MODE (if so equipped)
Assists the driver’s eco-driving. The engine
and transmission points are adjusted for
improved fuel economy, providing such a
driving features as smooth starting or constant cruising.
NOTE:
Selecting the ECO mode will not necessarily
improve fuel economy as many driving
factors influence its effectiveness.
The ECO drive indicator light will not
illuminate in the following cases:
. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
position.
. When the vehicle speed is below 2 MPH
(3.2 km/h) or over 90 MPH (144 km/h).
. When the cruise control (if so equipped)
or the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
system (if so equipped) is operated.
ECO pedal system (if so equipped)
The ECO pedal system helps assist the driver
to improve fuel economy by increasing the
reaction force of the accelerator pedal.
When the ECO drive indicator light is
blinking or remains off, the ECO pedal
system increases the reaction force of the
accelerator pedal.
Operation
Select the ECO mode using the INFINITI
Drive Mode Selector. The ECO drive indicator light on the instrument panel illuminates.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed
within the range of economy drive, the ECO
drive indicator light illuminates in green.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed
above the range of economy drive, the ECO
drive indicator light turns off. For ECO pedal
system equipped models, see “ECO pedal
system” (P.5-23).
Starting and driving
5-23
accelerator pedal.
When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is
rotated from the ECO mode to another
mode (STANDARD, SPORT+ (if so
equipped), SPORT, SNOW or PERSONAL)
while the ECO pedal system is operating, the
ECO pedal system continues to operate until
the accelerator pedal is released.
If the accelerator pedal is depressed quickly,
the ECO pedal system will not increase the
reaction force of the acceleration pedal. The
ECO pedal system is not designed to prevent
the vehicle from accelerating.
JVS0934X
When the ECO drive indicator illuminates in
green, the accelerator reaction force is
normal. When the ECO drive indicator light
is blinking or remains off, the ECO pedal
system increases the reaction force of the
accelerator pedal.
The ECO pedal system may not vary accelerator reaction force under the following
conditions:
. When the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
or R (Reverse) position.
. When Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) is
being operated.
If the ECO pedal system malfunctions, it will
cancel automatically. The ECO pedal system
will not vary the reaction force of the
5-24 Starting and driving
Adjusting the ECO pedal system reaction
force:
The ECO pedal system reaction force can be
adjusted. The reaction force setting will be
maintained until the setting is changed even
if the engine is turned off.
JVS0246X
Setting ECO pedal reaction force:
1. Push the MENU button
and touch
[Settings] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Drive Mode Enhancement].
3. Touch [ECO Pedal].
4. To set the reaction force of the ECO
pedal system, touch [Standard] or [Soft].
5. To turn off the ECO pedal system, touch
[OFF].
When the ECO pedal system is turned off,
the accelerator will operate normally.
Engine/Transmission:
“Engine/Transmission” can be set to [Sport],
[Eco] (if so equipped), [Standard] or [Snow].
PERSONAL MODE
When the PERSONAL mode is selected, the
following functions can be adjusted individually.
. Engine/Transmission
. Steering
. Suspension (if so equipped)
. Active Trace Control
Steering (models with Direct Adaptive
Steering):
Seven or four combinations of steering
mode and steering response can be set.
Mode
Response
Dynamic+
Sport+ (if so equipped) Dynamic
Default
Dynamic+
JVS0246X
Sport
How to set the PERSONAL mode
Perform the following steps to set the
PERSONAL mode.
and touch
1. Push the MENU button
[Infiniti Drive Mode Selector] on the
lower display.
2. Touch [Engine/Transmission], [Steering], [Suspension] (if so equipped) or
[Active Trace Control] and select each
item. (See “Engine/Transmission”,
“Steering”, “Suspension” and “Active
Trace Control” about the feature of each
item.)
3. Touch [Back] or [Home] to finish the
PERSONAL mode setting.
Dynamic
Default
Standard
Default
Steering (models without Direct Adaptive
Steering):
“Steering” can be set to [Sport] or [Standard].
Suspension (if so equipped):
“Suspension” can be set to [Sport] or
[Standard].
Active Trace Control:
“Active Trace Control” can be set to ON
(enabled) or OFF (disabled).
For details about the Active Trace Control,
Starting and driving
5-25
ACTIVE LANE CONTROL (if so equipped)
see “Active trace control” (P.5-134).
Reset Settings:
Touch [Reset Settings] and touch [OK] to
restore all the PERSONAL mode settings to
default.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of Active
Lane Control could result in serious
injury or death.
.
Active Lane Control will not always
steer the vehicle to keep it in the lane.
It is not designed to prevent loss of
control. It is the driver’s responsibility
to stay alert, drive safely, keep the
vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in
control of vehicle at all times.
Active Lane Control enables the driver to
make fewer steering corrections on freeways.
5-26 Starting and driving
JVS1124X
JVS0822X
Dynamic driver assistance switch
Vehicle information display
Lower display
Starting and driving
5-27
JVS0251X
ACTIVE LANE CONTROL OPERATION
Active Lane Control slightly corrects front
tire angles and steering wheel torque to help
reduce the difference between the vehicle’s
which is
direction and the lane direction
detected by using the camera unit located
above the inside mirror.
Active Lane Control operates under the
following conditions:
. When the vehicle is driven at speeds of
approximately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and
above.
. When the Lane Departure Prevention
(LDP) system is enabled in the settings
5-28 Starting and driving
.
menu on the lower display. To turn on
the LDP system, see “Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)” (P.5-34).
When Active Lane Control is enabled in
the settings menu on the lower display.
systems can be individually set to on or off
on the lower display .
If Active Lane Control is set to off or the
LDP system is disabled on the lower display,
Active Lane Control will not turn on even if
the dynamic driver assistance switch is
pushed to on.
JVS0822X
TURNING ACTIVE LANE CONTROL ON/OFF
To turn on Active Lane Control, push the
on the
dynamic driver assistance switch
steering wheel after starting the engine.
Push the dynamic driver assistance switch
again to turn off Active Lane Control.
The dynamic driver assistance switch is used
for the LDP, Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)
and Distance Control Assist (DCA) systems.
When the dynamic driver assistance switch
is pushed, the LDP, BSI and DCA systems
will also turn on or off simultaneously. These
Starting and driving
5-29
JVS0248X
The status of Active Lane Control can be
checked in the chassis control display in the
vehicle information display .
. When Active Lane Control is turned on,
the chassis control is displayed.
. When Active Lane Control is operational
is
or is operating, the chassis control
displayed.
For setting of the chassis control display, see
Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.
JVS0246X
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE ACTIVE LANE CONTROL
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable Active Lane Control.
1. Push the MENU button
and touch
[Driver Assistance] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Lane Assist].
3. Touch [Active Lane Control] to enable or
disable Active Lane Control.
NOTE:
If the Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)
system setting is OFF, Active Lane Control
cannot be operated. To use Active Lane
Control, set the LDP system to ON. See
5-30 Starting and driving
“How to enable/disable the LDP system”
(P.5-38).
.
Active Lane Control settings
Perform the following steps to set Active
Lane Control.
and touch
1. Push the MENU button
[Driver Assistance] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Lane Assist].
3. Enable [Active Lane Control].
4. Touch [Active Lane Control setting] and
select [Low] or [High] to change the
setting of Active Lane Control.
ACTIVE LANE CONTROL LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the limitations for
Active Lane Control. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
limitations could result in serious injury
or death.
.
Active Lane Control is primarily intended for use on well-developed
freeways or highways. It may not
detect the lane markers for certain
roads, weather or driving conditions.
.
.
Using Active Lane Control under
some conditions of road, lane marker
or weather, or if you attempt to
change lanes without using the lane
change signal could lead to an unexpected system operation. In such
conditions, you need to correct the
vehicle’s direction with your steering
operation to avoid accidents.
Active Lane Control will not operate
at speeds below approximately 45
MPH (70 km/h) or if it cannot detect
lane markers.
Active Lane Control may not operate
properly and should not be used
under the following conditions:
— During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.).
— When driving on slippery roads,
such as on ice or snow, etc.
— When driving on winding or uneven roads.
— When there is a lane closure due
to road repairs.
— When driving in a makeshift lane.
— When driving on roads where the
lane width is too narrow.
— When driving with a tire that is
not within normal tire conditions
(for example, tire wear, low tire
pressure, installation of spare tire,
tire chains, non-standard wheels).
— When the vehicle is equipped with
non-original steering parts or suspension parts.
.
Active Lane Control may or may not
operate properly under the following
conditions:
— On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane
markers that are faded or not
painted clearly; yellow painted
lane markers; non-standard lane
markers; or lane markers covered
with water, dirt, snow, etc.
— On roads where discontinued lane
markers are still detectable.
— On roads where there are sharp
curves.
— On roads where there are sharply
contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
seams or lines remaining after
road repairs. (Active Lane Control
could detect these items as lane
markers.)
— On roads where the traveling lane
merges or separates.
Starting and driving
5-31
turned off.)
When the vehicle speed lowers to less
than approximately 45 MPH (70 km/h).
. When the hazard warning flashers are
operated.
After the above conditions have finished and
the operating conditions are satisfied again,
Active Lane Control will resume operation.
— When the vehicle’s traveling direction does not align with the
lane marker.
.
— When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit
detection range.
— When rain, snow, dirt or object
adheres to the windshield in front
of the lane camera unit.
— When the headlights are not
bright due to dirt on the lens or
if the aiming is not adjusted
properly.
— When strong light enters the lane
camera unit. (For example, the
light directly shines on the front
of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
— When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when
the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
or under a bridge.)
— When entering or exiting tollgates.
— When driving on roads with a
widening or narrowing lane width.
5-32
Starting and driving
Temporary disabled status at high
temperature
JVS0824X
Vehicle information display
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
Automatic deactivation
Active Lane Control is not designed to
operate under the following conditions:
. When the Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) system (except TCS function) or
ABS operates.
. When you operate the lane change signal
and change the traveling lanes in the
direction of the signal. (Active Lane
Control is deactivated for approximately
2 seconds after the lane change signal is
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
under high temperature conditions (over
approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then Active Lane Control is turned on, Active Lane
Control may be deactivated automatically.
The high cabin temperature message will
appear in the vehicle information display .
Action to take:
When the interior temperature is reduced,
push the dynamic driver assistance switch
again to turn Active Lane Control back on.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If Active Lane Control malfunctions, it will
cancel automatically. The chassis control
warning will appear in the vehicle information display.
.
Action to take:
If the chassis control warning appears, pull
off the road to a safe location and stop the
vehicle. Turn the engine off and restart the
engine. If the chassis control warning continues to illuminate, have the system
checked. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for this service.
Do not strike or damage the areas around
the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit. It is recommended
you contact an INFINITI retailer if the
camera unit is damaged due to an
accident.
SSD0453
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The lane camera unit
for Active Lane
Control is located above the inside mirror. To
keep the proper operation of Active Lane
Control and prevent a system malfunction,
be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the windshield clean.
. Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
. Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely affect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
Starting and driving
5-33
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING
(LDW)/LANE DEPARTURE
PREVENTION (LDP) (if so equipped)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the LDW
and LDP systems could result in serious
personal injury or death.
.
.
.
The LDW and LDP systems will not
prevent loss of control. It is the
driver’s responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely, keep the vehicle in the
traveling lane, and be in control of
the vehicle at all times.
The LDP system may activate if you
change lanes without first activating
your turn signal or, for example, if a
construction zone directs traffic to
cross an existing lane marker. If this
occurs, you may need to apply corrective steering to complete your lane
change.
Because the LDP system may not
activate under the road, weather,
and lane marker conditions described
in this section, it may not activate
every time your vehicle begins to
leave its lane and you will need to
apply corrective steering.
5-34
Starting and driving
.
.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system
— warns the driver with an indicator in
the vehicle information display and
chime that the vehicle is beginning to
leave the driving lane.
Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system
— warns the driver with an indicator in
the vehicle information display and
chime, and helps the driver to return
the vehicle to the center of the
traveling lane.
JVS1124X
The LDW and LDP systems use a camera
installed behind the windshield to monitor
the lane markers of your traveling lane.
LDW SYSTEM OPERATION
The LDW system operates above approximately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and when the
lane markings are clear.
If the vehicle approaches either the left or
the right side of the traveling lane, the driver
assist system lane indicator (orange) in the
vehicle information display will blink and a
warning chime will sound.
NOTE:
The LDW system is not designed to warn
when you operate the lane change signal
and change traveling lanes in the direction
of the signal. (The LDW system will become
operable again approximately 2 seconds
after the lane change signal is turned off.)
JVS0825X
Dynamic driver assistance switch
Driver assist system lane indicator
(green) (on the vehicle information display)
Lower display
Starting and driving
5-35
LDP SYSTEM OPERATION
The LDP system operates above approximately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and when the
lane markings are clear.
If the vehicle approaches either the left or
right side of the traveling lane, the driver
assist system lane indicator (orange) in the
vehicle information display will blink and a
warning chime will sound. Then, the LDP
system will automatically assist the driver to
return the vehicle to the center of the
traveling lane.
JVS0246X
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
LDW SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the LDW system.
1. Push the MENU button
and touch
[Driver Assistance] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Lane Assist].
3. Touch [Lane Departure Warning] to
enable or disable the system.
5-36 Starting and driving
NOTE:
. The LDP system is not designed to work
when you operate the lane change signal
and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal. (The LDP system will
become operable again approximately 2
seconds after the lane change signal is
turned off.)
. The LDP will not operate or will stop
operating and only a warning chime will
sound under the following conditions.
— When the steering wheel is turned as
far as necessary for the vehicle to
change lanes.
— When the accelerator pedal is depressed.
— When the Intelligent Cruise Control
(ICC), Distance Control Assist (DCA),
.
Blind Spot Intervention (BSI), Blind
Spot Warning (BSW), Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) or
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
approach warning occurs.
— When the BSI system activates.
— When the hazard warning flashers
are operated.
— When driving on a curve at a high
speed.
— When the brake pedal is depressed.
(models without Direct Adaptive
Steering)
While the LDP system is operating, you
may hear a sound of brake operation.
This is normal and indicates that the
LDP system is operating properly.
(models without Direct Adaptive Steering)
TURNING THE LDP SYSTEM ON/
OFF
JVS0825X
Dynamic driver assistance switch
Driver assist system lane indicator
(green) (on the vehicle information display)
Lower display
To turn on the LDP system, push the
on the
dynamic driver assistance switch
steering wheel after starting the engine. The
driver assist system lane indicator (green)
in the vehicle information display will illuminate.
Push the dynamic driver assistance switch
again to turn off the LDP system. The driver
assist system lane indicator will turn off.
is
The dynamic driver assistance switch
used for Active Lane Control (if so
equipped), LDP, Blind Spot Intervention
(BSI) and Distance Control Assist (DCA)
systems. When the dynamic driver assisis pushed, Active Lane
tance switch
Control, BSI and DCA systems will also turn
on or off simultaneously. The LDP system
can be individually set to on or off on the
lower display .
If the system is set to off, the system will not
turn on even if the dynamic driver assistance
switch is pushed to on. To set the system
to on or off on the lower display, see “How
to enable/disable the LDP system” (P.5-38).
Starting and driving
5-37
LDW/LDP SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
— When driving in a makeshift or
temporary lane.
— When driving on roads where the
lane width is too narrow.
WARNING
JVS0246X
Listed below are the system limitations
for the LDW and LDP systems. Failure to
operate the vehicle in accordance with
these system limitations could result in
serious injury or death.
— When driving without normal tire
conditions (for example, tire wear,
low tire pressure, installation of
spare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).
.
— When the vehicle is equipped with
non-original steering parts, brake
parts or suspension parts.
.
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
LDP SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the LDP system.
1. Push the MENU button
and touch
[Driver Assistance] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Lane Assist].
3. Touch [Lane Departure Prevention] to
enable or disable the system.
.
The system will not operate at speeds
below 45 MPH (70 km/h) or if it
cannot detect lane markers.
The LDP system is primarily intended
for use on well-developed freeways
or highways. It may not detect the
lane markers in certain roads, weather or driving conditions.
Do not use the LDP system under the
following conditions as it may not
function properly:
— During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.).
— When driving on slippery roads,
such as on ice or snow, etc.
— When driving on winding or uneven roads.
— When there is a lane closure due
to road repairs.
5-38 Starting and driving
.
The camera may not detect lane
markers in the following situations
and the LDW and LDP systems may
not operate properly.
— On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane
markers that are faded or not
painted clearly; yellow painted
lane markers; non-standard lane
markers; or lane markers covered
with water, dirt, snow, etc.
— On roads where discontinued lane
markers are still detectable.
— On roads where there are sharp
curves.
— On roads where there are sharply
contrasting objects, such as sha-
dows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
seams or lines remaining after
road repairs. (The LDW and LDP
systems could detect these items
as lane markers.)
or under a bridge.)
.
Excessive noise will interfere with the
warning chime sound, and the chime
may not be heard.
— On roads where the traveling lane
merges or separates.
— When the vehicle’s traveling direction does not align with the
lane marker.
— When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit
detection range.
— When rain, snow or dirt adheres
to the windshield in front of the
lane camera unit.
JVS0826X
Warnings and indicators (on the vehicle
information display)
Dynamic driver assistance switch
— When the headlights are not
bright due to dirt on the lens or
if the aiming is not adjusted
properly.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
— When strong light enters the lane
camera unit. (For example, the
light directly shines on the front
of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
Under the following conditions, If the “LDP
currently unavailable” message appears in
the vehicle information display, a chime will
sound and the LDP system will be turned off
automatically.
. When the VDC system (except TCS
function) or ABS operates.
— When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when
the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
Condition A
Starting and driving
5-39
.
.
When the VDC system is turned off.
When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
is turned to the SNOW mode.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
push the dynamic driver assistance switch
again to turn the LDP system back on.
Condition B
LDW system: If the vehicle is parked in direct
sunlight under high temperature conditions
(over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then
started, the LDW system may be deactivated automatically. The “high cabin temperature” warning message will appear in
the vehicle information display.
LDP system: If the vehicle is parked in direct
sunlight under high temperature conditions
(over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then
the LDP system is turned on, the LDP
system may be deactivated automatically.
The “high cabin temperature” message will
appear in the vehicle information display.
The LDW and LDP systems are not available
until the conditions no longer exist.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the LDW system will resume automatically.
For the LDP system, push the dynamic driver
again to turn the LDP
assistance switch
5-40
Starting and driving
system back on.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
LDW system: If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically, and the
LDW “malfunction” message will appear in
the vehicle information display.
LDP system: If the LDP system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically. The LDP
“malfunction” message will appear in the
vehicle information display.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the
engine off and restart the engine. If the
“malfunction” message continues to appear,
have the system checked. It is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SSD0453
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The lane camera unit
for LDW/LDP
systems is located above the inside mirror.
To keep the proper operation of LDW/LDP
systems and prevent a system malfunction,
be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the windshield clean.
. Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
. Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely affect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) (if
so equipped)
.
Do not strike or damage the areas around
the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit. It is recommended
you contact an INFINITI retailer if the
camera unit is damaged due to an
accident.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the BSW
system could result in serious injury or
death.
.
.
The BSW system is not a replacement
for proper driving procedure and is
not designed to prevent contact with
vehicles or objects. When changing
lanes, always use the side and rear
mirrors and turn and look in the
direction your vehicle will move to
ensure it is safe to change lanes.
Never rely solely on the BSW system.
There is a limitation to the detection
capability of the radar. Not every
moving object or vehicle will be
detected. Using the BSW system
under some road, ground, lane marker, traffic or weather conditions
could lead to improper system operation. Always rely on your own operation to avoid accidents.
JVS1122X
The BSW system uses radar sensors
installed near the rear bumper to detect
other vehicles in an adjacent lane.
The BSW system helps alert the driver of
other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes.
Starting and driving
5-41
SSD1030
Detection zone
The radar sensors can detect vehicles on
either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of
your vehicle and extends approximately 10
ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and
approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.
JVS0827X
Side indicator light
Driver assist system blind spot indicator (on the vehicle information display)
Lower display
5-42 Starting and driving
1. Push the MENU button
and touch
[Driver Assistance] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].
3. Touch [+] or [-] in [Side Indicator Brightness] to select [Bright], [Standard] or
[Dark].
When the brightness setting is changed, the
side indicator lights illuminate for a few
seconds.
BSW SYSTEM OPERATION
The BSW system operates above approximately 20 MPH (32 km/h).
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
detection zone, the side indicator light
illuminates.
If the turn signal is then activated, the
system chimes (twice) and the side indicator
light flashes. The side indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle
leaves the detection zone.
NOTE:
. The side indicator lights illuminate for a
few seconds when the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position.
. The brightness of the side indicator
lights is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient
light.
. If a vehicle comes into the detection zone
after the driver activates the turn
signal, then only the side indicator light
flashes and no chime sounds. (See “BSW
driving situations” (P.5-44).)
BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
JVS0246X
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
BSW SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the BSW system.
1. Push the MENU button
and touch
[Driver Assistance] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].
3. Touch [Blind Spot Warning] to enable or
disable the system.
Setting the side indicator light
brightness
The brightness of the side indicator lights
can be changed using the following steps:
Listed below are the system limitations
for the BSW system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious
injury or death.
.
.
The BSW system cannot detect all
vehicles under all conditions.
The radar sensors may not be able to
detect and activate BSW when certain objects are present such as:
— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.
— Vehicles such as motorcycles, low
height vehicles, or high ground
clearance vehicles.
Starting and driving
5-43
— Oncoming vehicles.
— Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate
from a stop.
— A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle.
— A vehicle approaching rapidly
from behind.
.
— A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly.
— A vehicle that passes through the
detection zone quickly.
.
.
.
The radar sensor’s detection zone is
designed based on a standard lane
width. When driving in a wider lane,
the radar sensors may not detect
vehicles in an adjacent lane. When
driving in a narrow lane, the radar
sensors may detect vehicles driving
two lanes away.
The radar sensors are designed to
ignore most stationary objects, however objects such as guardrails, walls,
foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a
normal operation condition.
The following conditions may reduce
the ability of the radar to detect
5-44 Starting and driving
.
other vehicles:
— Severe weather
BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS
— Road spray
Indicator on
— Ice/frost/snow build-up on the
vehicle
Indicator off
— Dirt build-up on the vehicle
Indicator flashing
Do not attach stickers (including
transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near
the radar sensors. These conditions
may reduce the ability of the radar to
detect other vehicles.
Excessive noise (for example, audio
system volume, open vehicle window)
will interfere with the chime sound,
and it may not be heard.
JVS0737X
Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind
Another vehicle approaching from
behind
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone
from behind in an adjacent lane.
JVS0738X
Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind
Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn
signal, then the system chimes (twice) and
the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE:
. The radar sensors may not detect vehicles which are approaching rapidly from
behind.
. If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the other
vehicle is detected.
JVS0739X
Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle
Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 3: The side indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that
vehicle stays in the detection zone for
approximately 3 seconds.
The radar sensors may not detect slower
moving vehicles if they are passed quickly.
Starting and driving
5-45
vehicle is detected.
JVS0740X
Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turn
signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice)
and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE:
. When overtaking several vehicles in a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle
may not be detected if they are traveling close together.
. The radar sensors may not detect slower
moving vehicles if they are passed
quickly.
. If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the other
5-46
Starting and driving
JVS0741X
Illustration 5 – Entering from the side
Entering from the side
Illustration 5: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone
from either side.
sensors.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the system will resume automatically.
If the “side radar obstruction” warning
message continues to appear, have the
system checked. It is recommended you visit
an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
JVS0742X
Illustration 6 – Entering from the side
Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turn
signal, then the system chimes (twice) and
the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE:
. The radar sensors may not detect a
vehicle which is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle when it
enters the detection zone.
. If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the other
vehicle is detected.
JVS0824X
Vehicle information display
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
When radar blockage is detected, the BSW
system will be turned off automatically, a
chime will sound and the “side radar obstruction” warning message will appear in
the vehicle information display .
The system is not available until the conditions no longer exist.
The radar sensors may be blocked by
temporary ambient conditions such as
splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked
condition may also be caused by objects
such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar
When the BSW system malfunctions, it will
be turned off automatically, a chime will
sound, and the system “malfunction” warning message with the driver assist system
blind spot indicator (orange) will appear in
the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location and place
the shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turn
the engine off and restart the engine. If the
system “malfunction” warning message with
the driver assist system blind spot indicator
(orange) continues to be displayed, have the
BSW system checked. It is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Starting and driving
5-47
tional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around the
radar sensors.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer if the area around the radar sensors
is damaged due to a collision.
Radio frequency statement
JVS1122X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The two radar sensors
for the BSW
system are located near the rear bumper.
Always keep the area near the radar sensors
clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by
temporary ambient conditions such as
splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by
objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing
the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the area around the radar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transparent
material), install accessories or apply addi-
5-48
Starting and driving
For USA
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device
must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
The manufacturer is not responsible for any
radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment.
Such modifications could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada
Standard RSS-310.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device
must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz —
24.25GHz
Field Strength: Not greater than 2.5V/m
peak (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3
m
BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION®
(BSI) (if so equipped)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the BSI
system could result in serious injury or
death.
.
.
The BSI system is not a replacement
for proper driving procedures and is
not designed to prevent contact with
vehicles or objects. When changing
lanes, always use the side and rear
mirrors and turn and look in the
direction your vehicle will move to
ensure it is safe to change lanes.
Never rely solely on the BSI system.
There is a limitation to the detection
capability of the radar. Not every
moving object or vehicle will be
detected. Using the BSI system under
some road, ground, lane marker,
traffic or weather conditions could
lead to improper system operation.
Always rely on your own operation to
avoid accidents.
JVS1125X
The BSI system uses radar sensors
installed near the rear bumper to detect
other vehicles in an adjacent lane. In addition
to the radar sensors, the BSI system uses a
camera installed behind the windshield to
monitor the lane markers of your traveling
lane.
SSD1030
Detection zone
The radar sensors can detect vehicles on
either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated.
This detection zone starts from the outside
mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper,
and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.
The BSI system helps alert the driver of other
vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing
lanes, and helps assist the driver to return
the vehicle to the center of the traveling
lane.
Starting and driving
5-49
BSI SYSTEM OPERATION
The BSI system operates above approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h).
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
detection zone, the side indicator light
illuminates.
If the turn signal is then activated, the
system chimes (twice) and the side indicator
light flashes. The side indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle
leaves the detection zone.
If the BSI system is ON and your vehicle
approaches a lane marker while another
vehicle is in the detection zone, the system
chimes (three times) and the side indicator
light flashes. The BSI system activates to
help return the vehicle back to the center of
the driving lane. The BSI system operates
regardless of turn signal usage.
JVS0828X
Side indicator light
Driver assist system blind spot indicator (on the vehicle information display)
Dynamic driver assistance switch
Lower display
5-50
Starting and driving
NOTE:
. BSI warning and system application will
only be activated if the side indicator
light is already illuminated when your
vehicle approaches a lane marker. If
another vehicle comes into the detection
zone after your vehicle has crossed a
lane marker, no BSI warning or system
application will be activated. (For additional information, see “BSI driving
situations” (P.5-55).)
.
The BSI system is typically activated
earlier than the Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system when your vehicle is
approaching a lane marker.
Starting and driving
5-51
TURNING THE BSI SYSTEM ON/
OFF
JVS0829X
Driver assist system blind spot indicator (green) (on the vehicle information
display)
Dynamic driver assistance switch
Lower display
5-52 Starting and driving
To turn on the BSI system, push the dynamic
on the steering
driver assistance switch
wheel after starting the engine. The driver
assist system blind spot indicator (green)
in the vehicle information display will illuminate.
Push the dynamic driver assistance switch
again to turn off the BSI system. The driver
assist system blind spot indicator will turn
off.
is
The dynamic driver assistance switch
used for Active Lane Control (if so
equipped), Blind Spot Intervention (BSI),
Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) and Distance Control Assist (DCA) systems. When
is
the dynamic driver assistance switch
pushed, Active Lane Control, LDP and DCA
systems will also turn on or off simultaneously. The BSI system can be individually
set to on or off on the lower display .
If the system is set to off, the system will not
turn on even if the dynamic driver assistance
switch is pushed to on. To set the system
to on or off on the lower display, see “How
to enable/disable the BSI system” (P.5-53).
Setting the side indicator light
brightness
JVS0246X
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
BSI SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the BSI system.
1. Push the MENU button
and touch
[Driver Assistance] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].
3. Touch [Blind Spot Intervention] to enable or disable the system.
— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.
— Vehicles such as motorcycles, low
height vehicles, or high ground
clearance vehicles.
The brightness of the side indicator lights
can be changed using the following steps:
and touch
1. Push the MENU button
[Driver Assistance] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].
3. Touch [+] or [-] in [Side Indicator Brightness] to select [Bright], [Standard] or
[Dark].
When the brightness setting is changed, the
side indicator lights illuminate for a few
seconds.
— Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate
from a stop.
— Oncoming vehicles.
— A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle.
— A vehicle approaching rapidly
from behind.
BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
— A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly.
— A vehicle that passes through the
detection zone quickly.
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the BSI system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious
injury or death.
.
.
The BSI system cannot detect all
vehicles under all conditions.
The radar sensors may not be able to
detect and activate BSI when certain
objects are present such as:
.
.
The radar sensor’s detection zone is
designed based on a standard lane
width. When driving in a wider lane,
the radar sensors may not detect
vehicles in an adjacent lane. When
driving in a narrow lane, the radar
sensors may detect vehicles driving
two lanes away.
The radar sensors are designed to
ignore most stationary objects, however objects such as guardrails, walls,
Starting and driving
5-53
.
foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a
normal operation condition.
The camera may not detect lane
markers in the following situations
and the BSI system may not operate
properly.
— On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane
markers that are faded or not
painted clearly; yellow painted
lane markers; nonstandard lane
markers; lane markers covered
with water, dirt, snow, etc.
— When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit
detection range.
— When the vehicle’s traveling direction does not align with the
lane markers.
5-54
Starting and driving
— When driving on roads where the
lane width is too narrow.
— When driving with a tire that is
not within normal tire conditions
(for example, tire wear, low tire
pressure, installation of spare tire,
tire chains, non-standard wheels).
— When the headlights are not
bright due to dirt on the lens or
if aiming is not adjusted properly.
— When strong light enters a lane
camera unit. (For example: light
directly shines on the front of the
vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
— When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example: when
the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
or under a bridge.)
— On roads where there are sharp
curves.
— On roads where the traveling lane
merges or separates.
— When driving in a makeshift or
temporary lane.
— When rain, snow or dirt adheres
to the windshield in front of a lane
camera unit.
— On roads where discontinued lane
markers are still detectable.
— On roads where there are sharply
contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
seams or lines remaining after
road repairs.
— When there is a lane closure due
to road repairs.
.
Do not use the BSI system under the
following conditions because the system may not function properly.
— During bad weather. (For example: rain, fog, snow, etc.)
— When driving on slippery roads,
such as on ice or snow, etc.
— When driving on winding or uneven roads.
— When the vehicle is equipped with
non-original steering parts or suspension parts.
.
Excessive noise (for example, audio
system volume, open vehicle window)
will interfere with the chime sound,
and it may not be heard.
BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS
Indicator on
Indicator off
Indicator flashing
JVS0737X
Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind
Another vehicle approaching from
behind
JVS0738X
Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind
Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn
signal then the system chimes a sound
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone
from behind in an adjacent lane.
Starting and driving
5-55
JVS0760X
Illustration 3 - Approaching from behind
Illustration 3: If the BSI system is on and your
vehicle approaches a lane marker while
another vehicle is in the detection zone, the
system chimes (three times) and the side
indicator light flashes. The BSI system
activates to help return the vehicle back to
the center of the driving lane.
NOTE:
. The radar sensors may not detect vehicles which are approaching rapidly from
behind.
. If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the other
vehicle is detected.
5-56
Starting and driving
JVS0739X
Illustration 4 - Overtaking another vehicle
Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 4: The side indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that
vehicle stays in the detection zone for
approximately 3 seconds.
JVS0740X
Illustration 5 - Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turn
signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice)
and the side indicator light flashes.
.
If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the other
vehicle is detected.
JVS0761X
Illustration 6 - Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 6: If the BSI system is on and your
vehicle approaches a lane marker while
another vehicle is in the detection zone, the
system chimes (three times) and the side
indicator light flashes. The BSI system
activates to help return the vehicle back to
the center of the driving lane.
NOTE:
. When overtaking several vehicles in a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle
may not be detected if they are traveling close together.
. The radar sensors may not detect slower
moving vehicles if they are passed
quickly.
JVS0741X
Illustration 7 - Entering from the side
Entering from the side
Illustration 7: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone
from either side.
NOTE:
The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle
which is traveling at about the same speed
as your vehicle when it enters the detection
zone.
Starting and driving
5-57
JVS0742X
Illustration 8 - Entering from the side
Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turn
signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the side indicator light
flashes and a chime will sound twice.
NOTE:
If the driver activates the turn signal before
a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side
indicator light will flash but no chime will
sound when another vehicle is detected.
5-58
Starting and driving
JVS0761X
Illustration 9 - Entering from the side
Illustration 9: If the BSI system is on and your
vehicle approaches the lane marker while
another vehicle is in the detection zone, the
system chimes (three times) and the side
indicator light flashes. The BSI system
activates to help return the vehicle back to
the center of the driving lane.
JVS0742X
Illustration 10 - Entering from the side
Illustration 10: The BSI system will not
operate if your vehicle is on a lane marker
when another vehicle enters the detection
zone. In this case only the BSW system
operates.
NOTE:
. The radar sensors may not detect a
vehicle which is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle when it
enters the detection zone.
. If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the other
vehicle is detected.
.
BSI will not operate or will stop operating and only a warning chime will sound
under the following conditions.
— When the brake pedal is depressed.
(models without Direct Adaptive
Steering)
— When the vehicle is accelerated during BSI system operation
— When steering quickly
— When the ICC, DCA, PFCW or FEB
warnings sound.
— When the hazard warning flashers
are operated.
— When driving on a curve at a high
speed.
.
JVS0826X
Vehicle information display
Dynamic driver assistance switch
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
Under the following conditions, a chime will
sound, the “currently unavailable” warning
message will appear in the vehicle informaand the BSI system will be
tion display
turned off automatically. The BSI system will
not be available until the conditions no
longer exist.
. When the VDC system (except TCS
function) or ABS operates.
. When the VDC system is turned off.
When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
is turned to the SNOW mode.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
push the dynamic driver assistance switch
again to turn the BSI system back on.
When radar blockage is detected, the BSI
system will be turned off automatically, a
chime will sound and the “side radar obstruction” warning message will appear in
the vehicle information display .
The BSI system is not available until the
conditions no longer exist. For additional
information, see “System maintenance”
(P.5-60).
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
turn the BSI system on again. If the “side
radar obstruction” warning message appears even after the BSI system is turned
on again, stop the vehicle in a safe location,
place the shift lever in the P (Park) position
and turn the engine off. Check for and
remove objects obscuring the radar sensors
on the rear bumper, and restart the engine.
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
under high temperature conditions (over
approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then the
BSI system is turned on, the BSI system may
be deactivated automatically. The “high
cabin temperature” warning message will
Starting and driving
5-59
appear in the vehicle information display .
Action to take:
When the interior temperature is reduced,
push the dynamic driver assistance switch
again to turn the BSI system back on.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
When the BSI system malfunctions, it will be
turned off automatically, a chime will sound,
and the system “malfunction” warning message with the driver assist system blind spot
indicator (orange) will appear in the vehicle
information display.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location and place
the shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turn
the engine off and restart the engine. If the
system “malfunction” warning message with
the driver assist system blind spot indicator
(orange) continues to be displayed, have the
BSI system checked. It is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
5-60
Starting and driving
JVS1125X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The two radar sensors for the BSI system
are located near the rear bumper. Always
keep the area near the radar sensors clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by
temporary ambient conditions such as
splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by
objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing
the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the area around the radar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transparent
material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around the
radar sensors.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer if the area around the radar sensors
is damaged due to a collision.
for BSI system is
The lane camera unit
located above the inside mirror. To keep the
proper operation of BSI and prevent a
system malfunction, be sure to observe the
following:
. Always keep the windshield clean.
. Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
. Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely affect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around
the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit. It is recommended
you contact an INFINITI retailer if the
camera unit is damaged due to an
accident.
BACK-UP COLLISION
INTERVENTION (BCI) (if so equipped)
Radio frequency statement
For USA
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device
must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
The manufacturer is not responsible for any
radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment.
Such modifications could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada
Standard RSS-310.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device
must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz —
24.25GHz
Field Strength: Not greater than 2.5V/m
peak (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3
m
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the BCI
system could result in serious injury or
death.
.
.
The BCI system is not a replacement
for proper driving procedure, is not
designed to prevent contact with
vehicles or objects and does not
provide full brake power. When backing out of parking spaces, always use
the inside and rear mirrors and turn
and look in the direction you will
move. Never rely solely on the BCI
system.
There is a limitation to the detection
capability of the radar or the sonar.
Using the BCI system under some
road, ground, traffic or weather conditions could lead to improper system
operation. Always rely on your own
operation to avoid accidents.
The BCI system can help alert the driver of
an approaching vehicle or objects behind the
vehicle when the driver is backing out of a
parking space.
Starting and driving
5-61
vehicle from up to approximately 49 ft (15
detect
m) away. The sonar sensors
stationary objects behind the vehicle up to
approximately 4.9 ft (1.5 m). Refer to the
illustration for approximate zone coverage
areas .
JVS1121X
JVS0173X
The BCI system uses radar sensors
installed on both sides near the rear bumper
to detect an approaching vehicle and sonar
sensors to detect objects in the rear.
JVS0234X
The radar sensors
5-62 Starting and driving
detect an approaching
JVS0173X
BCI SYSTEM OPERATION
JVS0831X
Side indicator light
BCI ON indicator
Upper display
Lower display
When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
position and the vehicle speed is less than
approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the BCI
system operates.
If the radar detects a vehicle approaching
from the side or the sonar detects close
stationary objects behind the vehicle, the
system gives visual and audible warnings. If
the driver does not apply the brakes, the
system automatically applies the brake for a
moment when the vehicle is moving backwards. After the automatic brake application, the driver must depress the brake pedal
to maintain brake pressure. If the driver’s
foot is on the accelerator pedal, the system
Starting and driving
5-63
pushes the accelerator upward before applying the brake. If you continue to accelerate, the system will not engage the brake.
JVS0304X
Upper display
When the shift lever is placed in the R
(Reverse) position, the indicator on the BCI
illuminates on the upper
system key
display.
SSD1028
Side indicator light
JVS0307X
Upper display
5-64
Starting and driving
If the radar detects an approaching vehicle
from the side, the system chimes (once), the
side indicator light on the side the vehicle is
approaching from flashes and a yellow
appears on the upper
rectangular frame
display.
JVS0172X
Illustration 1
NOTE:
. In the case of several vehicles approaching in a row (Illustration 1) or in the
opposite direction (Illustration 2), a
chime may not be sounded by the BCI
system after the first vehicle passes the
sensors.
. The sonar system chime indicating there
is an object behind the vehicle has a
higher priority than the BCI chime
(single beep) indicating an approaching
vehicle. If the sonar system detects an
object behind the vehicle and the BCI
system detects an approaching vehicle
at the same time, the following indications are provided:
— The sonar system chime sounds
— The side indicator light on the side of
the approaching vehicle flashes, and
— A yellow rectangular frame appears
in the display.
JVS0173X
Illustration 2
Starting and driving
5-65
JVS0307X
If an approaching vehicle or object behind
the vehicle is detected when your vehicle is
backing up, a red frame will appear on the
upper display and the system will chime
three times. Then, the brakes will be applied
momentarily. After the automatic brake
application, the driver must depress the
brake pedal to maintain brake pressure.
If the driver’s foot is on the accelerator
pedal, the system moves the accelerator
pedal upward before the braking is applied.
However, if you continue to accelerate, the
system will not engage the brakes.
The BCI system does not operate if the
object is very close to the bumper.
5-66
Starting and driving
JVS0833X
Upper display
Lower display
system does not turn on automatically by
the following operations:
. When the shift lever is placed in the R
(Reverse) position
. When the engine is restarted
JVS0304X
JVS0246X
Upper display
TURNING THE BCI SYSTEM ON/
OFF
The BCI system automatically turns on every
time the engine is started.
The BCI system can be turned off temporarily by touching the BCI system key on the
upper display. The indicator on the BCI ON
key turns off. When the shift lever is placed
in the R (Reverse) position again, the BCI
system is turned on.
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
BCI SYSTEM
The BCI system can be turned off permanently using the lower display. Perform the
following steps to enable or disable the BCI
system.
and touch
1. Push the MENU button
[Settings] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Camera/Sonar].
3. Touch [Camera].
4. Touch [Back-up Collision Intervention]
to enable/disable the system.
When the BCI system is disabled by touching
[Back-up Collision Intervention], the BCI
Starting and driving
5-67
.
The radar sensors detect approaching (moving) vehicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every object such
as:
— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals or
child operated toy vehicles
— A vehicle that is passing at speeds
greater than approximately 15
MPH (24 km/h)
.
The radar sensors may not detect
approaching vehicles in certain situations:
— Illustration a. When a vehicle
parked next to you obstructs the
beam of the radar sensor.
— Illustration b. When the vehicle is
parked in an angled parking space.
— Illustration c. When the vehicle is
parked on inclined ground.
— Illustration d. When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle’s parking lot aisle.
JVS0479X
BCI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the BCI system. Failure to operate
5-68
Starting and driving
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious
injury or death.
.
Always check your surroundings and
turn to check what is behind you
before backing up.
— Illustration e. When the angle
formed by your vehicle and approaching vehicle is small.
.
The following conditions may reduce
the ability of the radar sensors to
detect other vehicles:
— Severe weather
— When driving with a tire that is
not within normal tire conditions
(for example, tire wear, low tire
pressure, installation of spare tire,
tire chains, non-standard wheels).
— Road spray
— Ice/frost/dirt build up on the
vehicle
.
.
Do not attach stickers (including
transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near
the radar sensors. These conditions
may reduce the ability of the radar
sensors to detect other vehicles.
The sonar sensors detect stationary
objects behind the vehicle. The sonar
sensor may not detect:
— Small or moving objects
— Wedge-shaped objects
— Object close to the bumper (less
than approximately 1 ft (30 cm))
— Thin objects such as rope, wire
and chain, etc.
.
.
The brake engagement by the BCI
system is not as effective on a slope
as it is on flat ground. When on a
steep slope the system may not
function properly.
Do not use the BCI system under the
following conditions because the system may not function properly.
— When the vehicle is equipped with
non-original brake parts or suspension parts.
.
Excessive noise (for example, audio
system volume, open vehicle window)
will interfere with the chime sound,
and it may not be heard.
JVS0824X
Vehicle information display
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
If the following message appears in the
vehicle information display , a chime will
sound and the BCI system will be turned off
automatically.
. “Unavailable High Accelerator Temp.”:
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
under high temperature conditions (over
approximately 104 °F (40 °C)) and then
started, the BCI system may be deactivated automatically.
Action to take:
When the interior temperature is reStarting and driving
5-69
.
duced, turn off the BCI system and turn
it on again.
“Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction”:
When side radar blockage is detected.
Action to take:
When the blockage is removed, turn off
the BCI system and turn it on again.
Do not strike or damage the area around the
radar sensors.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer if the area around the radar sensors
is damaged due to a collision.
Radio frequency statement
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
For USA
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device
must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
The two radar sensors for the BCI system
is located near the rear bumper. Always keep
the area near the radar sensors clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by
temporary ambient conditions such as
splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by
objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing
the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the area around the radar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transparent
material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors.
NOTE:
The manufacturer is not responsible for any
radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment.
Such modifications could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada
Standard RSS-310.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device
must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause unde-
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the BCI system malfunctions, it will turn
off automatically, a chime will sound and BCI
system “malfunction” warning message will
appear in the vehicle information display .
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location and place
the shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turn
the engine off and restart the engine. If the
warning message continues to appear, have
the system checked. It is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
5-70
Starting and driving
JVS1122X
CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)
sired operation.
Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz —
24.25GHz
Field Strength: Not greater than 2.5V/m
peak (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3
m
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE
CONTROL
.
If the cruise control system malfunctions,
it will cancel automatically. The cruise
indicator (green) in the vehicle information display will then blink to warn the
driver.
If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the cruise control system will be canceled
automatically.
If the cruise indicator (green) blinks, turn
the cruise control MAIN switch off and
have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for
this service.
The cruise indicator (green) may sometimes blink when the cruise control MAIN
switch is turned ON while pushing the
SET/COAST (-), RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) or CANCEL switch. To properly
set the cruise control system, perform
the steps below in the order indicated.
.
.
.
.
in heavy traffic or in traffic that
varies in speed
. on winding or hilly roads
. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
etc.)
. in very windy areas
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident.
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control when
driving under the following conditions:
.
when it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed
Starting and driving
5-71
JVS0867X
CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch
SET/COAST (-) switch
CANCEL switch
MAIN (ON·OFF) switch
5-72 Starting and driving
JVS0306X
Cruise indicator
The cruise indicator and the set vehicle
speed are displayed in the vehicle information display. The cruise indicator indicates
the status of the cruise control system by the
color.
The cruise control allows driving at a speed
between 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)
without keeping your foot on the accelerator
pedal.
To turn on the cruise control, push the
MAIN switch on. The cruise indicator (white)
will come on.
To set cruising speed, accelerate your
vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET/
COAST (-) switch and release it. (The cruise
indicator (green) will illuminate.) Take your
foot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle
will maintain the set speed.
. To pass another vehicle, depress the
accelerator pedal. When you release the
pedal, the vehicle will return to the
previously set speed.
. The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed on winding or hilly roads. If this
happens, drive without the cruise control.
To cancel the preset speed, follow any of
these methods:
1. Push the CANCEL switch.
2. Tap the brake pedal.
3. Turn the MAIN switch off.
After any of the above operations is performed, the color of the cruise indicator will
change from green to white.
. If you depress the brake pedal while
pushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE
(+) or SET/COAST (-) switch and reset
at the cruising speed, the cruise control
will disengage. Turn the MAIN switch off
once and then turn it on again.
. The cruise control will automatically
cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8
MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed.
. If you move the shift lever to N (Neutral)
position, the cruise control will be canceled.
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL
(ICC) (if so equipped)
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one
of the following methods:
. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
and release the SET/COAST (-) switch.
. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch. When the vehicle attains
the speed you desire, release the switch.
. Push, then quickly release the RESUME/
ACCELERATE (+) switch. Each time you
do this, the set speed will increase by
about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
of the following methods:
. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
the SET/COAST (-) switch and release it.
. Push and hold the SET/COAST (-)
switch. Release the switch when the
vehicle slows down to the desired speed.
. Push, then quickly release the SET/
COAST (-) switch. Each time you do this,
the set speed will decrease by about 1
MPH (1.6 km/h).
To resume the preset speed, push and
release the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+)
switch. The vehicle will resume the last set
cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over
25 MPH (40 km/h).
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the ICC
system could result in serious injury or
death.
.
.
.
.
ICC is not a collision avoidance or
warning device. For highway use only
and it is not intended for congested
areas or city driving. Failure to apply
the brakes could result in an accident.
Always observe posted speed limits
and do not set the speed over them.
Always drive carefully and attentively when using either cruise control mode. Read and understand the
Owner’s Manual thoroughly before
using the cruise control. To avoid
serious injury or death, do not rely
on the system to prevent accidents or
to control the vehicle’s speed in
emergency situations. Do not use
cruise control except in appropriate
road and traffic conditions.
In the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, a warning chime
will not sound to warn you if you are
too close to the vehicle ahead. Pay
special attention to the distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you or a collision could
occur.
The ICC system maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you within
the speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144
km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed can
be selected by the driver between 20 to 90
MPH (32 to 144 km/h).
The vehicle travels at a set speed when the
road ahead is clear.
The ICC system can be set to one of two
cruise control modes.
. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode:
For maintaining a selected distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front of you up to the preset speed.
. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control
mode:
For cruising at a preset speed.
Starting and driving
5-73
Always confirm the setting in the ICC system
display.
For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode” (P.5-75).
For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode, see “Conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-90).
JVS0834X
Displays and indicators
ICC switches
MAIN (ON·OFF) switch
Push the MAIN switch
to choose the
cruise control mode between the vehicle-tovehicle distance control mode and the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.
5-74
Starting and driving
Once a control mode is activated, it cannot
be changed to the other cruise control mode.
To change the mode, push the MAIN switch
once to turn the system off. Then push the
again to turn the system
MAIN switch
back on and select the desired cruise control
mode.
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode, the ICC system automatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle
traveling in front of you according to that
vehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or at
the set speed when the road ahead is clear.
JVS0835X
HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE
CONTROL MODE
speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-90).
Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle
distance control mode
To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode , quickly push and release the
MAIN switch .
Selecting the conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode
To choose the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode , push and hold the
for longer than approxiMAIN switch
mately 1.5 seconds. See “Conventional (fixed
Starting and driving
5-75
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode operation
JVS1123X
The system is intended to enhance the
operation of the vehicle when following a
vehicle traveling in the same lane and
direction.
detects a slower
If the radar sensor
moving vehicle ahead, the system will reduce
the vehicle speed so that your vehicle
follows the vehicle in front at the selected
distance.
The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes (up to approximately 40% of vehicle braking power) if
necessary.
The detection range of the sensor is approximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.
5-76
Starting and driving
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode is designed to maintain a selected
distance and reduce the speed to match the
slower vehicle ahead; the system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary and if the
vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle
decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC
system can only apply up to approximately
40% of the vehicle’s total braking power.
This system should only be used when traffic
conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain
fairly constant or when vehicle speeds
change gradually. If a vehicle moves into
the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle
traveling ahead rapidly decelerates, the
distance between vehicles may become
closer because the ICC system cannot
decelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If this
occurs, the ICC system will sound a warning
chime and blink the system display to notify
the driver to take necessary action.
The system will cancel and a warning chime
will sound if the speed is below approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and a vehicle is
not detected ahead. The system will also
disengage when the vehicle goes above the
maximum set speed.
See “Approach warning” (P.5-83).
The following items are controlled in the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:
. When there are no vehicles traveling
ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode maintains the speed set
by the driver. The set speed range is
between approximately 20 and 90 MPH
(32 and 144 km/h).
. When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,
the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode adjusts the speed to maintain the
distance, selected by driver, from the
vehicle ahead. The adjusting speed range
is up to the set speed. If the vehicle
ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle
decelerates to a standstill within the
limitations of the system. The system
will cancel once it judges a standstill with
a warning chime.
. When the vehicle traveling ahead has
moved out from its lane of travel, the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
accelerates and maintains vehicle speed
up to the set speed.
The ICC system does not control vehicle
speed or warn you when you approach
stationary and slow moving vehicles. You
must pay attention to vehicle operation to
maintain proper distance from vehicles
ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic
congestion.
vehicle ahead, this system automatically
accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead.
Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is
required for a lane change. Depress the
brake pedal when deceleration is required
to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle
ahead due to its sudden braking or if a
vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using
the ICC system.
SSD0254
When driving on the freeway at a set speed
and approaching a slower traveling vehicle
ahead, the ICC system will adjust the speed
to maintain the distance, selected by the
driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle
ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,
the ICC system will accelerate and maintain
the speed up to the set speed. Pay attention
to the driving operation to maintain control
of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set
speed.
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed
on winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you
will have to manually control the vehicle
speed.
Normally when controlling the distance to a
JVS0836X
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode switches
The system is operated by a MAIN switch
and four control switches, all mounted on
the steering wheel.
1. RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed
incrementally.
2. SET/COAST (-) switch:
Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed
incrementally.
3. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the system without erasing
the set speed.
Starting and driving
5-77
Indicates that there is a malfunction in
the ICC system.
4. MAIN switch:
Master switch to activate the system
5. DISTANCE switch:
Changes the vehicle’s following distance:
. Long
. Middle
. Short
JVS0220X
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode display and indicators
The display is located between the speedometer and tachometer.
1. This indicator indicates the ICC system
status depending on a color.
. Intelligent Cruise Control system ON
indicator (white):
Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.
. Intelligent Cruise Control system set
indicator (green):
Indicates that cruising speed is set
. Intelligent Cruise Control system
warning (orange):
5-78
Starting and driving
2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in
front of you.
3. Set vehicle speed indicator:
Indicates the set vehicle speed.
For Canadian models, the speed is displayed in km/h.
4. Set distance indicator:
Displays the selected distance between
vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch.
JVS0837X
Operating vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
To turn on the cruise control, quickly push
on. The
and release the MAIN switch
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system ON
indicator (white), set distance indicator and
set vehicle speed indicator come on and in a
standby state for setting.
JVS0838X
To set cruising speed, accelerate your
vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET/
COAST (-) switch and release it. (The ICC
system set indicator (green), vehicle ahead
detection indicator, set distance indicator
and set vehicle speed indicator come on.)
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.
JVS0214X
When the SET/COAST (-) switch is pushed
under the following conditions, the system
cannot be set and the ICC indicators will
blink for approximately 2 seconds:
. When traveling below 20 MPH (32
km/h) and the vehicle ahead is not
detected
. When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
or manual shift mode
. When the parking brake is applied
. When the brakes are operated by the
driver
When the SET/COAST (-) switch is pushed
under the following conditions, the system
cannot be set.
Starting and driving
5-79
A warning chime will sound and the “currently unavailable” warning message appears in the vehicle information display.
. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
is turned to the SNOW mode (To use the
ICC system, turn the INFINITI Drive
Mode Selector to a mode other than
the SNOW mode, push the MAIN switch
to turn off the ICC and reset the ICC
switch by pressing the MAIN switch
again.)
For details about the INFINITI Drive
Mode Selector, see “INFINITI Drive
Mode Selector” (P.5-22).
. When the VDC system is off (To use the
ICC system, turn on the VDC system.
Push the MAIN switch to turn off the
ICC system and reset the ICC switch by
pushing the MAIN switch again.)
For details about the VDC system, see
“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”
(P.5-132).
. When ABS or VDC (including the traction
control system) is operating
. When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC
system, make sure the wheels are no
longer slipping.)
5-80
Starting and driving
JVS0210X
System set display with vehicle ahead
System set display without vehicle
ahead
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed
based on the road conditions. The ICC
system maintains the set vehicle speed,
similar to standard cruise control, as long
as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead.
The ICC system displays the set speed.
Vehicle detected ahead:
When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,
the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by
controlling the throttle and applying the
brakes to match the speed of a slower
vehicle ahead. The system then controls the
vehicle speed based on the speed of the
vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected
distance.
NOTE:
. The stoplights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the ICC
system.
. When the brake operates, a noise may be
heard. This is not a malfunction.
When a vehicle ahead is detected, the
vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on.
The ICC system will also display the set
speed and selected distance.
Vehicle ahead not detected:
When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead,
the ICC system gradually accelerates your
vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle
speed. The ICC system then maintains the
set speed.
When a vehicle is no longer detected the
vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.
If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to the set vehicle speed or any time the
ICC system is in operation, the system
controls the distance to that vehicle.
When a vehicle is no longer detected under
approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h), the
system will be canceled.
How to change the set vehicle
speed
JVS0211X
When passing another vehicle, the set speed
indicator will flash when the vehicle speed
exceeds the set speed. The vehicle detect
indicator will turn off when the area ahead
of the vehicle is open. When the pedal is
released, the vehicle will return to the
previously set speed.
Even though your vehicle speed is set in the
ICC system, you can depress the accelerator
pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your
vehicle rapidly.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of these
methods:
. Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle
speed indicator will go out.
. Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle
speed indicator will go out.
. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the
Intelligent Cruise Control system set
indicator (green) and set vehicle speed
indicator will go out.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one
of the following methods:
. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
and release the SET/COAST (-) switch.
. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch. The set vehicle speed will
increase by approximately 5 MPH (5
km/h for Canada).
. Push, then quickly release the RESUME/
ACCELERATE (+) switch. Each time you
do this, the set speed will increase by
approximately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
of the following methods:
. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
Starting and driving
5-81
the SET/COAST (-) switch and release it.
Push and hold the SET/COAST (-)
switch. The set vehicle speed will decrease by approximately 5 MPH (5 km/h
for Canada).
. Push, then quickly release the SET/
COAST (-) switch. Each time you do this,
the set speed will decrease by approximately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).
To resume the preset speed, push and
release the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+)
switch. The vehicle will resume the last set
cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over
20 MPH (32 km/h).
.
JVS0839X
How to change the set distance to
the vehicle ahead
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be
selected at any time depending on the traffic
conditions.
is
Each time the DISTANCE switch
pushed, the set distance will change to long,
middle, short and back to long again in that
sequence.
5-82 Starting and driving
ICC system display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe
vehicle distance if:
. The chime sounds.
. The vehicle ahead detection indicator and
set distance indicator blink.
The warning chime may not sound in some
cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some examples are:
. When the vehicles are traveling at the
same speed and the distance between
vehicles is not changing
. When the vehicle ahead is traveling
faster and the distance between vehicles
is increasing
. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle
The warning chime will not sound when:
. Your vehicle approaches other vehicles
that are parked or moving slowly.
. The accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding the system.
JVS0250M
.
.
The distance to the vehicle ahead will
change according to the vehicle speed.
The higher the vehicle speed, the longer
the distance.
If the engine is stopped, the set distance
becomes “long”. (Each time the engine is
started, the initial setting becomes
“long”.)
Approach warning
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that
vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the
system warns the driver with the chime and
NOTE:
The approach warning chime may sound
and the system display may blink when the
radar sensor detects objects on the side of
the vehicle or on the side of the road. This
may cause the ICC system to decelerate or
accelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor may
detect these objects when the vehicle is
driven on winding roads, narrow roads, hilly
Starting and driving
5-83
roads or when entering or exiting a curve. In
these cases you will have to manually
control the proper distance ahead of your
vehicle.
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected
by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or
driving position in the lane) or traffic or
vehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle is
being driven with some damage).
Automatic cancellation
A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled.
. When the vehicle ahead is not detected
and your vehicle is traveling below the
speed of 15 MPH (24 km/h)
. When the system judges the vehicle is at
standstill
. When the shift lever is not in the D
position or Manual mode
. When the parking brake is applied
. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
is turned to the SNOW mode
. When the VDC system is turned off
. When ABS or VDC (including the traction
control system) operates
. When distance measurement becomes
impaired due to adhesion of dirt or
obstruction to the sensor
5-84
Starting and driving
.
.
When a wheel slips
When the radar signal is temporarily
interrupted
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode limitations
WARNING
.
Listed below are the system limitations
for the ICC system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious
injury or death.
.
.
.
The system is primarily intended for
use on straight, dry, open roads with
light traffic. It is not advisable to use
the system in city traffic or congested areas.
This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions. This system
should be used in evenly flowing
traffic. Do not use the system on
roads with sharp curves, or on icy
roads, in heavy rain or in fog.
As there is a performance limit to the
distance control function, never rely
solely on the ICC system. This system
does not correct careless, inattentive
or absent-minded driving, or over-
.
.
come poor visibility in rain, fog, or
other bad weather. Decelerate the
vehicle speed by depressing the brake
pedal, depending on the distance to
the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles.
If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,
the vehicle decelerates to a standstill
within the limitations of the system.
The system will cancel once it judges
that the vehicle has come to a
standstill and sound a warning chime.
To prevent the vehicle from moving,
the driver must depress the brake
pedal.
Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to
manually control the proper following distance. The vehicle-to-vehicle
distance control mode of the ICC
system may not be able to maintain
the selected distance between vehicles (following distance) or selected
vehicle speed under some circumstances.
The system may not detect the
vehicle in front of you in certain road
or weather conditions. To avoid accidents, never use the ICC system
under the following conditions:
— On roads where the traffic is
heavy or there are sharp curves
— On slippery road surfaces such as
on ice or snow, etc.
— During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.)
— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to
the system sensor
— On steep downhill roads (the
vehicle may go beyond the set
vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the
brakes)
— On repeated uphill and downhill
roads
— When traffic conditions make it
difficult to keep a proper distance
between vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration
.
In some road or traffic conditions, a
vehicle or object can unexpectedly
come into the sensor detection zone
and cause automatic braking. You
may need to control the distance
from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal. Always stay alert and
avoid using the ICC system when it is
not recommended in this section.
The radar sensor will not detect the following objects:
. Stationary and slow moving vehicles
. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel
lane
The sensor generally detects the signals
returned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore,
if the sensor cannot detect the reflection
from the vehicle ahead, the ICC system may
not maintain the selected distance.
The following are some conditions in which
the sensor cannot detect the signals:
. When the snow or road spray from
traveling vehicles reduces the sensor’s
visibility
. When excessively heavy baggage is
loaded in the rear seat or the trunk of
your vehicle
The ICC system is designed to automatically
check the sensor’s operation within the
limitation of the system. When the sensor
is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the
system will automatically be canceled. If the
sensor is covered with ice, a transparent or
translucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC system
may not detect them. In these instances, the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
may not cancel and may not be able to
maintain the selected following distance
from the vehicle ahead. Be sure to check
and clean the sensor regularly.
Starting and driving
5-85
SSD0252
The detection zone of the radar sensor is
limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the
detection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle
distance detection mode to maintain the
selected distance from the vehicle ahead.
A vehicle ahead may move outside of the
detection zone due to its position within the
same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be
detected in the same lane ahead if they are
traveling offset from the centerline of the
lane. A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead
may not be detected until the vehicle has
completely moved into the lane. If this
occurs, the ICC system may warn you by
blinking the system indicator and sounding
the chime. The driver may have to manually
5-86
Starting and driving
control the proper distance away from
vehicle traveling ahead.
JVS0840X
SSD0253
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads
which are under construction, the radar
sensor may detect vehicles in a different
lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle
traveling ahead. This may cause the ICC
system to decelerate or accelerate the
vehicle.
The detection of vehicles may also be
affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or
vehicle condition. If this occurs, the ICC
system may warn you by blinking the
system indicator and sounding the chime
unexpectedly. You will have to manually
control the proper distance away from the
vehicle traveling ahead.
Vehicle information display
MAIN switch
System temporarily unavailable
Condition A:
Under the following conditions, the ICC
system is automatically canceled. The chime
will sound and the “currently unavailable”
warning message will appear in the vehicle
information display.
. When the VDC is turned off
. When the ABS or VDC (including the
traction control system) operates
. When a tire slips
Starting and driving
5-87
.
When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
is turned to the SNOW mode
. When the radar signal is temporarily
interrupted
Action to take:
When the conditions listed above are no
longer present, turn the ICC system back on
to use the system.
JVS0221X
ICC system warning
Condition B:
Under the following conditions, making it
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the ICC
system is automatically canceled.
The chime will sound, the ICC system
warning (orange) and the “front radar obstruction” warning message will appear in
the vehicle information display.
. When the radar sensor area of the front
bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed
Action to take:
If the warning (orange) or warning message
appears, stop the vehicle in a safe place,
place the shift lever in the P (Park) position
5-88
Starting and driving
and turn the engine off. When the radar
signal is temporarily interrupted, clean the
sensor area of the front bumper and restart
the engine. If the warning (orange) or
warning message continues to be displayed,
have the system checked. It is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. When driving on roads with limited road
structures or buildings (for example, long
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next
to long walls)
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the ICC system will resume automatically.
Condition C:
When the ICC system is not operating
properly, the chime sounds and the ICC
system warning (orange) will appear.
Action to take:
If the warning appears, stop the vehicle in a
safe place and place the shift lever in the P
(Park) position. Turn the engine off, restart
the engine, resume driving and set the ICC
system again.
If it is not possible to set the system or the
warning stays on, it may indicate that the
ICC system is malfunctioning. Although the
vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for this service.
could cause failure or malfunction.
Do not alter, remove or paint the front
bumper. It is recommended you contact
an INFINITI retailer before customizing
or restoring the front bumper.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modification not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference,
and
2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
.
JVS1123X
System maintenance
The sensor for the ICC system
is located
behind the lower grille of the front bumper.
To keep the ICC system operating properly,
be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the sensor area of the front
bumper clean.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around
the sensor.
. Do not cover or attach stickers or similar
objects on the front bumper near the
sensor area. This could cause failure or
malfunction.
. Do not attach metallic objects near the
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This
Starting and driving
5-89
CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)
CRUISE CONTROL MODE
This mode allows driving at a speed between
25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) without
keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.
— on winding or hilly roads
— on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
etc.)
— in very windy areas
.
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident.
WARNING
.
.
.
.
In the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, a warning chime
does not sound to warn you if you are
too close to the vehicle ahead, as
neither the presence of the vehicle
ahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.
Pay special attention to the distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you or a collision could
occur.
Always confirm the setting in the ICC
system display.
Do not use the conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode when
driving under the following conditions:
— when it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed
— in heavy traffic or in traffic that
varies in speed
5-90
Starting and driving
JVS0841X
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control switches
1. RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed
incrementally.
2. SET/COAST (-) switch:
Sets the desired cruise speed, reduces
speed incrementally.
3. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the system without erasing
the set speed.
4. MAIN switch:
Master switch to activate the system.
.
Cruise control system warning (orange):
Indicates that there is a malfunction in
the ICC system.
2. Set vehicle speed indicator:
This indicator indicates the set vehicle
speed.
For Canadian models, the speed is displayed in km/h.
JVS0301X
JVS0842X
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode display and indicators
Operating conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode
The display is located in the vehicle information display.
1. Cruise indicator:
This indicator indicates the condition of
ICC system depending on a color.
. Cruise control ON indicator (white):
Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.
. Cruise control set indicator (green):
Displays while the vehicle speed is
controlled by the conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode of the ICC
system.
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, push and hold the
for longer than about 1.5
MAIN switch
seconds.
When pushing the MAIN switch on, the
conventional (fixed speed) cruise control
mode display and indicators are displayed
in the vehicle information display. After you
hold the MAIN switch on for longer than
about 1.5 seconds, the ICC system display
turns off. The cruise indicator appears. You
can now set your desired cruising speed.
Pushing the MAIN switch again will turn the
Starting and driving
5-91
system completely off.
When the ignition switch is placed in the
OFF position, the system is also automatically turned off.
To use the ICC system again, quickly push
and release the MAIN switch (vehicle-tovehicle distance control mode) or push and
hold it (conventional cruise control mode)
again to turn it on.
When the Distance Control Assist (DCA)
system is on, the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode cannot be turned on
even though the MAIN switch is pushed and
held.
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, turn off the DCA
system. See “Distance Control Assist
(DCA)” (P.5-94).
CAUTION
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise
control, make sure to turn the MAIN
switch off when not using the ICC
system.
5-92 Starting and driving
JVS0843X
To set cruising speed, accelerate your
vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET/
COAST (-) switch and release it. (The color
of the cruise indicator changes to green and
set vehicle speed indicator comes on.) Take
your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your
vehicle will maintain the set speed.
. To pass another vehicle, depress the
accelerator pedal. When you release the
pedal, the vehicle will return to the
previously set speed.
. The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed when going up or down steep hills.
If this happens, manually maintain vehicle speed.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the
following methods:
1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle
speed indicator will turn off.
2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed
indicator will turn off.
3. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the
cruise indicator and vehicle speed indicator will turn off.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one
of the following three methods:
1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
and release the SET/COAST (-) switch.
2. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch. When the vehicle attains
the desired speed, release the switch.
3. Push, then quickly release the RESUME/
ACCELERATE (+) switch. Each time you
do this, the set speed will increase by
about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
of the following three methods:
1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
the SET/COAST (-) switch and release it.
2. Push and hold the SET/COAST (-)
switch. Release the switch when the
vehicle slows down to the desired speed.
3. Push, then quickly release the SET/
COAST (-) switch. Each time you do this,
the set speed will decrease by about 1
MPH (1.6 km/h).
To resume the preset speed, push and
release the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+)
switch. The vehicle will resume the last set
cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over
25 MPH (40 km/h).
vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit
an INFINITI retailer for this service.
System temporarily unavailable
A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled.
. When the vehicle slows down more than
8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed
. When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
or manual shift mode
. When the parking brake is applied.
. When the VDC operates (including the
traction control system)
. When a wheel slips
JVS0306X
Warning
When the system is not operating properly,
the chime sounds and the color of the cruise
indicator will change to orange.
Action to take:
If the color of the cruise indicator changes to
orange, stop the vehicle in a safe place and
place the shift lever in the P (Park) position.
Turn the engine off, restart the engine,
resume driving and then perform the setting
again.
If it is not possible to set or the indicator
stays on, it may indicate that the system is
malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still
driveable under normal conditions, have the
Starting and driving
5-93
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
(DCA) (if so equipped)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the DCA
system could result in serious personal
injury or death.
.
.
.
Always drive carefully and attentively when using the DCA system.
Read and understand the Owner’s
Manual thoroughly before using the
DCA system. To avoid serious injury
or death, do not rely on the system to
prevent accidents or to control the
vehicle’s speed in emergency situations. Do not use the DCA system
except in appropriate road and traffic
conditions.
This system is only an aid to assist the
driver and is not a collision warning or
avoidance device. It is the driver’s
responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely and be in control of the vehicle
at all times.
As there is a performance limit to the
distance control function, never rely
solely on the DCA system. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or
overcome poor visibility in rain, fog,
or other bad weather. Decelerate the
5-94
Starting and driving
.
.
.
.
vehicle speed by depressing the brake
pedal, depending on the distance to
the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles.
Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to
manually decelerate to maintain the
proper following distance. The DCA
system may not be able to decelerate
the vehicle under some circumstances.
This system only brakes and moves
the accelerator pedal upward to help
assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead.
Acceleration should be operated by
the driver.
The DCA system does not control
vehicle speed or warn you when you
approach stationary and slow moving
vehicles. You must pay attention to
vehicle operation to maintain proper
distance from vehicles ahead.
The DCA system automatically decelerates your vehicle to help assist
the driver to maintain a following
distance from the vehicle ahead.
Manually brake when deceleration is
required to maintain a safe distance
upon sudden braking by the vehicle
.
ahead or when a vehicle suddenly
appears in front of you. Always stay
alert when using the DCA system.
If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,
the vehicle decelerates to a standstill
within the limitations of the system.
The system will cancel with a warning
chime once it judges that the vehicle
has come to a standstill. To prevent
the vehicle from moving, the driver
must depress the brake pedal.
JVS1123X
The DCA system is intended to assist the
driver in keeping a following distance from
the vehicle ahead traveling in the same lane
and direction.
detects a slower
If the radar sensor
moving vehicle ahead, the system will reduce
the vehicle speed to help assist the driver to
maintain a following distance.
The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes (up to approximately 40% of vehicle braking power) if
necessary.
The detection range of the sensor is approximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.
JVS0844X
Dynamic driver assistance switch
Driver assist system forward indicator
(green) (on the vehicle information display)
Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on
the vehicle information display)
Lower display
Starting and driving
5-95
DCA SYSTEM OPERATION
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the DCA
system could result in serious personal
injury or death.
.
.
.
When the vehicle ahead detection
indicator is not illuminated, system
will not control the vehicle or warn
the driver.
Never place your foot under the
brake pedal. Your foot may be caught
when the system controls the brake.
Depending on the position of the
accelerator pedal, the system may
not be able to assist the driver to
release the accelerator pedal appropriately.
The DCA system brakes and moves the
accelerator pedal upward according to the
distance from and the relative speed of the
vehicle ahead to help assist the driver in
maintaining a following distance. The system will decelerate as necessary and if the
vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle
decelerates to a standstill. However, the
DCA system can only apply up to approxi-
5-96
Starting and driving
mately 40% of the vehicle’s total braking
power. If a vehicle moves into the traveling
lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead
rapidly decelerates, the distance between
vehicles may become closer because the
DCA system cannot decelerate the vehicle
quickly enough. If this occurs, the DCA
system will sound a warning chime and blink
the system display to notify the driver to
take necessary action.
See “Approach warning” (P.5-98).
tion indicator. If the driver’s foot is on the
accelerator pedal after the warning, the
system moves the accelerator pedal upward
to assist the driver to switch to the brake
pedal.
NOTE:
. The stop lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the DCA
system.
. When the brake operates, a noise may be
heard. This is not a malfunction.
JVS0244X
System set display with a vehicle ahead
System set display without a vehicle
ahead
System set display with a vehicle ahead
(brake operation is necessary)
The DCA system helps assist the driver to
keep a following distance to the vehicle
ahead by braking and moving the accelerator pedal upward in the normal driving
condition.
When a vehicle ahead is detected:
The vehicle ahead detection indicator appears.
When the vehicle approaches a vehicle
ahead:
. If the driver’s foot is not on the accelerator pedal, the system activates the
brakes to decelerate smoothly as necessary. If the vehicle ahead comes to a
stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system.
. If the driver’s foot is on the accelerator
pedal, the system moves the accelerator
pedal upward to assist the driver to
release the accelerator pedal.
When brake operation by the driver is
required:
The system alerts the driver by a warning
chime and blinking the vehicle ahead detec-
Overriding the system:
The following driver’s operation overrides
the system operation.
. When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal even further while the system is
moving the accelerator pedal upward,
the DCA system control of the accelerator pedal is canceled.
. When the driver’s foot is on the accelerator pedal, the brake control by the
system is not operated.
. When the driver’s foot is on the brake
pedal, neither the brake control nor the
alert by the system operates.
. When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
system is set, the DCA system will be
inactive.
Starting and driving
5-97
Approach warning
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that
vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the
system warns the driver with the chime and
DCA system display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe
vehicle distance if:
. The chime sounds.
. The vehicle ahead detection indicator
blinks.
. The driver assist system forward indicator (orange) blinks.
The warning chime may not sound in some
cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some examples are:
. When the vehicles are traveling at the
same speed and the distance between
vehicles is not changing
. When the vehicle ahead is traveling
faster and the distance between vehicles
is increasing
. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle
The driver assist system forward indicator
(orange) blinks and the warning chime will
not sound when your vehicle approaches
vehicles that are parked or moving slowly.
5-98
Starting and driving
NOTE:
The approach warning chime may sound
and the driver assist system forward indicator (orange) may blink when the radar
sensor detects objects on the side of the
vehicle or on the side of the road. This may
cause the DCA system to decelerate or
accelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor
may detect these objects when the vehicle
is driven on winding roads, narrow roads,
hilly roads or when entering or exiting a
curve. In these cases you will have to
manually control the proper distance ahead
of your vehicle.
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected
by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or
driving position in the lane) or traffic or
vehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle is
being driven with some damage).
TURNING THE DCA SYSTEM ON/
OFF
JVS0845X
Dynamic driver assistance switch
Driver assist system forward indicator
(green) (on the vehicle information display)
Lower display
To turn on the DCA system, push the
on the
dynamic driver assistance switch
steering wheel after starting the engine. The
in the
driver assistance switch indicator
vehicle information display will appear. Push
the dynamic driver assistance switch again
to turn off the DCA system. The driver
assistance switch indicator will turn off.
The system will start to operate after the
vehicle speed is above approximately 3 MPH
(5 km/h).
The dynamic driver assistance switch
is
used for the DCA, Active Lane Control (if so
equipped), LDP and BSI systems. When the
is
dynamic driver assistance switch
pushed, Active Lane Control, LDP and BSI
systems will also turn on or off simultaneously. The DCA system can be individually
set to on or off on the lower display . If the
system is set to off, the system will not turn
on even if the dynamic driver assistance
switch is pushed to on. To set the system
to on or off on the display, see “How to
enable/disable the DCA system” (P.5-100).
When the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode is operating, the DCA system
will not operate. (To use the DCA system,
turn the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode off, then push the dynamic
Starting and driving
5-99
driver assistance switch.)
For details about the conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode, see “Intelligent
Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-73).
When the engine is turned off, the DCA
system is automatically turned off.
JVS0246X
JVS0225X
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
DCA SYSTEM
DCA SYSTEM DISPLAY AND INDICATORS
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the DCA system.
1. Push the MENU
button and touch
[Driver Assistance] on the lower display.
2. Touch [Forward Assist].
3. Touch [Distance Control Assist] to enable or disable the system.
The display is located between the speedometer and tachometer.
1. Driver assist system forward indicator
. Driver assist system forward indicator
(green):
Indicates that the DCA system is ON.
. Driver assist system forward indicator
(orange):
Indicates whether there is a malfunction in the DCA system.
2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in
5-100
Starting and driving
front of you.
.
DCA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
The system may not detect the
vehicle in front of you in certain road
or weather conditions. To avoid accidents, never use the DCA system
under the following conditions:
— On roads with sharp curves
Listed below are the system limitations
of the DCA system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious
injury or death.
— On slippery road surfaces such as
on ice or snow, etc.
.
— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to
the system sensor
.
.
This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions. Do not use
the system on roads with sharp
curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain
or in fog.
The DCA system will not apply brake
control while the driver’s foot is on
the accelerator pedal.
As there is a performance limit to the
distance control function, never rely
solely on the DCA system. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or
overcome poor visibility in rain, fog,
or other bad weather. Decelerate the
vehicle speed by depressing the brake
pedal, depending on the distance to
the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles.
— During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.)
— On steep downhill roads (frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes)
The radar sensor will not detect the following objects:
. Stationary and slow moving vehicles
. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel
lane
The following are some conditions in which
the sensor cannot detect the signals:
. When the snow or road spray from
traveling vehicles reduces the sensor’s
visibility
. When excessively heavy baggage is
loaded in the rear seat or the trunk room
of your vehicle
— On repeated uphill and downhill
roads
.
In some road or traffic conditions, a
vehicle or object can unexpectedly
come into the sensor detection zone
and cause automatic braking. You
may need to control the distance
from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal. Always stay alert and
avoid using the DCA system when it
is not recommended in this section.
Starting and driving
5-101
SSD0252
The detection zone of the sensor is limited. A
vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone
for the system to operate.
A vehicle ahead may move outside of the
detection zone due to its position within the
same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be
detected in the same lane ahead if they are
traveling offset from the centerline of the
lane. A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead
may not be detected until the vehicle has
completely moved into the lane. If this
occurs, the system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the
chime. The driver may have to manually
control the proper distance away from
vehicle traveling ahead.
5-102 Starting and driving
JVS0826X
SSD0253
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads
which are under construction, the sensor
may detect vehicles in a different lane, or
may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the system to
work inappropriately.
The detection of vehicles may also be
affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or
vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system
may warn you by blinking the system
indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the
proper distance away from the vehicle
traveling ahead.
Vehicle information display
Dynamic driver assistance switch
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
Under the following conditions, the DCA
system is automatically canceled. The chime
will sound and the “currently unavailable”
warning message will appear in the vehicle
information display. The system will not be
able to be set.
. When the VDC system is off (To use the
DCA system, turn on the VDC, then push
the dynamic driver assistance switch .)
Starting and driving
5-103
.
.
.
For details about the VDC system, see
“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”
(P.5-132)
When the VDC or ABS (including the
traction control system) operates
When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
is turned to the SNOW mode (To use the
DCA system, turn the INFINITI Drive
Mode Selector to a mode other than the
SNOW mode, then turn on the dynamic
driver assistance switch .) For details
about the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector,
see “INFINITI Drive Mode Selector” (P.522)
When the radar signal is temporarily
interrupted
Action to take:
When the conditions listed above are no
longer present, turn the DCA system back on
to use the system.
Condition B
Under the following conditions, making it
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the
DCA system is automatically canceled.
The chime will sound, the driver assist
system forward indicator (orange) and the
“front radar obstruction” warning message
will appear in the vehicle information display.
5-104 Starting and driving
.
When the radar sensor area of the front
bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed
Action to take:
If the driver assist system forward indicator
(orange) and the warning message appear,
stop the vehicle in a safe place, place the
shift lever in the P (Park) position and turn
the engine off. When the radar signal is
temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor
area of the front bumper and restart the
engine. If the warning message continues to
be displayed, have the DCA system checked.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for this service.
. When driving on roads with limited road
structures or buildings (for example, long
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next
to long walls)
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the DCA system will resume automatically.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
When the DCA system is not operating
properly, the chime sounds, the driver assist
system forward indicator (orange) and the
system “malfunction” warning message will
appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
If the driver assist system forward indicator
(orange) and the warning message appear,
stop the vehicle in a safe place and place the
shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turn the
engine off, restart the engine, and turn on
the DCA system again.
If it is not possible to set the system or the
indicator stays on, it may indicate that the
system is malfunctioning. Although the
vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for this service.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The sensor for the DCA system is common
with the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
system and is located behind the lower grille
of the front bumper.
For the sensor maintenance, see “Intelligent
Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-73).
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
FORWARD EMERGENCY
BRAKING (FEB) (if so equipped)
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modification not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference,
and
2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the FEB
system could result in serious personal
injury or death.
.
.
The FEB system is a supplemental aid
to the driver. It is not a replacement
for the driver’s attention to traffic
conditions or responsibility to drive
safely. It cannot prevent accidents
due to carelessness or dangerous
driving techniques.
The FEB system does not function in
all driving, traffic, weather and road
conditions.
The FEB system can assist the driver when
there is a risk of a forward collision with the
vehicle ahead in the traveling lane.
JVS1123X
The FEB system uses a radar sensor
located behind the lower grille of the front
bumper to measure the distance to the
vehicle ahead in the same lane.
Starting and driving
5-105
FEB SYSTEM OPERATION
JVS0846X
FEB system warning light (on the
instrument panel)
Indicators and warnings (on the vehicle
information display)
Driver assist system forward indicator
5-106
Starting and driving
Vehicle ahead detection indicator
Lower display
The FEB system operates at speeds above
approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).
If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the
FEB system will provide the first warning to
the driver by flashing the driver assist system
forward indicator (orange) and the vehicle
ahead detection indicator (orange) , and
providing an audible warning. In addition,
the FEB system pushes the accelerator
pedal up. If the driver releases the accelerator pedal, then the system applies partial
braking.
If the driver applies the brakes quickly and
forcefully after the warning, and the FEB
system detects that there is still the possibility of a forward collision, the system will
automatically increase the braking force.
If a forward collision is imminent and the
driver does not take action, the FEB system
issues the second visual (red) and audible
warning and automatically applies harder
braking.
NOTE:
The vehicle’s stop lights come on when
braking is performed by the FEB system.
Depending on vehicle speed and distance to
the vehicle ahead, as well as driving and
roadway conditions, the system may help
the driver avoid a forward collision or may
help mitigate the consequences of a collision
should one be unavoidable.
If the driver is handling the steering wheel,
accelerating or braking, the FEB system will
function later or will not function.
The automatic braking will cease under the
following conditions:
. When the steering wheel is turned as far
as necessary to avoid a collision.
. When the accelerator pedal is depressed.
. When there is no longer a vehicle detected ahead.
If the FEB system has stopped the vehicle,
the vehicle will remain at a standstill for
approximately 2 seconds before the brakes
are released.
JVS0847X
FEB system warning light (on the
instrument panel)
Lower display
MENU button
Starting and driving
5-107
TURNING THE FEB SYSTEM ON/
OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the FEB
system on or off.
and touch
1. Push the MENU button
[Driver Assistance] on the lower display
.
2. Touch [Emergency Assist].
3. Touch [Forward emergency braking] to
turn the system ON/OFF.
When the FEB system is turned off, the FEB
system warning light (orange) illuminates.
The FEB system will be automatically turned
ON when the engine is restarted.
NOTE:
The PFCW system is integrated into the
FEB system. There is not a separate selection in the display for the PFCW system.
When the FEB is turned off, the PFCW
system is also turned off.
FEB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
Starting and driving
— Snow or road spray from traveling vehicles.
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the FEB system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious
injury or death.
.
.
.
.
5-108
— Interference by other radar
sources.
The FEB system cannot detect all
vehicles under all conditions.
The radar sensor does not detect the
following objects:
— Pedestrians, animals or obstacles
in the roadway
— If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g.
motorcycle)
— When driving on a steep downhill
slope or roads with sharp curves.
.
— Oncoming vehicles
.
— Crossing vehicles
.
The radar sensor has some performance limitations. If a stationary
vehicle is in the vehicle’s path, the
FEB system will not function when
the vehicle is driven at speeds over
approximately 45 MPH (70 km/h).
The radar sensor may not detect a
vehicle ahead in the following conditions:
— Dirt, ice, snow or other material
covering the radar sensor.
.
In some road or traffic conditions, the
FEB system may unexpectedly push
the accelerator pedal up or apply
partial braking. When acceleration is
necessary, continue to depress the
accelerator pedal to override the
system.
Braking distances increase on slippery surfaces.
The system is designed to automatically check the sensor’s functionality,
within certain limitations. The system
may not detect some forms of obstruction of the sensor area such as
ice, snow, stickers, for example. In
these cases, the system may not be
able to warn the driver properly. Be
sure that you check, clean and clear
the sensor area regularly.
Excessive noise will interfere with the
warning chime sound, and the chime
may not be heard.
SSD0253
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads
which are under construction, the radar
sensor may detect vehicles in a different
lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle
traveling ahead. This may cause the FEB
system to work inappropriately.
The detection of vehicles may also be
affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or
vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system
may warn you by blinking the system
indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the
proper distance away from the vehicle
traveling ahead.
Starting and driving
5-109
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
When the radar sensor picks up interference
from another radar source, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the FEB
system is automatically turned off. The FEB
and the
system warning light (orange)
driver assist system forward indicator (orange) will illuminate.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the FEB system will resume automatically.
Condition B
JVS0848X
FEB system warning light (on the
instrument panel)
Driver assist system forward indicator
(on the vehicle information display)
5-110
Starting and driving
Under the following conditions, making it
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the
FEB system is automatically turned off.
The FEB system warning light (orange)
and the driver assist system forward indiwill illuminate and the
cator (orange)
“front radar obstruction” warning message
will appear in the vehicle information display.
. When the sensor area of the front
bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed
Action to take:
If the FEB system warning light (orange)
comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place,
place the shift lever in the P (Park) position
and turn the engine off. Clean the radar
cover on lower grille with a soft cloth, and
restart the engine. If the FEB system warning light continues to illuminate, have the
FEB system checked. It is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. When driving on roads with limited road
structures or buildings (for example, long
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next
to long walls)
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the FEB system will resume automatically.
Condition C
When the accelerator pedal actuator detects
that the internal motor temperature is high,
the FEB system is automatically turned off.
The FEB system warning light (orange)
and the driver assist system forward indiwill illuminate and the
cator (orange)
“Unavailable High Accelerator Temperature”
warning message will appear in the vehicle
information display.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the FEB system will resume automatically.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the FEB system malfunctions, it will be
turned off automatically, a chime will sound,
the FEB system warning light (orange)
and the driver assist system forward indiwill illuminate and the
cator (orange)
system “malfunction” warning message will
appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
If the FEB system warning light (orange)
comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe location
and place the shift lever in the P (Park)
position. Turn the engine off and restart the
engine. If the warning light continues to
illuminate, have the FEB system checked. It
is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
JVS1123X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The sensor
is located behind the lower
grille of the front bumper.
To keep the system operating properly, be
sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the sensor area of the front
bumper clean.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around
the sensor.
. Do not cover or attach stickers or similar
objects on the front bumper near the
sensor area. This could cause failure or
malfunction.
. Do not attach metallic objects near the
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This
Starting and driving
5-111
PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISION
WARNING (PFCW) (if so equipped)
could cause failure or malfunction.
Do not alter, remove or paint the front
bumper. It is recommended you contact
an INFINITI retailer before customizing
or restoring the front bumper.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modification not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference,
and
2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
.
5-112
Starting and driving
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the PFCW
system could result in serious injury or
death.
.
The PFCW system helps warn the
driver before a collision but will not
avoid a collision. It is the driver’s
responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely and be in control of the vehicle
at all times.
JVS1123X
The PFCW system can help alert the driver
when there is a sudden braking of a second
vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle ahead
in the same lane.
The PFCW system uses a radar sensor
located behind the lower grille of the front
bumper to measure the distance to a second
vehicle ahead in the same lane.
JVS0849X
Driver assist system forward indicator
(on the vehicle information display)
Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on
the vehicle information display)
FEB system warning light (on the
instrument panel)
Lower display
Starting and driving
5-113
JVS0294X
PFCW SYSTEM OPERATION
The PFCW system operates at speeds above
approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).
If there is a potential risk of a forward
collision, the PFCW system will warn the
driver by blinking the driver assist system
forward indicator and the vehicle ahead
detection indicator, and sounding an audible
alert.
5-114 Starting and driving
TURNING THE PFCW SYSTEM
ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the
PFCW system on or off.
and touch
1. Push the MENU button
[Driver Assistance] on the lower display
.
2. Touch [Emergency Assist].
3. Touch [Forward emergency braking] to
turn the system ON/OFF.
When the PFCW system is turned off, the
FEB system warning light (orange) illuminates.
NOTE:
The PFCW system is integrated into the
FEB system. There is not a separate selection in the display for the PFCW system.
When the FEB is turned off, the PFCW
system is also turned off.
JVS0847X
FEB system warning light (on the
instrument panel)
Lower display
MENU button
Starting and driving
5-115
JVS0295X
Illustration A
5-116 Starting and driving
JVS0296X
Illustration B
JVS0297X
Illustration C
Starting and driving
5-117
— Dirt, ice, snow or other material
covering the radar sensor
— Interference by other radar
sources
— Snow or road spray from travelling vehicles.
— Driving in a tunnel
— (Illustration B) When the vehicle
ahead is being towed.
— (Illustration C) When the distance
to the vehicle ahead is too close,
the beam of the radar sensor is
obstructed.
JVS0298X
Illustration D
PFCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the PFCW system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious
injury or death.
.
.
The PFCW system cannot detect all
vehicles under all conditions.
The radar sensor does not detect the
following objects:
5-118 Starting and driving
— (Illustration D) When driving on a
steep downhill slope or roads with
sharp curves.
— Pedestrians, animals or obstacles
in the roadway
— Oncoming vehicles
.
— Crossing vehicles
.
.
(Illustration A) The PFCW system
does not function when a vehicle
ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as a
motorcycle.
The radar sensor may not detect a
vehicle ahead in the following conditions:
— Snow or heavy rain
.
The system is designed to automatically check the sensor’s functionality,
within certain limitations. The system
may not detect some forms of obstruction of the sensor area such as
ice, snow, stickers, for example. In
these cases, the system may not be
able to warn the driver properly. Be
sure that you check, clean and clear
the sensor area regularly.
Excessive noise will interfere with the
warning chime sound, and the chime
may not be heard.
SSD0253
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads
which are under construction, the radar
sensor may detect vehicles in a different
lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle
traveling ahead. This may cause the PFCW
system to work inappropriately.
The detection of vehicles may also be
affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or
vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system
may warn you by blinking the system
indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the
proper distance away from the vehicle
traveling ahead.
Starting and driving
5-119
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
When the radar sensor picks up interference
from another radar source, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the
PFCW system is automatically turned off.
The FEB system warning light (orange)
and the driver assist system forward indicator (orange) will illuminate.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the PFCW system will resume automatically.
Condition B
JVS0848X
FEB system warning light (on the
instrument panel)
Driver assist system forward indicator
(on the vehicle information display)
5-120 Starting and driving
Under the following conditions, making it
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the
PFCW system is automatically turned off.
The FEB system warning light (orange)
and the driver assist system forward indiwill illuminate and the
cator (orange)
“front radar obstruction” warning message
will appear in the vehicle information display.
. When the sensor area of the front
bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed
Action to take:
If the FEB warning light (orange)
comes
on, stop the vehicle in a safe place, place the
shift lever in the P (Park) position and turn
the engine off. Clean the radar cover on
lower grille with a soft cloth, and restart the
engine. If the FEB warning light (orange)
continues to illuminate, have the PFCW
system checked. It is recommended you visit
an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. When driving on roads with limited road
structures or buildings (for example, long
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next
to long walls)
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the PFCW system will resume automatically.
NOTE:
If the FEB system stops working, the PFCW
system will also stop working.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the PFCW malfunctions, it will be turned
off automatically, a chime will sound, the
and
FEB system warning light (orange)
the driver assist system forward indicator
will illuminate, and the system
(orange)
“malfunction” message will appear in the
vehicle information display.
Action to take:
If the FEB system warning light (orange)
comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe location,
turn the engine off and restart the engine. If
the warning light continues to illuminate,
have the PFCW system checked. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for this service.
JVS1123X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The sensor
is located behind the lower
grille of the front bumper.
To keep the system operating properly, be
sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the sensor area of the front
bumper clean.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around
the sensor.
. Do not cover or attach stickers or similar
objects on the front bumper near the
sensor area. This could cause failure or
malfunction.
. Do not attach metallic objects near the
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This
Starting and driving
5-121
BREAK-IN SCHEDULE
could cause failure or malfunction.
. Do not alter, remove or paint the front
bumper. It is recommended you contact
an INFINITI retailer before customizing
or restoring the front bumper.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modification not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference,
and
2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
5-122
Starting and driving
CAUTION
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),
follow these recommendations to obtain
maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy
of your new vehicle.
Failure to follow these recommendations
may result in shortened engine life and
reduced engine performance.
.
.
.
.
Avoid driving for long periods at constant
speed, either fast or slow. Do not run the
engine over 4,000 rpm.
Do not accelerate at full throttle in any
gear.
Avoid quick starts.
Avoid hard braking as much as possible.
FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS
Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient
Driving Tips to help you achieve the most
fuel economy from your vehicle.
1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal
application.
. Avoid rapid starts and stops.
. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and
brake application whenever possible.
. Maintain constant speed while commuting and coast whenever possible.
2. Maintain constant speed.
. Look ahead to try and anticipate and
minimize stops.
. Synchronizing your speed with traffic
lights allows you to reduce your
number of stops.
. Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel
efficiency.
3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at higher
vehicle speeds.
. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more
efficient to open windows to cool the
vehicle due to reduced engine load.
. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more
efficient to use A/C to cool the
vehicle due to increased aerodynamic
drag.
. Recirculating the cool air in the cabin
when the A/C is on reduces cooling
load.
INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY
4. Drive at economical speeds and distances.
. Observing the speed limit and not
exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (where
legally allowed) can improve fuel
efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag.
. Maintaining a safe following distance
behind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking.
. Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate
changes in speed permits reduced
braking and smooth acceleration
changes.
. Select a gear range suitable to road
conditions.
5. Use cruise control.
. Using cruise control during highway
driving helps maintain a steady speed.
. Cruise control is particularly effective
in providing fuel savings when driving
on flat terrains.
6. Plan for the shortest route.
. Utilize a map or navigation system to
determine the best route to save time.
7. Avoid idling.
. Shutting off your engine when safe
for stops exceeding 30-60 seconds
saves fuel and reduces emissions.
8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.
. Automated passes permit drivers to
use special lanes to maintain cruising
speed through the toll and avoid
stopping and starting.
9. Winter warm up.
. Limit idling time to minimize impact to
fuel economy.
. Vehicles typically need no more than
30 seconds of idling at start-up to
effectively circulate the engine oil
before driving.
. Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while
driving versus idling.
10. Keeping your vehicle cool.
. Park your vehicle in a covered parking
area or in the shade whenever possible.
. When entering a hot vehicle, opening
the windows will help to reduce the
inside temperature faster, resulting in
reduced demand on your A/C system.
.
.
.
.
.
Keep your engine tuned up.
Follow the recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Keep the tires inflated to the correct
pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire
wear and lowers fuel economy.
Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
Improper alignment increases tire wear
and lowers fuel economy.
Use the recommended viscosity engine
oil. (See “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” (P.10-8).)
Starting and driving
5-123
INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEEL
DRIVE (AWD) (if so equipped)
If any malfunction occurs in the Intelligent
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system while the
engine is running, warning messages appear
in the vehicle information display.
stuck vehicle due to increased oil temperature. The driving mode may change to TwoWheel Drive (2WD). If this warning is
displayed, stop the vehicle with the engine
idling, as soon as it is safe to do so. Then if
the warning turns off, you can continue
driving.
may
The “Tire Size Incorrect” warning
appear if there is a large difference between
the diameters of front and rear wheels. Pull
off the road in a safe area, with the engine
idling. Check that all tire sizes are the same,
that the tire pressure is correct and that the
tires are not excessively worn.
If any warning message continues to be
displayed, have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for this service.
WARNING
JVS0228M
If the “AWD Error” warning appears, there
may be a malfunction in the Intelligent AWD
system. Reduce vehicle speed and have the
system checked as soon as possible. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for this service.
The “AWD High Temp.” (high temperature)
warning may appear while trying to free a
5-124
Starting and driving
.
For AWD equipped vehicles, do not
attempt to raise two wheels off the
ground and shift the transmission to
any drive or reverse position with the
engine running. Doing so may result
in drivetrain damage or unexpected
vehicle movement which could result
in serious vehicle damage or personal
injury.
.
Do not attempt to test an AWD
equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for
emissions testing) or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are
raised off the ground. Make sure that
you inform the test facility personnel
that your vehicle is equipped with
AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage
or unexpected vehicle movement
which could result in serious vehicle
damage or personal injury.
.
your vehicle checked as soon as
possible. It is recommended you visit
an INFINITI retailer for this service.
The power train may be damaged if
you continue driving with the “AWD
Error” warning on.
CAUTION
.
.
.
Do not operate the engine on a free
roller when any of the wheels are
raised.
If the “AWD Error” warning appears
while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system. Reduce
the vehicle speed and have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for this service.
If the “AWD Error” warning remains
on after the above operation, have
Starting and driving
5-125
PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
the vehicle to move unexpectedly or
roll away and result in an accident.
Make sure the automatic transmission shift lever has been pushed as far
forward as it can go and cannot be
moved without depressing the foot
brake pedal.
.
SD1006MA
WARNING
.
.
.
Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry
grass, waste paper or rags. They
may ignite and cause a fire.
Never leave the engine running while
the vehicle is unattended.
Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could
become involved in serious accidents.
5-126 Starting and driving
.
.
To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, do not
leave children, people who require the
assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly
become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to
people and pets.
Safe parking procedures require that
both the parking brake be applied
and the transmission placed into P
(Park). Failure to do so could cause
1. Firmly apply the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position.
3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling
into the street when parked on a sloping
drive way, it is a good practice to turn the
wheels as illustrated.
. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:
.
.
Turn the wheels into the curb and
move the vehicle forward until the
curb side wheel gently touches the
curb.
HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:
Turn the wheels away from the curb
and move the vehicle back until the
curb side wheel gently touches the
curb.
HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL,
NO CURB:
Turn the wheels toward the side of
the road so the vehicle will move away
from the center of the road if it
POWER STEERING
moves.
4. Push the ignition switch to the OFF
position.
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
TYPE
WARNING
.
.
If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the steering will not work.
Steering will be harder to operate.
When the power steering warning
light illuminates with the engine running, the power assist for the steering will cease operation. You will still
have control of the vehicle but the
steering will be harder to operate.
The electric power steering is designed to
provide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force.
When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or
driving at a very low speed, the power assist
for the steering wheel will be reduced. This is
to prevent overheating of the electric power
steering and protect it from getting damaged. While the power assist is reduced,
steering wheel operation will become heavy.
When the temperature of the electric power
steering goes down, the power assist level
will return to normal. Avoid repeating such
steering wheel operations that could cause
the electric power steering to overheat.
You may hear a sound when the steering
wheel is operated quickly. However, this is
not a malfunction.
If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate the electric power steering is not
functioning properly and may need servicing.
It is recommended you have the electric
power steering checked by an INFINITI
retailer. (See “Power steering warning light”
(P.2-14).)
When the power steering warning light
illuminates with the engine running, the
power assist for the steering will cease
operation. You will still have control of the
vehicle. However, greater steering effort is
needed, especially in sharp turns and at low
speeds.
HYDRAULIC PUMP ELECTRIC
POWER STEERING TYPE
WARNING
When the power steering warning light
illuminates with the engine running, the
power assist for the steering will cease
operation. You will still have control of
Starting and driving
5-127
the vehicle, but the steering will be much
harder to operate.
The hydraulic pump electric power steering
is designed to provide power assistance
while driving to operate the steering wheel
with light force.
When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or
driving at a very low speed, the power assist
for the steering wheel will be reduced. This is
to prevent overheating of the hydraulic
pump electric power steering and protect it
from getting damaged. While the power
assist is reduced, steering wheel operation
will become heavy. If the steering wheel
operation is still performed, the power
steering may stop and the power steering
warning light will illuminate. Stop the engine
and place the ignition switch in the OFF
position. The temperature of the hydraulic
pump electric power steering will go down
and the power assist level will return to
normal after starting the engine. The power
steering warning light will go off. Avoid
repeating such steering wheel operations
that could cause the hydraulic pump electric
power steering to overheat.
You may hear a noise from the front of the
vehicle when the steering wheel is operated.
This is not a malfunction.
5-128 Starting and driving
If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate the hydraulic pump electric power
steering is not functioning properly and may
need servicing. It is recommended you have
the hydraulic pump electric power steering
checked by an INFINITI retailer.
When the power steering warning light
illuminates with the engine running, the
power assist for the steering will cease
operation but you will still have control of
the vehicle. At this time, greater steering
efforts are required to operate the steering
wheel, especially in sharp turns and at low
speeds.
.
.
DIRECT ADAPTIVE STEERING
TYPE
WARNING
.
.
When the power steering warning
light illuminates with the engine running, the power assist for the steering will cease operation. You will still
have control of the vehicle, but the
steering will be harder to operate.
If wheels or tires other than the
INFINITI recommended ones are
used, Direct Adaptive Steering may
not operate properly and the power
.
steering warning light may illuminate.
Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspension parts such as
shock absorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and wheels are
not INFINITI recommended for your
vehicle or are extremely deteriorated,
Direct Adaptive Steering may not
operate properly and the power
steering warning light may illuminate.
Do not modify the vehicle’s steering.
If steering parts are not INFINITI
recommended for your vehicle or are
extremely deteriorated, Direct Adaptive Steering may not operate properly and the power steering warning
light may illuminate.
If the VDC warning light illuminates,
the power steering warning light may
also illuminate at the same time. Stop
the vehicle in a safe location, turn the
engine off and restart the engine. If
the power steering warning light
continues to illuminate, have the
system checked. It is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service. For VDC system, see “Vehicle
Dynamic Control (VDC) system”
(P.5-132).
CAUTION
.
.
.
Do not place the ignition switch is in
the ON position while the steering
wheel or a tire is removed.
Do not turn the steering wheel as
much as possible while the ignition
switch is in any position other than
the ON position.
Installing an accessory on the steering wheel, or changing the steering
wheel, may reduce the steering performance.
Direct Adaptive Steering is designed to
control the steering force and steering angle
according to the vehicle speed and amount
of turning of the steering wheel.
The steering characteristic can be selected
using the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector. See
“INFINITI Drive Mode Selector” (P.5-22).
If the VDC system is turned off, the setting
of steering becomes standard mode.
If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate that Direct Adaptive Steering is not
functioning properly and may need servicing.
It is recommended you have the system
checked by an INFINITI retailer. (See “Power
steering warning light” (P.2-14).)
When the power steering warning light
illuminates with the engine running, the
power assist for the steering will cease
operation. You will still have control of the
vehicle. However, greater steering effort will
be needed, especially in sharp turns and at
low speeds.
If Direct Adaptive Steering is malfunctioning, the steering wheel may turn slightly even
when driving on a straight road.
Under the following conditions, the steering
wheel may turn slightly even when driving on
a straight road. This is due to a protection
mechanism for Direct Adaptive Steering. The
steering wheel will return to the normal
position after the protection mechanism is
deactivated.
Condition A
. When the engine is stalled or likely to be
stalled
. When the steering wheel is held in the full
lock position or when the front tire
touches an obstruction.
. When the battery is discharged
To return the steering wheel to the normal
position, stop the vehicle in a safe location
and stop operating the steering wheel. Then
drive the vehicle for a short period of time.
Condition B
. When the steering wheel is operated
repeatedly or continuously while parking
or driving at a very low speed. In this
case, the power assist for the steering
wheel will be reduced.
To return the steering wheel to the normal
position, stop the vehicle in a safe location
and wait for a period of time, without
operating the steering wheel, until the
temperature of Direct Adaptive Steering
cools down. Avoid repeated steering wheel
operations that could cause Direct Adaptive
Steering to overheat.
When the vehicle is tested on the 2-wheel
dynamometer, the power steering warning
light may illuminate. To turn off the power
steering warning light, stop the vehicle in a
safe location, turn the engine off, restart the
engine, and then drive the vehicle for a
period of time.
The following conditions do not indicate a
malfunction of Direct Adaptive Steering.
. You may notice wider steering play when
the ignition switch is in the OFF or ACC
position compared to when it is in the
ON position.
. After the engine is started, the steering
wheel may turn slightly even when
driving on a straight road. To return to
the normal position, drive the vehicle on
Starting and driving
5-129
BRAKE SYSTEM
a straight road for a period of time.
After the engine is started, the steering
wheel may move if the steering wheel
was turned to the fully locked position
while the ignition switch was in the OFF
position.
. After the vehicle is tested on the 4-wheel
dynamometer, the steering wheel may
turn slightly even when driving on a
straight road. To return the steering
wheel to the normal position, drive the
vehicle on a straight road for a period of
time.
You may hear a noise under the following
conditions. However, this is not a malfunction.
. When the engine is started or stopped.
. When the steering wheel is turned in the
full lock position.
.
BRAKING PRECAUTIONS
The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you
will still have braking at two wheels.
Vacuum assisted brakes
The brake booster aids braking by using
engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you can
stop the vehicle by depressing the brake
pedal. However, greater foot pressure on
the brake pedal will be required to stop the
vehicle and the stopping distance will be
longer.
Using the brakes
Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal
while driving. This will cause overheating of
the brakes, wearing out the brake and pads
faster and reduce gas mileage.
To help save the brakes and to prevent the
brakes from overheating, reduce speed and
downshift to a lower gear before going
down a slope or long grade. Overheated
brakes may reduce braking performance and
could result in loss of vehicle control.
WARNING
.
5-130 Starting and driving
While driving on a slippery surface,
be careful when braking, accelerating
.
or downshifting. Abrupt braking or
accelerating could cause the wheels
to skid and result in an accident.
If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the brakes will not work.
Braking will be harder.
Wet brakes
When the vehicle is washed or driven
through water, the brakes may get wet. As
a result, your braking distance will be longer
and the vehicle may pull to one side during
braking.
To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe
speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal
to heat-up the brakes. Do this until the
brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the
vehicle at high speeds until the brakes
function correctly.
PARKING BRAKE BREAK-IN
Break in the parking brake shoes whenever
the stopping effect of the parking brake is
weakened or whenever the parking brake
shoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced, in
order to assure the best braking performance.
This procedure is described in the vehicle
service manual. It is recommended you visit
BRAKE ASSIST
an INFINITI retailer for this service.
BRAKE ASSIST
When the force applied to the brake pedal
exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is
activated generating greater braking force
than a conventional brake booster even with
light pedal force.
WARNING
The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist
braking operation and is not a collision
warning or avoidance device. It is the
driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely and be in control of the vehicle at
all times.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM
(ABS)
WARNING
.
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
is a sophisticated device, but it
cannot prevent accidents resulting
from careless or dangerous driving
techniques. It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces. Remember that
stopping distances on slippery sur-
.
faces will be longer than on normal
surfaces even with ABS. Stopping
distances may also be longer on
rough, gravel or snow covered roads,
or if you are using tire chains. Always
maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you. Ultimately,
the driver is responsible for safety.
Tire type and condition may also
affect braking effectiveness.
— When replacing tires, install the
specified size of tires on all four
wheels.
— When installing a spare tire, make
sure that it is the proper size and
type as specified on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
“Tire and loading information label” (P.10-16) of this manual.
— For detailed information, see
“Wheels and tires” (P.8-32) of
this manual.
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls
the brakes so the wheels do not lock during
hard braking or when braking on slippery
surfaces. The system detects the rotation
speed at each wheel and varies the brake
fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from
locking and sliding. By preventing each
Starting and driving
5-131
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL
(VDC) SYSTEM
wheel from locking, the system helps the
driver maintain steering control and helps to
minimize swerving and spinning on slippery
surfaces.
Using the system
Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.
Depress the brake pedal with firm steady
pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The
ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from
locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid
obstacles.
WARNING
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so
may result in increased stopping distances.
Self-test feature
The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric
pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer.
The computer has a built-in diagnostic
feature that tests the system each time you
start the engine and move the vehicle at a
low speed in forward or reverse. When the
self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk”
noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and does not indicate a
malfunction. If the computer senses a mal-
5-132
Starting and driving
function, it switches the ABS off and
illuminates the ABS warning light on the
instrument panel. The brake system then
operates normally, but without anti-lock
assistance.
If the ABS warning light illuminates during
the self-test or while driving, have the
vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit
an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Normal operation
The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6
MPH (5 to 10 km/h).
When the ABS senses that one or more
wheels are close to locking up, the actuator
rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar to pumping the
brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsation
in the brake pedal and hear a noise from
under the hood or feel a vibration from the
actuator when it is operating. This is normal
and indicates that the ABS is operating
properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and
extra care is required while driving.
The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system
uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs
and vehicle motion. Under certain driving
conditions, the VDC system helps to perform
the following functions.
. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel
slip on one slipping drive wheel so power
is transferred to a non slipping drive
wheel on the same axle.
. Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on
vehicle speed (traction control function).
. Controls brake pressure at individual
wheels and engine output to help the
driver maintain control of the vehicle in
the following conditions:
— understeer (vehicle tends to not follow
the steered path despite increased
steering input)
— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to
certain road or driving conditions).
The VDC system can help the driver to
maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot
prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving
situations.
When the VDC system operates, the VDC
in the instrument panel
warning light
flashes so note the following:
. The road may be slippery or the system
may determine some action is required to
help keep the vehicle on the steered path.
.
You may feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal and hear a noise or vibration from
under the hood. This is normal and
indicates that the VDC system is working
properly.
. Adjust your speed and driving to the road
conditions.
See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light” (P.2-15).
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the
illuminates in the
VDC warning light
instrument panel. The VDC system automatically turns off.
The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the
VDC system. The VDC off indicator light
illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off.
When the VDC switch is used to turn off the
system, the VDC system still operates to
prevent one drive wheel from slipping by
transferring power to a non slipping drive
flashes if
wheel. The VDC warning light
this occurs. All other VDC functions are off,
except for brake force distribution, and the
will not flash. The
VDC warning light
VDC system is automatically reset to on
when the ignition switch is placed in the off
position then back to the on position.
See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light” (P.2-15) and “Vehicle Dynamic
Control (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-18).
The computer has a built-in diagnostic
feature that tests the system each time you
start the engine and move the vehicle
forward or in reverse at a slow speed. When
the self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk”
noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and is not an indication
of a malfunction.
VDC operation is reduced when the INFINITI
Drive Mode Selector is used to select the
SPORT+ mode (if so equipped). The VDC
system may not operate in the same circumstances when compared to operation in the
standard mode. To help prevent accidents
drive carefully, avoid careless or dangerous
driving techniques and be especially careful
when driving and cornering on slippery
surfaces.
.
.
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION
During braking while driving through turns,
the system optimizes the distribution of
force to each of the four wheels depending
on the radius of the turn.
.
WARNING
.
The VDC system is designed to help
the driver maintain stability but does
not prevent accidents due to abrupt
steering operation at high speeds or
by careless or dangerous driving
.
techniques. Reduce vehicle speed
and be especially careful when driving
and cornering on slippery surfaces
and always drive carefully.
The brake force distribution system
may not be effective depending on
the driving condition. Always drive
carefully and attentively.
Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspension parts such as
shock absorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and wheels are
not INFINITI recommended for your
vehicle or are extremely deteriorated,
the VDC system may not operate
properly. This could adversely affect
vehicle handling performance, and
may
the VDC warning light
illuminate.
If brake related parts such as brake
pads, rotors and calipers are not
INFINITI recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system
may not operate properly and the
may illumiVDC warning light
nate.
If engine control related parts are not
INFINITI recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC warning
may illuminate.
light
Starting and driving
5-133
ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL
.
.
.
.
When driving on extremely inclined
surfaces such as higher banked corners, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning
may illuminate. Do not drive
light
on these types of roads.
When driving on an unstable surface
such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or
may
ramp, the VDC warning light
illuminate. This is not a malfunction.
Restart the engine after driving onto
a stable surface.
If wheels or tires other than the
INFINITI recommended ones are
used, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning
may illuminate.
light
The VDC system is not a substitute
for winter tires or tire chains on a
snow covered road.
5-134
Starting and driving
This system senses driving based on the
driver’s steering and acceleration/braking
patterns, and controls brake pressure at
individual wheels to help smooth vehicle
response.
When the SPORT mode is selected by the
INFINITI Drive Mode Selector, the amount
of brake control provided by the active trace
control is reduced.
When the PERSONAL mode is selected, the
active trace control can be set to ON
(enabled) or OFF (disabled). See “INFINITI
Drive Mode Selector” (P.5-22).
When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn
off the VDC system, the active trace control
is also turned off.
driver (for example, avoidance scenes).
JVS0249X
When the active trace control is operated
and the “Chassis Control” mode is selected in
the trip computer, the active trace control
graphics are shown in the vehicle information display. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-27).)
If the chassis control warning message
appears in the vehicle information display,
it may indicate that the active trace control
is not functioning properly. It is recommended you have the system checked by
an INFINITI retailer. (See “28. Chassis control warning” (P.2-23).)
WARNING
The active trace control may not be
effective depending on the driving condition. Always drive carefully and attentively.
When the active trace control is operating,
you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal
and hear a noise. This is normal and indicates
that the active trace control is operating
properly.
Even if the active trace control is set to OFF,
some functions will remain on to assist the
Starting and driving
5-135
HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM
WARNING
.
.
.
Never rely solely on the hill start
assist system to prevent the vehicle
from moving backward on a hill.
Always drive carefully and attentively. Depress the brake pedal when
the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill.
Be especially careful when stopped
on a hill on frozen or muddy roads.
Failure to prevent the vehicle from
rolling backwards may result in a loss
of control of the vehicle and possible
serious injury or death.
The hill start assist system is not
designed to hold the vehicle at a
standstill on a hill. Depress the brake
pedal when the vehicle is stopped on
a steep hill. Failure to do so may
cause the vehicle to roll backwards
and may result in a collision or serious
personal injury.
The hill start assist system may not
prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road
conditions. Always be prepared to
depress the brake pedal to prevent
the vehicle from rolling backwards.
Failure to do so may result in a
collision or serious personal injury.
5-136 Starting and driving
CHASSIS CONTROL
The hill start assist system automatically
keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the
vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it
takes the driver to release the brake pedal
and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is
stopped on a hill.
The hill start assist system will operate
automatically under the following conditions:
. The transmission is shifted to a forward
or reverse gear.
. The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill
by applying the brake.
The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.
After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll
back and the hill start assist system will stop
operating completely.
The hill start assist system will not operate
when the transmission is shifted to the N
(Neutral) or P (Park) position or on a flat and
level road.
The chassis control is an electric control
module that includes the following functions:
. Log-in function (See “Log-in function”
(P.3-16).)
. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (See
“INFINITI Drive Mode Selector” (P.522).)
. Active Lane Control (if so equipped) (See
“Active Lane Control” (P.5-26).)
. Active Trace Control (See “Active trace
control” (P.5-134).)
IDLING STOP SYSTEM (if so equipped)
The Idling Stop System activates to prevent
unnecessary fuel consumption, exhaust
emissions and noise.
. When you fully depress the brake pedal
to stop the vehicle, the engine is turned
off automatically.
. When you release the brake pedal to
begin moving again, the engine is turned
on automatically.
WARNING
The engine restarts if the vehicle moves
at approximately 1 MPH (2 km/h) or
more (on a downhill grade, etc.), while
the engine is turned off by the Idling
Stop System. Depress the brake pedal
immediately to stop the vehicle to prevent an accident.
CAUTION
At the end of the journey the engine
must be stopped and ignition switch be
turned off. Lock the vehicle as normal.
Turning the ignition switch OFF will shut
down all electrical systems. Failure to do
this may result in a discharged battery.
NOTE:
The Idling Stop System will not activate
under the following conditions:
. when the engine is kept idling without
the vehicle being driven after the engine
is turned on.
. when the engine coolant temperature is
low.
. when the battery capacity is low.
. when the battery temperature is low or
extremely high.
. when the vehicle is moving.
. when a negative pressure booster decreases.
. when the engine hood is opened with the
engine running.
. when the engine is turned on with the
engine hood open.
. when the driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
. when the driver’s door is open.
. when the steering wheel is operated.
. when the angle of steering wheel is not
straight.
. when the Idling Stop System indicator
blinks at a low speed.
. when the fan speed control is in any
position other than “OFF” (0) while the
air flow control is in the front defroster
position.
.
.
when the front defroster switch is on.
when the rear window defroster switch
is on.
. When the temperature inside the vehicle
is lower than approximately 68°F
(20°C).
. When the temperature inside the vehicle
is higher than approximately 86°F
(30°C). (When the air conditioner is
off, the Idling Stop System will operate.)
. When the fan speed of the air conditioner is set to the maximum speed.
. when the Idling Stop OFF switch is
turned on.
. when the power consumption is large.
. when the vehicle is traveling at altitudes
higher than 8,203 ft (2,500 m).
. when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
. when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
position.
. when the brake pedal is not firmly
depressed.
. when stopping the vehicle on steep
sloping roads.
NOTE:
The engine will not restart even if the brake
pedal is released while the Idling Stop
System is activated when the shift lever is
in the P (Park) position.
Starting and driving
5-137
NOTE:
It may take some time until the Idling Stop
System activates under the following conditions:
. when the battery is discharged.
. when the outside temperature is low or
high.
. when the battery is replaced or the
battery terminal is disconnected for
extended periods and then reconnected.
NOTE:
When the Idling Stop System indicator light
illuminates, the engine starts running automatically under at least one of the following
conditions:
. The brake pedal is released with the shift
lever in the D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
position.
. The shift lever is placed in the D (Drive)
or R (Reverse) position from the N
(Neutral) or P (Park) position.
. The driver’s seat belt is unfastened, or
the driver’s door is open.
. The battery voltage becomes low (due to
electrical load from other vehicle systems like headlights, heaters, etc., or
auxiliary devices connected to the 12
volt socket inside the vehicle).
. The vehicle speed is above about 1 MPH
(2 km/h).
5-138 Starting and driving
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
The front defroster is operated.
The rear window defroster is operated.
When the temperature inside the vehicle
is lower than approximately 68°F
(20°C).
When the temperature inside the vehicle
is higher than approximately 86°F
(30°C). (When the air conditioner is
off, the Idling Stop System will operate.)
When the front defroster is turned on.
(The engine may not starts depending
on the outside temperature.)
When more than 3 minutes have elapsed
since the Idling Stop System was active.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed.
When the steering wheel is operated.
(The steering wheel operation may become heavy, but this is not a malfunction.)
When the battery capacity is low.
When the power consumption is high.
When the shift lever is placed in the R
(Reverse) position.
NOTE:
The following condition will prevent the
Idling Stop System from automatically restarting the engine. Starting the engine
with the ignition switch operation is then
necessary:
.
The hood is open.
Use this system while waiting at stoplight,
etc. When the vehicle is stopped for long
periods of time, turn off the engine.
When the engine is stopped by the Idling
Stop System, heating, cooling and dehumidifying functions will be deactivated. To
avoid the air conditioning functions from
being deactivated, turn off the Idling Stop
mode by pushing the Idling Stop OFF switch.
RETROGRADE MOVEMENT
CONTROL FUNCTION
This system is designed to reduce the retrograde movement that occurs while the
driver’s foot changes from depressing the
brake pedal to the accelerator pedal when
moving the vehicle while the Idling Stop
System is active on a hilly road.
IDLING STOP SYSTEM DISPLAY
The status of the Idling Stop System can be
checked in the vehicle information display.
JVS0342X
JVS0904X
JVS0344X
Idling Stop System ON or OFF
Fuel saved and engine stop time
Auto start deactivation
If the Idling Stop System is activated or
deactivated using the Idling Stop OFF
switch, the message is shown.
The fuel saved and the engine stop time
mode shows the following items:
. The fuel saved shows the estimated
quantity of fuel that were saved by the
Idling Stop System every time the engine
is automatically stopped.
. The engine stop time shows the time that
the engine has been stopped for by the
Idling Stop System.
The total fuel saved and the engine stop time
can also be checked in the vehicle information display. See “4. Trip fuel saved and
engine stop time” (P.2-27) and “5. Total fuel
saved and engine stop time” (P.2-28).
If the engine stops when the Idling Stop
System is activated, and will not start
automatically, the message is shown.
Starting and driving
5-139
JVS0345X
JVS0346X
JVS0269X
Key LOCK warning
System fault
IDLING STOP OFF SWITCH
The information is displayed and a buzzer
sounded to remind the driver to place the
ignition switch in the OFF position to avoid a
discharged battery.
The message can be cleared by placing the
ignition switch in the OFF position (or
restarting the engine) or pushing the
or
switch on the steering wheel.
This message is displayed when the Idling
Stop System is malfunctioning.
It is recommended you have the system
checked by an INFINITI retailer.
The system can be temporarily deactivated
by pushing the Idling Stop OFF switch.
Pushing the switch again or restarting the
engine by using the ignition switch will
reactivate the Idling Stop System.
. When the Idling Stop System is deactivated while the engine is running, the
engine is prevented from automatically
stopping.
. When the Idling Stop System is deactivated after the engine has been automatically stopped by the Idling Stop
System, the engine will immediately
restart if suitable conditions are present.
The engine will then be prevented from
5-140 Starting and driving
COLD WEATHER DRIVING
.
.
automatically stopping during the same
journey.
Whenever the Idling Stop System is
on the
deactivated the indicator light
Idling Stop OFF switch illuminates. In
this condition the Idling Stop System
cannot prevent unnecessary fuel consumption, exhaust emissions, or noise
during your journey.
If the Idling Stop System is malfunctionon the Idling
ing, the indicator light
Stop OFF switch illuminates.
NOTE:
The Idling Stop System ON or OFF message
is displayed for a few seconds in the vehicle
information display when the Idling Stop
OFF switch is pushed. See “Idling Stop
System ON or OFF” (P.5-139).
FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK
DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER
To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply
deicer through the key hole. If the lock
becomes frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the Intelligent
Key system.
If the vehicle is to be left outside without
antifreeze, drain the cooling system, including the engine block. Refill before operating
the vehicle. For details, see “Engine cooling
system (for VR30DDTT engine models)”
(P.8-6) or “Engine cooling system (for 2.0L
turbo gasoline engine models)” (P.8-8).
ANTIFREEZE
In the winter when it is anticipated that the
outside temperature will drop below 32°F
(0°C), check antifreeze to assure proper
winter protection. For additional information, see “Engine cooling system (for
VR30DDTT engine models)” (P.8-6), “Engine cooling system (for 2.0L turbo gasoline
engine models)” (P.8-8) or “Intercooler cooling system (for VR30DDTT engine models)”
(P.8-9).
BATTERY
If the battery is not fully charged during
extremely cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may freeze and damage the
battery. To maintain maximum efficiency,
the battery should be checked regularly. For
additional information, see “Battery” (P.816).
TIRE EQUIPMENT
SUMMER tires have a tread designed to
provide superior performance on dry pavement. However, the performance of these
tires will be substantially reduced in snowy
and icy conditions. If you operate your
vehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITI
recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or
ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It is
recommended you consult an INFINITI retailer for the tire type, size, speed rating and
availability information.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded
tires may be used. However, some U.S.
states and Canadian provinces prohibit their
use. Check local, state and provincial laws
before installing studded tires.
Skid and traction capabilities of studded
snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be
poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.
Tire chains may be used. For details, see
“Tire chains” (P.8-40) of this manual.
Starting and driving
5-141
Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
models
If you install snow tires, they must also be
the same size, brand, construction and tread
pattern on all four wheels.
.
.
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT
It is recommended that the following items
be carried in the vehicle during winter:
. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to
remove ice and snow from the windows
and wiper blades.
. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under
the jack to give it firm support.
. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of
snowdrifts.
. Extra window washer fluid to refill the
reservoir tank.
DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE
WARNING
.
Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),
very cold snow or ice can be slick and
very hard to drive on. The vehicle will
have much less traction or “grip”
under these conditions. Try to avoid
driving on wet ice until the road is
salted or sanded.
5-142
Starting and driving
.
.
.
.
Whatever the condition, drive with
caution. Accelerate and slow down
with care. If accelerating or downshifting too fast, the drive wheels will
lose even more traction.
Allow more stopping distance under
these conditions. Braking should be
started sooner than on dry pavement.
Allow greater following distances on
slippery roads.
Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).
These may appear on an otherwise
clear road in shaded areas. If a patch
of ice is seen ahead, brake before
reaching it. Try not to brake while on
the ice, and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers.
Do not use the cruise control on
slippery roads.
Snow can trap dangerous exhaust
gases under your vehicle. Keep snow
clear of the exhaust pipe and from
around your vehicle.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so
equipped)
Engine block heaters are used to assist in
cold temperature starting.
The engine block heater should be used
when the outside temperature is 20°F
(−7°C) or lower.
To use the engine block heater
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine
block heater cord.
3. Plug the engine block heater cord into a
grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension
cord.
4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground
Fault Interrupt (GFI) protected,
grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.
5. The engine block heater must be plugged
in for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on
outside temperatures, to properly warm
the engine coolant. Use an appropriate
timer to turn the engine block heater on.
6. Before starting the engine, unplug and
properly store the cord to keep it away
from moving parts.
ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION/
ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENT
WARNING
.
.
.
Do not use your engine block heater
with an ungrounded electrical system
or a 2-pronged adapter. You can be
seriously injured by an electrical
shock if you use an ungrounded
connection.
Disconnect and properly store the
engine block heater cord before
starting the engine. Damage to the
cord could result in an electrical shock
and can cause serious injury.
Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged
extension cord rated for at least 10A.
Plug the extension cord into a Ground
Fault Interrupt (GFI) protected,
grounded 110-VAC outlet. Failure
to use the proper extension cord or
a grounded outlet can result in a fire
or electrical shock and cause serious
personal injury.
JVS0263X
NOTE:
To operate the active noise cancellation and
active sound enhancement system properly:
. Do not cover the speakers or woofer.
. Do not cover the microphones.
.
.
Do not change or modify speakers including the woofer and any audio related
parts such as the amplifier.
Do not make any modification including
sound deadening or modifications
around the microphones, speakers or
woofer.
Starting and driving
5-143
ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION
The active noise cancellation uses microphones located inside the vehicle to detect
engine booming noises. The system then
automatically produces a muted engine
and
booming noise through the speakers
(if so equipped) to reduce engine
woofer
booming noise.
If the microphone or the area around it is
tapped, abnormal noise may be output from
the speaker.
ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENT
The active sound enhancement generates
sounds according to engine speed and
and
driving modes through the speakers
(if so equipped) to enhance the
woofer
quality of the engine sound.
5-144 Starting and driving
6 In case of emergency
Hazard warning flasher switch......................................
Roadside assistance program.........................................
Emergency engine shut off.............................................
Flat tire .................................................................................
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)............
Run-flat tires (if so equipped)...................................
Changing a flat tire......................................................
6-2
6-2
6-3
6-3
6-3
6-4
6-4
Jump starting ..................................................................... 6-9
Main battery (for all models)................................ 6-12
Auxiliary battery (for 2.0L turbo gasoline
engine models)........................................................... 6-14
Push starting .................................................................... 6-16
If your vehicle overheats............................................... 6-16
Towing your vehicle........................................................ 6-17
Towing recommended by INFINITI..................... 6-18
Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ......... 6-19
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
.
Turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning flasher lights are on.
The flasher can be actuated with the ignition
switch in any position.
When an impact that could activate the
supplemental air bags is detected, the
hazard warning flasher lights blink automatically. If the hazard warning flasher switch is
pushed, the hazard warning flashers will turn
off.
SIC2574
Push the switch on to warn other drivers
when you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights will
flash.
WARNING
.
.
If stopping for an emergency, be sure
to move the vehicle well off the road.
Do not use the hazard warning
flashers while moving on the highway
unless unusual circumstances force
you to drive so slowly that your
vehicle might become a hazard to
other traffic.
6-2 In case of emergency
WARNING
Do not turn the hazard warning flasher
switch to off until you can make sure
that it is safe to do so. Also, the hazard
flasher warning may not blink automatically depending on the force of impact.
Some state laws may prohibit the use of the
hazard warning flasher switch while driving.
In the event of a roadside emergency,
Roadside Assistance Service is available to
you. Please refer to your Warranty Information Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & Roadside
Assistance Information Booklet (Canada) for
details.
EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF
FLAT TIRE
To shut off the engine in an emergency
situation while driving, perform the following procedure:
. Rapidly push the push-button ignition
switch 3 consecutive times in less than
1.5 seconds, or
. Push and hold the push-button ignition
switch for more than 2 seconds.
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions
in this section.
.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM (TPMS)
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It
monitors tire pressure of all tires except the
spare. When the low tire pressure warning
light is lit and the “Tire Pressure Low - Add
Air” warning appears in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is
being driven with low tire pressure, the
TPMS will activate and warn you of it by
the low tire pressure warning light. This
system will activate only when the vehicle is
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).
For more details, see “Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders” (P.210) and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)” (P.5-5).
WARNING
.
Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences
before use.
.
If the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
off the road to a safe location and
stop the vehicle as soon as possible.
Driving with under-inflated tires may
permanently damage the tires and
increase the likelihood of tire failure.
Serious vehicle damage could occur
and may lead to an accident and
could result in serious personal injury.
Check the tire pressure for all four
tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the
recommended COLD tire pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label to turn the low tire
pressure warning light OFF. If the
light still illuminates while driving
after adjusting the tire pressure, a
tire may be flat. If you have a flat tire,
replace it with a spare tire (if so
equipped).
Since the spare tire is not equipped
with the TPMS, when a spare tire is
mounted or a wheel is replaced, the
TPMS will not function and the low
tire pressure warning light will flash
for approximately 1 minute. The light
will remain on after 1 minute. Have
your tires replaced and/or TPMS
system reset as soon as possible. It
In case of emergency
6-3
.
.
is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for these services.
Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect
the proper operation of the TPMS.
Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol
tire sealant into the tires, as this may
cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.
.
.
RUN-FLAT TIRES (if so equipped)
Run-flat tires are those tires that can be
used temporarily if they are punctured. See
“Run-flat tires” (P.8-39).
Also, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”
(Canada) in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.
.
WARNING
.
Although you can continue driving
with a punctured run-flat tire, remember that vehicle handling stability is reduced, which could lead to an
accident and personal injury. Also,
driving a long distance at high speeds
may damage the tires.
6-4 In case of emergency
Do not drive at speeds above 50
MPH (80 km/h) and do not drive
more than approximately 93 miles
(150 km) with a punctured run-flat
tire. The actual distance the vehicle
can be driven on a flat tire depends on
outside temperature, vehicle load,
road conditions and other factors.
Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoid
hard cornering or braking, which may
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle.
If you detect any unusual sounds or
vibrations while driving with a punctured run-flat tire, pull off the road
to a safe location and stop the vehicle
as soon as possible. The tire may be
seriously damaged and need to be
replaced.
CAUTION
.
.
Never install tire chains on a punctured run-flat tire, as this could damage
your vehicle.
Avoid driving over any projection or
pothole, as the clearance between
the vehicle and the ground is smaller
than normal.
.
.
Do not enter an automated car wash
with a punctured run-flat tire.
It is recommended you have the
punctured tire inspected by an
INFINITI retailer or other authorized
repair shop. Replace the tire as soon
as possible if the tire is seriously
damaged.
CHANGING A FLAT TIRE
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions
in this section to replace the tire with a spare
tire (if so equipped). For the vehicles with
run-flat tires, you can continue driving to a
safe location even if they are punctured. (See
“Run-flat tires” (P.6-4) and “Run-flat tires”
(P.8-39).)
This section also contains the information
about the vehicle jack-up procedures.
Stopping the vehicle
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and
away from traffic.
2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
3. Park on a level surface and apply the
parking brake. Move the shift lever to the
P (Park) position.
4. Turn off the engine.
5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and
to signal professional road assistance
personnel that you need assistance.
6. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle and stand in a safe place, away
from traffic and clear of the vehicle.
WARNING
.
.
.
Make sure the parking brake is
securely applied and the automatic
transmission into P (Park).
Never change tires when the vehicle
is on a slope, ice or slippery areas.
This is hazardous.
Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait for
professional road assistance.
MCE0001A
Blocking wheels
Place suitable blocks at both the front and
back of the wheel diagonally opposite the
flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving
when it is jacked up.
WARNING
Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle
may move and result in personal injury.
JVE0105X
Jacking tools
In case of emergency
6-5
Jacking up the vehicle and removing
the damaged tire
WARNING
.
.
SCE0702
Spare tire (if so equipped)
Getting the spare tire (if so
equipped) and tools
Raise the trunk floor cover .
Remove jacking tools located inside the
trunk as illustrated.
Remove the cap holding the spare tire.
.
.
.
.
.
6-6
In case of emergency
Never get under the vehicle while it is
supported only by the jack. If it is
necessary to work under the vehicle,
support it with safety stands.
Use only the jack provided with your
vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use
the jack provided with your vehicle on
other vehicles. The jack is designed
for lifting only your vehicle during a
tire change.
Use the correct jack-up points. Never
use any other part of the vehicle for
jack support.
Never jack up the vehicle more than
necessary.
Never use blocks on or under the jack.
Do not start or run the engine while
vehicle is on the jack, as it may cause
the vehicle to move. This is especially
true for vehicles with limited slip
differentials.
Do not allow passengers to stay in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
Carefully read the caution label attached to
the jack body and the following instructions.
CE1089-A
Jack-up point
1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up
point as illustrated so the top of the jack
contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.
Align the jack head between the two
notches in the front or the rear as shown.
Also fit the groove of the jack head
between the notches as shown.
The jack should be used on level firm
ground.
SCE0504
2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns
by turning counterclockwise with the
wheel nut wrench. Do not remove the
wheel nuts until the tire is off the
ground.
3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire
clears the ground. To lift the vehicle,
securely hold the jack lever and rod with
both hands as shown above. Remove the
wheel nuts, and then remove the tire.
In case of emergency
6-7
3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten
wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the
sequence illustrated ( , , , , ) until
they are tight.
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire
touches the ground. Then, with the
wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheel
nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated. Lower the vehicle completely.
WARNING
SCE0661
.
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly
tightened wheel nuts can cause the
wheel to become loose or come off.
This could cause an accident.
Do not use oil or grease on the wheel
studs or nuts. This could cause the
nuts to become loose.
Installing the spare tire
The T-type spare tire (if so equipped) is
designed for emergency use. (See specific
instructions under the heading “Wheels and
tires” (P.8-32).)
1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface
between the wheel and hub.
2. Carefully put the spare tire on and
tighten the wheel nuts finger tight.
Models equipped with different sized
tires in the front and rear:
When replacing a front tire, make sure
that the hole in the spare tire wheel is
aligned with the pin on the brake rotor.
6-8
In case of emergency
.
.
Retighten the wheel nuts when the
vehicle has been driven for 600 miles
(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,
etc.).
.
As soon as possible, tighten the wheel
nuts to the specified torque with a
torque wrench.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
80 ft-lb (108 N·m)
.
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times. It
is recommended that wheel nuts be
tightened to specifications at each
lubrication interval.
Adjust tire pressure to the COLD
pressure.
COLD pressure:
After the vehicle has been parked for
three hours or more or driven less
than 1 mile (1.6 km).
COLD tire pressures are shown on
the Tire and Loading Information
label affixed to the driver side center
pillar.
JUMP STARTING
.
The T-type spare tire and small size
spare tire (if so equipped) are designed for emergency use. See specific instructions under the heading
“Wheels and tires” (P.8-32).
To start your engine with a booster battery,
the instructions and precautions below must
be followed.
WARNING
.
.
JVE0106X
5. Securely store the flat tire and jacking
equipment in the vehicle.
6. Place the spare tire cover (if so equipped)
and the trunk floor carpeting over the
damaged tire.
7. Close the trunk.
WARNING
.
Always make sure that the spare tire
(if so equipped) and jacking equipment are properly secured after use.
Such items can become dangerous
projectiles in an accident or sudden
stop.
.
.
.
.
If done incorrectly, jump starting can
lead to a battery explosion, resulting
in severe injury or death. It could also
damage your vehicle.
Explosive hydrogen gas is always
present in the vicinity of the battery.
Keep all sparks and flames away from
the battery.
Do not allow battery fluid to come
into contact with eyes, skin, clothing
or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a
corrosive sulphuric acid solution
which can cause severe burns. If the
fluid should come into contact with
anything, immediately flush the contacted area with water.
Keep the battery out of the reach of
children.
The booster battery must be rated at
12 volts. Use of an improperly rated
battery can damage your vehicle.
Whenever working on or near a
battery, always wear suitable eye
protectors (for example, goggles or
In case of emergency
6-9
industrial safety spectacles) and remove rings, metal bands, or any other
jewelry. Do not lean over the battery
when jump starting.
. Do not attempt to jump start a
frozen battery. It could explode and
cause serious injury.
. Your vehicle has an automatic engine
cooling fan. It could come on at any
time. Keep hands and other objects
away from it.
For 2.0L turbo gasoline engine models:
The vehicle has 2 batteries, a main
battery and an auxiliary battery. The
engine cannot be started if either battery is discharged. First, apply the
following procedure to the main battery
to jump-start the engine.
If the engine does not start, apply the
procedure to the auxiliary battery. For
the position of the batteries, see “Engine
compartment check locations” (P.8-4)
or “Battery” (P.8-16).
.
Use the special battery that is dedicated for the Idling Stop System,
with enhanced charge-discharge capacity and life performance. Using
the non-special battery could cause
early deterioration of the battery
and/or malfunction of the Idling Stop
6-10
In case of emergency
.
System. For the special battery, it is
recommended to use Genuine
NISSAN parts. For more information,
it is recommended you contact an
INFINITI retailer.
It may take some time until the Idling
Stop System activates when the
battery is replaced or the battery
terminal is disconnected for extended
periods and then reconnected.
JVE0282X
VR30DDTT engine
In case of emergency
6-11
MAIN BATTERY (for all models)
WARNING
Always follow the instructions below.
Failure to do so could result in damage to
the charging system and cause personal
injury.
1. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle , position the two vehicles
and
to bring the batteries into close
proximity to each other.
CAUTION
.
JVE0184X
2.0L turbo gasoline engine
6-12 In case of emergency
Do not allow the two vehicles to
touch.
2. Apply parking brake. Move the shift lever
to the P (Park) position. Switch off all
unnecessary electrical systems (light,
heater, air conditioner, etc.).
3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if so
equipped). Cover the battery with a
firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce
explosion hazard.
6. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and let it run for a few minutes.
7. Keep the engine speed of the booster
vehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and start
the engine of the vehicle being jump
started .
cables to the auxiliary battery and apply
the procedure shown in “Auxiliary battery
(for 2.0L turbo gasoline engine models)”
(P.6-14).
CAUTION
JVE0194X
2.0L turbo gasoline engine
4. For 2.0L turbo gasoline engine model:
Pull up the engine cover and remove it.
5. Connect jumper cables in the sequence
as illustrated ( ? ? ? ).
CAUTION
.
.
Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (−) to body
ground (as illustrated) − not to the
battery.
Make sure the jumper cables do not
touch moving parts in the engine
compartment and that clamps do
not contact any other metal.
Do not keep the starter motor engaged
for more than 10 seconds. If the engine
does not start right away, push the
ignition switch to the OFF position and
wait 10 seconds before trying again.
8. After starting your engine, carefully
disconnect the negative cable and then
the positive cable ( ? ? ? ).
9. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).
Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to
cover the vent holes as it may be
contaminated with corrosive acid.
10. Put the battery cover and the engine
cover back to the original location.
NOTE:
For 2.0L turbo gasoline engine models, if
the engine cannot be started after the
procedure above, the auxiliary battery
may be discharged. Connect the jumper
In case of emergency
6-13
JVE0142X
2.0L turbo gasoline engine
3. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park)
AUXILIARY BATTERY (for 2.0L
position.
turbo gasoline engine models)
4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical
1. If the booster battery is in another
systems (headlights, heater, air condivehicle , position the two vehicles
tioner, etc.).
and
to bring the batteries into close
5.
Push
the ignition switch to the “OFF”
proximity to each other.
position.
CAUTION
.
Do not allow the two vehicles to
touch.
2. Apply the parking brake.
6-14 In case of emergency
CAUTION
Never keep the starter motor engaged
for more than 10 seconds. If the engine
does not start right away, push the
ignition switch to the “LOCK” position
and wait at least 10 seconds before
trying again.
JVE0143X
6. Open the trunk.
, then remove the
7. Remove the clip
trunk trim.
8. Remove the vent caps, if so equipped, on
the battery.
9. Connect the jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated ( , , , ).
CAUTION
.
Always connect positive + to positive + and negative 7 to body
ground, NOT to the battery’s negative 7.
.
.
Be sure that the jumper cables do not
touch moving parts in the engine
compartment.
Be sure that the jumper cable’s
clamps do not contact any other
metal.
10. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and let it run for a few minutes.
11. Depress the accelerator pedal of the
booster vehicle at about 2,000 rpm.
12. Start the engine of the jumped vehicle
in the normal manner.
13. After the engine is started, carefully
disconnect the jumper cables in the
opposite sequence from that illustrated
( , , , ).
14. Replace the vent caps, if removed.
15. Replace the trunk trim.
NOTE:
. If the engine cannot be started after the
procedure above, both the main and the
auxiliary batteries may be discharged.
Jump-start the vehicle by connecting
one set of the jumper cables to the main
battery and another set of the jumper
cables to the auxiliary battery at the
same time, using the procedure for
jump-starting each battery.
. If the engine cannot be started, even
when the main and the auxiliary batteries are jump-started at the same
time, it is recommended you contact an
In case of emergency
6-15
PUSH STARTING
INFINITI retailer.
Do not attempt to start the engine by
pushing.
CAUTION
.
.
.
6-16
In case of emergency
IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS
Automatic Transmission (AT) models
cannot be push-started or towstarted. Attempting to do so may
cause transmission damage.
Three-way catalyst equipped models
should not be started by pushing
since the three-way catalyst may be
damaged.
Never try to start the vehicle by
towing it; when the engine starts,
the forward surge could cause the
vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle.
CAUTION
.
.
.
Do not continue to drive if your
vehicle overheats. Doing so could
cause engine damage or a vehicle fire.
To avoid the danger of being scalded,
never remove the radiator cap while
the engine is still hot. When the
radiator cap is removed, pressurized
hot water will spurt out, possibly
causing serious injury.
Do not open the hood if steam is
coming out.
If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an
extremely high temperature gauge reading),
or if you feel a lack of engine power, detect
abnormal noise, etc., take the following
steps:
1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,
apply the parking brake and move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position.
Do not stop the engine.
2. Turn off the climate control. Open all the
windows, move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum
hot and fan control to high speed.
3. If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day, run the engine
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
at a fast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm)
until the temperature gauge indication
returns to normal.
4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for
steam or coolant escaping from the
radiator before opening the hood. (If
steam or coolant is escaping, turn off the
engine.) Do not open the hood further
until no steam or coolant can be seen.
5. Open the engine hood.
WARNING
If steam or water is coming from the
engine, stand clear to prevent getting
burned.
6. Visually check drive belts for damage or
looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is
running. The radiator hoses and radiator
should not leak water. If coolant is
leaking or the cooling fan does not run,
stop the engine.
WARNING
Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,
jewelry or clothing to come into contact
with, or get caught in, engine belts or the
engine cooling fan. The engine cooling
fan can start at any time.
7. After the engine cools down, check the
coolant level in the reservoir tank with
the engine running. Add coolant to the
reservoir tank if necessary. Have your
vehicle repaired. It is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in Canada) and local regulations for
towing must be followed. Incorrect towing
equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are available from an
INFINITI retailer. Local service operators
are familiar with the applicable laws and
procedures for towing. To assure proper
towing and to prevent accidental damage to
your vehicle, INFINITI recommends that you
have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is
advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions.
WARNING
.
.
Never ride in a vehicle that is being
towed.
Never get under your vehicle after it
has been lifted by a tow truck.
CAUTION
.
.
When towing, make sure that the
transmission, axles, steering system
and powertrain are in working condition. If any unit is damaged, dollies
must be used.
Always attach safety chains before
In case of emergency
6-17
towing.
For information about towing your vehicle
behind a recreational vehicle (RV), see “Flat
towing” (P.10-22) of this manual.
SCE0788
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY
INFINITI
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models
INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be
towed with the driving (rear) wheels off the
ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed
truck as illustrated.
CAUTION
.
6-18
In case of emergency
Never tow automatic transmission
models with the rear wheels on the
ground or four wheels on the ground
.
(forward or backward), as this may
cause serious and expensive damage
to the transmission. If it is necessary
to tow the vehicle with the front
wheels raised, always use towing
dollies under the rear wheels.
When towing rear wheel drive models
with the front wheels on the ground
or on towing dollies: Push the ignition
switch to the ACC or ON position,
and secure the steering wheel in a
straight-ahead position with a rope
or similar device.
VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a
stuck vehicle)
WARNING
To avoid vehicle damage, serious personal injury or death when recovering a
stuck vehicle:
.
SCE0488
.
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
models
INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be
used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle
be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.
.
.
.
CAUTION
Never tow Intelligent AWD models with
any of the wheels on the ground as this
may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain.
.
Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have
any questions regarding the recovery
procedure.
Tow chains or cables must be attached only to main structural members of the vehicle.
Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to
tow or free a stuck vehicle.
Only use devices specifically designed
for vehicle recovery and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions.
Always pull the recovery device
straight out from the front of the
vehicle. Never pull at an angle.
Route recovery devices so they do
not touch any part of the vehicle
except the attachment point.
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,
etc., use a tow strap or other device
In case of emergency
6-19
designed specifically for vehicle recovery.
Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the recovery device.
Rocking a stuck vehicle
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,
etc., use the following procedure:
1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) system.
2. Make sure the area in front and behind
the vehicle is clear of obstructions.
3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to
clear an area around the front tires.
4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and
backward.
. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and D (Drive).
. Apply the accelerator as little as
possible to maintain the rocking motion.
. Release the accelerator pedal before
shifting between R and D.
. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH
(55 km/h).
5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few
tries, contact a professional towing
service to remove the vehicle.
6-20 In case of emergency
WARNING
.
.
Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.
Do not spin your tires at high speed.
This could cause them to explode and
result in serious injury. Parts of your
vehicle could also overheat and be
damaged.
7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior.................................................................
Washing ...........................................................................
Waxing..............................................................................
Removing spots..............................................................
Underbody.......................................................................
Glass..................................................................................
Wheels..............................................................................
Chrome parts.................................................................
Tire dressing...................................................................
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-4
7-4
Cleaning interior .................................................................
Air fresheners...............................................................
Floor mats.....................................................................
Seat belts.......................................................................
Corrosion protection.........................................................
Most common factors contributing to
vehicle corrosion..........................................................
Environmental factors influence the rate
of corrosion...................................................................
To protect your vehicle from corrosion...............
7-5
7-5
7-5
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-8
CLEANING EXTERIOR
In order to maintain the appearance of your
vehicle, it is important to take proper care of
it.
To protect the paint surface, wash your
vehicle as soon as you can:
. after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain
. after driving on coastal roads
. when contaminants such as soot, bird
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or
bugs get on the paint surface
. when dust or mud builds up on the
surface
Whenever possible, store or park your
vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area.
When it is necessary to park outside, park in
a shady area or protect the vehicle with a
body cover.
Be careful not to scratch the paint surface
when putting on or removing the body
cover.
WASHING
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge
and plenty of water. Clean the vehicle
thoroughly using a mild soap, a special
vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing
liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot)
water.
CAUTION
.
.
.
.
7-2 Appearance and care
Do not use car washes that use acid in
the detergent. Some car washes,
especially brushless ones, use some
acid for cleaning. The acid may react
with some plastic vehicle components, causing them to crack. This
could affect their appearance, and
also could cause them not to function
properly. Always check with your car
wash to confirm that acid is not used.
Do not wash the vehicle with strong
household soap, strong chemical detergents, gasoline or solvents.
Do not wash the vehicle in direct
sunlight or while the vehicle body is
hot, as the surface may become
water-spotted.
Avoid using tight-napped or rough
cloths, such as washing mitts. Care
must be taken when removing caked-
on dirt or other foreign substances so
the paint surface is not scratched or
damaged.
Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean
water.
Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,
hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable
to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these
areas must be regularly cleaned. Make sure
that the drain holes in the lower edge of the
door are open. Spray water under the body
and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and
wash away road salt.
Avoid leaving water spots on the paint
surface by using a damp chamois to dry the
vehicle.
WAXING
Regular waxing protects the paint surface
and helps retain new vehicle appearance.
Polishing is recommended to remove builtup wax residue and to avoid a weathered
appearance before reapplying wax.
An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choosing the proper product.
. Wax your vehicle only after a thorough
washing. Follow the instructions supplied with the wax.
.
Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cutting compounds or cleaners
that may damage the vehicle finish.
Machine compound or aggressive polishing
on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may
dull the finish or leave swirl marks.
winter.
GLASS
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust
film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for
glass to become coated with a film after the
vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner
and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.
REMOVING SPOTS
Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,
insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible
from the paint surface to avoid lasting
damage or staining. Special cleaning products are available at an INFINITI retailer or
any automotive accessory stores.
UNDERBODY
In areas where road salt is used in winter, the
underbody must be cleaned regularly. This
will prevent dirt and salt from building up
and causing the acceleration of corrosion on
the underbody and suspension. Before the
winter period and again in the spring, the
underseal must be checked and, if necessary,
re-treated.
CAUTION
When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use sharp-edged tools,
abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. They could damage
the electrical conductors, radio antenna
elements or rear window defroster elements.
WHEELS
Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle
to maintain their appearance.
. Clean the inner side of the wheels when
the wheel is changed or the underside of
the vehicle is washed.
. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or
corrosion. Such damage may cause loss
of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.
. INFINITI recommends that the road
wheels be waxed to protect against road
salt in areas where it is used during
CAUTION
Do not use abrasive cleaners when
washing the wheels.
Aluminum alloy wheels
Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a
mild soap solution, especially during winter
months in areas where road salt is used. Salt
could discolor the wheels if not removed.
CAUTION
Follow the directions below to avoid
staining or discoloring the wheels:
.
.
.
Do not use a cleaner that uses strong
acid or alkali contents to clean the
wheels.
Do not apply wheel cleaners to the
wheels when they are hot. The wheel
temperature should be the same as
ambient temperature.
Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes
after the cleaner is applied.
Appearance and care
7-3
Bright wheels (if so equipped)
The bright wheels use a different coating
process than typical aluminum alloy wheel
and they are not plated wheels. These
wheels are clear-coated and require the
following special cleaning. They should be
regularly washed with a soft sponge soaked
in a lot of water. After washing with water,
wipe clean with a dry, soft cloth and dry
completely. When there is chemical or tire
wax, or dirt such as an antifreeze agent on
the surface, wash them with water as soon
as possible.
CAUTION
.
.
.
The surfaces of the wheels use a
different coating process than typical
aluminum alloy wheels. Do not use
aluminum alloy wheel cleaners or
abrasive cleaners to clean the wheels.
Using such cleaners could damage the
wheel surfaces.
Do not use an automatic car wash if
the vehicle is equipped with bright
wheels. The wheel coating may be
damaged.
Do not use a brush to wash the
wheels if the vehicle is equipped with
bright wheels. The wheel coating may
7-4 Appearance and care
be damaged.
CHROME PARTS
Clean chrome parts regularly with a nonabrasive chrome polish to maintain the
finish.
TIRE DRESSING
INFINITI does not recommend the use of tire
dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration
of the rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to
the tires, it may react with the coating and
form a compound. This compound may come
off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle
paint.
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the
following precautions:
. Use a water-based tire dressing. The
coating on the tire dissolves more easily
with an oil-based tire dressing.
. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help
prevent it from entering the tire tread/
grooves (where it would be difficult to
remove).
. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry
towel. Make sure the tire dressing is
completely removed from the tire tread/
grooves.
.
Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by tire dressing manufacturer.
CLEANING INTERIOR
Occasionally remove loose dust from the
interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a
vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe
the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean,
soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution,
then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth.
Regular care and cleaning is required in order
to maintain the appearance of the leather.
Before using any fabric protector, read the
manufacturer’s recommendations. Some
fabric protectors contain chemicals that
may stain or bleach the seat material.
Use a cloth dampened only with water, to
clean the meter and gauge lens.
.
.
.
WARNING
Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot
steam cleaners) on the seat. This can
damage the seat or occupant classification sensors. This can also affect the
operation of the air bag system and
result in serious personal injury.
CAUTION
.
Never use benzine, thinner, or any
similar material.
.
.
For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened with water. Never use a rough
cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any
kind of solvent or paper towel with a
chemical cleaning agent. They will
scratch or cause discoloration to the
lens.
Do not spray any liquid such as water
on the meter lens. Spraying liquid
may cause the system to malfunction.
Small dirt particles can be abrasive
and damaging to the leather surfaces
and should be removed promptly. Do
not use saddle soap, car waxes,
polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based
cleaners as they may damage the
leather’s natural finish.
Only use fabric protectors approved
by INFINITI.
Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on
meter or gauge lens covers. It may
damage the lens cover.
AIR FRESHENERS
Most air fresheners use a solvent that could
affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air
freshener, take the following precautions:
. Hanging-type air fresheners can cause
permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the
air freshener in a location that allows it
to hang free and not contact an interior
surface.
. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip
on the vents. These products can cause
immediate damage and discoloration
when spilled on interior surfaces.
Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions before using air fresheners.
FLOOR MATS
WARNING
To avoid potential pedal interference
that may result in a collision, injury or
death:
.
NEVER place a floor mat on top of
another floor mat in the driver front
position or install them upside down
or backwards.
Appearance and care
7-5
.
.
.
.
.
Use only genuine INFINITI floor mats
or equivalent floor mats that are
specifically designed for use in your
vehicle model and model year.
Properly position the mats in the
floorwell using the floor mat positioning hook. See “Floor mat installation” (P.7-6).
Make sure the floor mat does not
interfere with pedal operation.
Periodically check the floor mats to
make sure they are properly installed.
After cleaning the vehicle interior,
check the floor mats to make sure
they are properly installed.
The use of genuine INFINITI floor mats can
extend the life of your vehicle carpet and
make it easier to clean the interior. Mats
should be maintained with regular cleaning
and replaced if they become excessively
worn.
7-6
Appearance and care
3. Make sure the floor mat does not
interfere with pedal operation. With the
ignition in the OFF position and the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, fully apply
and release all pedals. The floor mat
must not interfere with pedal operation
or prevent the pedal from returning to its
normal position. It is recommended you
see an INFINITI retailer for details about
installing the floor mats in your vehicle.
JVA0032X
Floor mat installation
Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat
positioning hook(s). The number and shape
of the floor mat positioning hook(s) for each
seating position varies depending on the
vehicle.
When installing genuine INFINITI floor mats,
follow the installation instructions provided
with the floor mat and the following:
1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell so
that the mat grommet holes are aligned
with the hook(s).
2. Push the grommet holes into the hook(s)
firmly and secure them. Ensure that the
floor mat is properly positioned.
CORROSION PROTECTION
since these materials may severely
weaken the seat belt webbing.
MOST COMMON FACTORS
CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE
CORROSION
.
.
SAI0051
Positioning hooks
The illustration shows the location of the
floor mat positioning hooks.
SEAT BELTS
The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping
them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap
solution. Allow the belts to dry completely
before using them.
See “Seat belts” (P.1-12).
WARNING
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in
the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or
chemical solvents to clean the seat belts,
The accumulation of moisture-retaining
dirt and debris in body panel sections,
cavities, and other areas.
Damage to paint and other protective
coatings caused by gravel and stone
chips or minor traffic accidents.
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION
Moisture
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the
vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry
completely inside the vehicle, and should be
removed for drying to avoid floor panel
corrosion.
Relative humidity
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high
relative humidity, especially those areas
where the temperatures stay above freezing
where atmospheric pollution exists, or where
road salt is used.
Appearance and care
7-7
.
Temperature
A temperature increase will accelerate the
rate of corrosion to those parts which are
not well ventilated.
Air pollution
Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in
the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt
use will accelerate the corrosion process.
Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces.
TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE
FROM CORROSION
.
Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep
the vehicle clean.
Always check for minor damage to the
paint and repair it as soon as possible.
Keep drain holes at the bottom of the
doors open to avoid water accumulation.
Check the underbody for accumulation of
sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with
water as soon as possible.
.
.
.
CAUTION
.
7-8
NEVER remove dirt, sand or other
debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose.
Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
Appearance and care
Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may
damage them.
Chemicals used for road surface deicing are
extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system, fuel and
brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and
fenders.
In winter, the underbody must be cleaned
periodically.
For additional protection against rust and
corrosion, which may be required in some
areas, it is recommended you consult an
INFINITI retailer.
8 Do-it-yourself
Maintenance precautions................................................ 8-3
Engine compartment check locations.......................... 8-4
VR30DDTT engine....................................................... 8-4
2.0L turbo gasoline engine........................................ 8-5
Engine cooling system (for VR30DDTT
engine models).................................................................... 8-6
Checking engine coolant level ................................. 8-7
Changing engine coolant............................................ 8-7
Engine cooling system (for 2.0L turbo gasoline
engine models).................................................................... 8-8
Checking engine coolant level................................... 8-8
Changing engine coolant............................................ 8-9
Intercooler cooling system (for VR30DDTT
engine models).................................................................... 8-9
Checking intercooler coolant level........................ 8-10
Changing intercooler coolant................................. 8-10
Engine oil........................................................................... 8-10
Checking engine oil level .......................................... 8-11
Changing engine oil and filter................................. 8-11
Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF).......................... 8-13
Power steering fluid (models with hydraulic pump
electric power steering).................................................. 8-14
Brake fluid.......................................................................... 8-14
Window washer fluid...................................................... 8-15
Battery................................................................................
Main battery location..............................................
Auxiliary battery location (for 2.0L turbo
gasoline engine models)..........................................
Checking battery fluid level...................................
Jump starting.............................................................
Variable voltage control system .................................
Drive belts .........................................................................
Spark plugs.......................................................................
Replacing spark plugs.............................................
Air cleaner..........................................................................
Windshield wiper blades ...............................................
Cleaning.......................................................................
Replacing.....................................................................
Brakes.................................................................................
Self-adjusting brakes...............................................
Brake pad wear warning........................................
Fuses...................................................................................
Engine compartment..............................................
Passenger compartment ........................................
Intelligent Key battery replacement...........................
Lights.................................................................................
Headlights...................................................................
Exterior and interior lights.....................................
8-16
8-16
8-17
8-17
8-18
8-19
8-19
8-20
8-20
8-21
8-21
8-21
8-22
8-22
8-22
8-22
8-23
8-24
8-25
8-26
8-28
8-29
8-29
Wheels and tires............................................................... 8-32
Tire pressure ................................................................ 8-32
Tire labeling.................................................................. 8-36
Types of tires............................................................ 8-38
Tire chains.................................................................. 8-40
Changing wheels and tires..................................... 8-41
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take
care to prevent serious accidental injury to
yourself or damage to the vehicle. The
following are general precautions which
should be closely observed.
.
.
WARNING
.
.
.
.
.
Park the vehicle on a level surface,
apply the parking brake securely and
block the wheels to prevent the
vehicle from moving. Move the shift
lever to P (Park).
Be sure the ignition switch is in the
OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or
repairs.
Never connect or disconnect the
battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
Never leave the engine or automatic
transmission related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
If you must work with the engine
running, keep your hands, clothing,
hair and tools away from moving
fans, belts and any other moving
.
.
.
.
.
parts.
It is advisable to secure or remove
any loose clothing and remove any
jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.
before working on your vehicle.
Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle.
If you must run the engine in an
enclosed space such as a garage, be
sure there is proper ventilation for
exhaust gases to escape.
Never get under the vehicle while it is
supported only by a jack. If it is
necessary to work under the vehicle,
support it with safety stands.
Keep smoking materials, flame and
sparks away from fuel tank and the
battery.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
automatic engine cooling fan. It may
come on at any time without warning, even if the ignition key is in the
OFF position and the engine is not
running. To avoid injury, always disconnect the negative battery cable
before working near the fan.
Because the fuel lines are under high
pressure even when the engine is off,
it is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for service of the
fuel filter or fuel lines.
CAUTION
.
.
Do not work under the hood while the
engine is hot. Turn the engine off and
wait until it cools down.
Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant. Improperly disposed engine oil, coolant, and/or
other vehicle fluids can damage the
environment. Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle
fluid.
This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives instructions regarding only those items which
are relatively easy for an owner to perform.
A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also
available. (See “Owner’s Manual/Service
Manual order information” (P.10-26).)
You should be aware that incomplete or
improper servicing may result in operating
difficulties or excessive emissions, and could
affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt
about any servicing, it is recommended you
have it done by an INFINITI retailer.
Do-it-yourself
8-3
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK
LOCATIONS
JVC0968X
VR30DDTT ENGINE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Battery
Engine oil dipstick
Engine oil filler cap
Brake fluid reservoir
Fuse/fusible link holder
8-4 Do-it-yourself
6.
7.
8.
9
10.
11.
Air cleaner
Engine drive belt location
Radiator filler cap
Intercooler cooling reservoir
Engine coolant reservoir
Window washer fluid reservoir
*:
The auxiliary battery is located in the
trunk. (See “Auxiliary battery location
(for 2.0L turbo gasoline engine models)” (P.8-17).)
JVC0646X
2.0L TURBO GASOLINE ENGINE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fuse and fusible link holder
Main battery*
Engine oil filler cap
Brake fluid reservoir
Engine coolant reservoir
6.
7.
8.
9.
Fuse and fusible link holder
Engine oil dipstick
Engine drive belt location
Power steering fluid reservoir (if so
equipped)
10. Window washer fluid reservoir
Do-it-yourself
8-5
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (for
VR30DDTT engine models)
The engine cooling system is filled at the
factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%
Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/
Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide
year-round anti-freeze and coolant protection. The anti-freeze solution contains rust
and corrosion inhibitors. Additional engine
cooling system additives are not necessary.
.
WARNING
.
.
Never remove the radiator cap when
the engine is hot. Wait until the
engine and radiator cool down. Serious burns could be caused by high
pressure fluid escaping from the
radiator. See precautions in “If your
vehicle overheats” (P.6-16) of this
manual.
The radiator is equipped with a
pressure type radiator cap. To prevent engine damage, use only a
genuine NISSAN radiator cap.
.
CAUTION
.
8-6
Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer. Additives may clog the cooling system and
cause damage to the engine, transDo-it-yourself
mission and/or cooling system.
When adding or replacing coolant, be
sure to use only Genuine NISSAN
Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)
or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is prediluted to provide antifreeze protection to −34°F (−37°C). If additional
freeze protection is needed due to
weather where you operate your
vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate following the directions on
the container. If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is
used, follow the coolant manufacture’s instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to −34°F
(−37°C). The use of other types of
coolant solutions other than Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent may damage
the engine cooling system.
The life expectancy of the factory-fill
coolant is 105,000 miles (168,000
km) or 7 years. Mixing any other type
of coolant other than Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), including Genuine NISSAN
Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant
(green), or the use of non-distilled
water will reduce the life expectancy
of the factory-fill coolant. Refer to
the “9. Maintenance and schedules”
section of this manual for more details.
until it reaches normal operating temperature. Add coolant up to the MAX level .
Tighten the cap securely after adding engine
coolant.
If the cooling system requires coolant frequently, have it checked. It is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service.
.
as soon as possible.
Keep coolant out of reach of children
and pets.
Engine coolant must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations.
CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT
JVM0652X
CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT
LEVEL
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank
when the engine is running and after it
reaches normal operating temperature. If
the coolant level is below MIN level , add
coolant up to the MAX level . If the
reservoir tank is empty, check the coolant
level in the radiator when the engine is cold.
If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator,
fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler
cap above the radiator upper hose opening
and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the
MAX level . Put on the filler cap above the
radiator upper hose and with the reservoir
cap open, start the engine. Run the engine
It is recommended that major cooling system
repairs be performed by an INFINITI retailer.
The service procedures can be found in the
appropriate INFINITI Service Manual.
Improper servicing can result in reduced
heater performance and engine overheating.
WARNING
.
.
.
To avoid the danger of being scalded,
never change the coolant when the
engine is hot.
Never remove the radiator cap when
the engine is hot. Serious burns could
be caused by high pressure fluid
escaping from the radiator.
Avoid direct skin contact with used
coolant. If skin contact is made, wash
thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner
Do-it-yourself
8-7
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (for
2.0L turbo gasoline engine models)
The engine cooling system is filled at the
factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%
BASF Glysantin® G48® and 50% water to
provide year-round anti-freeze and coolant
protection. The anti-freeze solution contains
rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional
engine cooling system additives are not
necessary.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap when the
engine is hot. Wait until the engine and
radiator cool down. Serious burns could
be caused by high pressure fluid escaping
from the radiator. See precautions in “If
your vehicle overheats” (P.6-16) of this
manual.
CAUTION
.
.
8-8
Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer. Additives may clog the cooling system and
cause damage to the engine, transmission and/or cooling system.
When adding or replacing coolant, be
sure to use only BASF Glysantin®
G48® or equivalent. BASF Glysantin® G48® is pre-diluted to provide
Do-it-yourself
.
antifreeze protection to −34°F
(−37°C). If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where
you operate your vehicle, add BASF
Glysantin® G48® concentrate following the directions on the container. If an equivalent coolant other than
BASF Glysantin® G48® is used,
follow the coolant manufacture’s instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to −34°F (−37°C).
The use of other types of coolant
solutions other than BASF Glysantin® G48® or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system.
The life expectancy of the factory-fill
coolant is 120,000 miles (192,000
km) or 10 years. Mixing any other
type of coolant other than BASF
Glysantin® G48®, or the use of
non-distilled water will reduce the
life expectancy of the factory-fill
coolant. Refer to the “9. Maintenance and schedules” section of this
manual for more details.
JVM0303X
CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT
LEVEL
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when
the engine is running and after it reaches
normal operating temperature. If the coolant
level is below MIN level , add coolant up to
the MAX level . Tighten the cap securely
after adding engine coolant.
If the cooling system frequently requires
coolant, have it checked. It is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service.
INTERCOOLER COOLING SYSTEM
(for VR30DDTT engine models)
CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT
It is recommended that major cooling system
repairs be performed by an INFINITI retailer.
The service procedures can be found in the
appropriate INFINITI Service Manual.
Improper servicing can result in reduced
heater performance and engine overheating.
The intercooler cooling system is filled at the
factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%
Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/
Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide
year-round anti-freeze and coolant protection. The antifreeze solution contains rust
and corrosion inhibitors. Additional intercooler cooling system additives are not
necessary.
WARNING
WARNING
.
.
.
.
To avoid the danger of being scalded,
never change the coolant when the
engine is hot.
Never remove the radiator cap when
the engine is hot. Serious burns could
be caused by high pressure fluid
escaping from the radiator.
Avoid direct skin contact with used
coolant. If skin contact is made, wash
thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner
as soon as possible.
Keep coolant out of reach of children
and pets.
Engine coolant must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations.
.
.
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine is hot. Wait until
the engine cools down. Serious burns
could be caused by high pressure fluid
escaping from the coolant reservoir.
The intercooler reservoir is equipped
with a pressure type cap. To prevent
engine and intercooler damage, use
only a genuine NISSAN intercooler
reservoir cap.
.
When adding or replacing coolant, be
sure to use only Genuine NISSAN
Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)
or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is prediluted to provide antifreeze protection to −34°F(−37°C). If additional
freeze protection is needed due to
weather where you operate your
vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate following the directions on
the container. If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is
used, follow the coolant manufacture’s instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to −34°F
(−37°C). The use of other types of
coolant solutions other than Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent may damage
the Intercooler cooling system.
CAUTION
.
Never use any additives in the coolant such as radiator sealer in the
cooling system. This may cause damage to the intercooler.
Do-it-yourself
8-9
ENGINE OIL
CHANGING INTERCOOLER
COOLANT
Intercooler coolant is maintenance-free.
If replacement is required, it is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Improper servicing can result in intercooler
overheating.
WARNING
.
JVM0653X
CHECKING INTERCOOLER
COOLANT LEVEL
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when
the engine is cold. If the coolant level is
below the MIN level , add coolant to the
MAX level .
If the intercooler cooling system frequently
requires coolant, have it checked. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer
for this service.
.
.
.
To avoid the danger of being scalded,
never change the coolant when the
engine is hot.
Never remove the cap when the
engine is hot. Serious burns could be
caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the intercooler cooling reservoir.
Avoid direct skin contact with used
coolant. If skin contact is made, wash
thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner
as soon as possible.
Keep coolant out of the reach of
children and pets.
JVM0654X
VR30DDTT engine
Intercooler coolant must be disposed of
properly. Check your local regulations.
JVM0429X
2.0L turbo gasoline engine
8-10
Do-it-yourself
CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and
apply the parking brake.
2. Run the engine until it reaches operating
temperature.
3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15
minutes for the oil to drain back into the
oil pan.
4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.
Reinsert it all the way.
5. Remove the dipstick again and check the
oil level. It should be within the range .
If the oil level is below , remove the oil
filler cap and pour recommended oil
through the opening. Do not overfill .
6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.
It is normal to add some oil between oil
maintenance intervals or during the breakin period, depending on the severity of
operating conditions.
CAUTION
Oil level should be checked regularly.
Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the
engine, and such damage is not covered
by warranty.
CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND
FILTER
Vehicle set-up
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and
apply the parking brake.
2. Run the engine until it reaches operating
temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait more than
15 minutes.
4. Raise and support the vehicle using a
suitable floor jack and safety jack stands.
. Place the safety jack stands under the
vehicle jack-up points.
. A suitable adapter should be attached
to the jack stand saddle.
5. For VR30DDTT engine models: Remove
the plastic engine undercover.
. Remove the small plastic clip at the
center point of the undercover.
. Then remove the other bolts that hold
the undercover in place.
JVM0668X
VR30DDTT engine (2WD models)
CAUTION
Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle
damage.
JVM0669X
VR30DDTT engine (AWD models)
Do-it-yourself
8-11
Engine oil and filter
1. Place a large drain pan under the drain
plug.
2. Remove the oil filler cap.
3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench
and completely drain the oil.
CAUTION
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the
engine oil is hot.
JVM0667X
2.0L turbo gasoline engine
.
Waste oil must be disposed of properly.
. Check your local regulations.
4. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the
engine oil filter change is needed.)
Loosen the oil filter
with an oil filter
wrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it
by hand.
5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag.
CAUTION
JVM0428X
2.0L turbo gasoline engine
8-12 Do-it-yourself
Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket
remaining on the mounting surface of
the engine. Failure to do so could lead to
engine damage.
6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with
clean engine oil.
7. For VR30DDTT engine models: Screw in
the oil filter clockwise until a slight
resistance is felt, then tighten additionally more than 2/3 turn.
For 2.0L turbo gasoline engine models:
Securely tighten the oil filter. Do not use
excessive force.
Oil filter tightening torque:
VR30DDTT engine models
11 to 15 ft-lb
(14.7 to 20.6 N·m)
2.0L turbo gasoline engine models
19 ft-lb
(25 N·m)
8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a
new washer. Securely tighten the drain
plug with a wrench.
Drain plug tightening torque:
VR30DDTT engine models
22 to 29 ft-lb
(29.4 to 39.2 N·m)
2.0L turbo gasoline engine models
22 ft-lb
(30 N·m)
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID (ATF)
Do not use excessive force.
9. Refill engine with recommended oil and
install the oil filler cap securely.
See “Capacities and recommended
fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for drain and
refill capacity. The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and
drain time. Use these specifications for
reference only. Always use the dipstick
to determine the proper amount of oil in
the engine.
10. Start the engine and check for leakage
around the drain plug and the oil filter.
Correct as required.
11. Turn the engine off and wait more than
15 minutes. Check the oil level with the
dipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.
After the operation
d. Install the other bolts that hold the
undercover in place. Be careful not to
strip the bolts or over-tighten them.
2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the
ground.
3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.
When checking or replacement is required,
we recommend an INFINITI retailer for
servicing.
CAUTION
.
WARNING
.
.
.
Prolonged and repeated contact with
used engine oil may cause skin cancer.
Try to avoid direct skin contact with
used oil. If skin contact is made, wash
thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner
as soon as possible.
Keep used engine oil out of reach of
children.
.
It is recommended that you use only
Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Do
not mix with other fluids.
Using automatic transmission fluid
other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S
ATF may cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission
durability, and may damage the
automatic transmission. Damage
caused by the use of fluid other than
as recommended is not covered by
the INFINITI new vehicle limited
warranty.
1. Install the engine undercover into position as the following steps.
a. Pull the center of the small plastic clip
out.
b. Hold the engine undercover into position.
c. Insert the clip through the undercover
into the hole in the frame, then push
the center of the clip in to lock the clip
in place.
Do-it-yourself
8-13
POWER STEERING FLUID (models with
hydraulic pump electric power steering)
BRAKE FLUID
line, add
If the fluid is below the MIN
Genuine NISSAN E-PSF. Remove the cap
and fill through the opening.
For further brake fluid information, see
“Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) of this manual.
WARNING
CAUTION
.
.
JVM0332X
WARNING
Power steering fluid is poisonous and
should be stored carefully in marked
containers out of the reach of children.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. The
fluid level should be checked when the fluid
is cold at fluid temperatures of 0 to 30°C (32
to 86°F). The fluid level can be checked with
the level gauge which is attached to the cap.
To check the fluid level, remove the cap. The
fluid level should be between the MAX
and MIN lines.
8-14 Do-it-yourself
Do not overfill.
Use Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or
equivalent.
.
.
.
Use only new fluid from a sealed
container. Old, inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake
system. The use of improper fluids
can damage the brake system and
affect the vehicle’s stopping ability.
Clean the filler cap before removing.
Brake fluid is poisonous and should
be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.
CAUTION
Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces.
This will damage the paint. If fluid is
spilled, wash the surface with water.
WINDOW WASHER FLUID
JVM0253X
JVM0731X
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the
or the brake
fluid is below the MIN line
warning light comes on, add Genuine
NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or
equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line .
If fluid must be added frequently, the system
should be checked. It is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
To check the window washer fluid level, use
of the cap/
your finger to plug the hole
tube assembly, then remove it from the
reservoir. If there is no fluid in the tube,
add fluid.
Add a washer solvent to the washer for
better cleaning. In the winter season, add a
windshield washer antifreeze. Follow the
manufacturer’s instructions for the mixture
ratio.
Refill the reservoir more frequently when
driving conditions require an increased
amount of window washer fluid.
Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN
Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &
Antifreeze or equivalent.
WARNING
Antifreeze is poisonous and should be
stored carefully in marked containers
out of the reach of children.
Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically. Add window washer fluid when the
low window washer fluid warning appears in
the vehicle information display.
To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift
the cap off the reservoir and pour the
window washer fluid into the reservoir
opening.
CAUTION
.
.
Do not substitute engine anti-freeze
coolant for window washer solution.
This may result in damage to the
paint.
Do not fill the window washer reservoir with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl
alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the
grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir.
Do-it-yourself
8-15
BATTERY
.
Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
with water to the manufacturer’s
recommended levels before pouring
the fluid into the window washer
reservoir. Do not use the window
washer reservoir to mix the washer
fluid concentrate and water.
.
Keep the battery surface clean and dry.
Clean the battery with a solution of
baking soda and water.
Make certain the terminal connections
are clean and securely tightened.
If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days
or longer, disconnect the negative (−)
battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it.
.
.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations
that can lead to potential battery discharge
and potential no-start conditions such as:
1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery
power when the engine is not running
(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,
etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be
charged to maintain battery health.
WARNING
.
8-16
Do-it-yourself
Do not expose the battery to flames
or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas
generated by the battery is explosive.
Do not allow battery fluid to contact
your skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted
.
.
.
.
surfaces. After touching a battery or
battery cap, do not touch or rub your
eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If
the acid contacts your eyes, skin or
clothing, immediately flush with
water for at least 15 minutes and
seek medical attention.
Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid
in the battery is low. Low battery
fluid can cause a higher load on the
battery which can generate heat,
reduce battery life, and in some cases
lead to an explosion.
When working on or near a battery,
always wear suitable eye protection
and remove all jewelry.
Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds. Wash hands after handling.
Keep the battery out of the reach of
children.
MAIN BATTERY LOCATION
See “Engine compartment check locations”
(P.8-4) for the battery location.
trunk.
Remove the clips
as illustrated.
to remove the trunk trim
JVM0599X
AUXILIARY BATTERY LOCATION
(for 2.0L turbo gasoline engine
models)
CAUTION
.
.
Do not place the battery in the
interior of the vehicle if you remove
the auxiliary battery.
Do not place electrically conductive
objects such as tools around the
auxiliary battery.
DI0137MA
CHECKING BATTERY FLUID LEVEL
Main battery
Check the fluid level in each cell (remove the
battery cover if it is necessary). It should be
between the UPPER LEVEL and LOWER
LEVEL lines.
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only
distilled water to bring the level to the
indicator in each filler opening. Do not
overfill.
To check the auxiliary battery, open the
Do-it-yourself
8-17
JUMP STARTING
If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump
starting” (P.6-9). If the engine does not start
by jump starting, the battery may have to be
replaced. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for this service.
SDI1480C
1. Remove the cell plugs .
2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER
LEVEL line.
If the side of the battery is not clear,
check the distilled water level by looking
directly above the cell; the condition
indicates OK and the conditions needs
more to be added.
3. Tighten cell plugs .
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or
under severe conditions require frequent
checks of the battery fluid level.
8-18
Do-it-yourself
JVM0729X
Auxiliary battery
Auxiliary battery (2.0L turbo gasoline engine models)
.
.
.
indicates OK.
indicates that charging is necessary.
indicates that replacement is necessary.
If it is necessary to charge or replace the
battery, it is recommended you contact an
INFINITI retailer.
VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM
DRIVE BELTS
CAUTION
.
.
Do not ground accessories directly to
the battery terminal. Doing so will
bypass the variable voltage control
system and the vehicle battery may
not charge completely.
Use electrical accessories with the
engine running to avoid discharging
the vehicle battery.
The variable voltage control system measures the amount of electrical discharge
from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator.
JVM0655X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
VR30DDTT engine
Water pump
Alternator
Drive belt auto-tensioner
Crankshaft pulley
Air conditioner compressor
JVM0433X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.0L turbo gasoline engine
Water pump
Crankshaft pulley
Drive belt auto-tensioner
Air conditioner compressor
Alternator
WARNING
Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF
or LOCK position before servicing drive
belts. The engine could rotate unexpectedly.
Do-it-yourself
8-19
SPARK PLUGS
1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of
unusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness.
If the belt is in poor condition or loose,
have it replaced or adjusted. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for
this service.
2. Have the belts checked regularly for
condition and tension in accordance with
the maintenance schedule shown in the
“9. Maintenance and schedules” section.
WARNING
Be sure the engine and the ignition
switch are off and that the parking
brake is engaged securely.
CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct socket to
remove the spark plugs. An incorrect
socket can damage the spark plugs.
SDI2020
REPLACING SPARK PLUGS
If replacement is required, it is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Iridium-tipped spark plugs
It is not necessary to replace the iridiumtipped spark plugs as frequently as the
conventional type spark plugs since they will
last much longer. Follow the maintenance
schedule shown in the “9. Maintenance and
schedules” section, but do not reuse them by
cleaning or regapping.
Always replace spark plugs with recommended or equivalent ones.
8-20 Do-it-yourself
AIR CLEANER
WARNING
.
.
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner removed can cause you or
others to be burned. The air cleaner
not only cleans the air, it stops flame
if the engine backfires. If it isn’t
there, and the engine backfires, you
could be burned. Do not drive with
the air cleaner removed, and be careful when working on the engine with
the air cleaner removed.
Never pour fuel into the throttle body
or attempt to start the engine with
the air cleaner removed. Doing so
could result in serious injury.
The filter element should not be cleaned and
reused. Replace it according to the maintenance schedule shown in the “9. Maintenance and schedules” section. When
replacing the filter, wipe the inside of the
air cleaner housing and the cover with a
damp cloth.
When maintenance is required, it is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer for
servicing.
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES
CLEANING
If your windshield is not clear after using the
windshield washer or if a wiper blade
chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with a
washer solution or a mild detergent. Your
windshield is clean if beads do not form
when rinsing with clear water.
Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth
soaked in a washer solution or a mild
detergent. Then rinse the blade with clear
water. If your windshield is still not clear
after cleaning the blades and using the
wiper, replace the blades.
Worn windshield wiper blades can damage
the windshield and impair driver vision.
When a washer nozzle is clogged
It is recommended you see an INFINITI
retailer if a washer nozzle is clogged or any
malfunction occurs. Do not attempt to clean
the nozzle using a needle or a pin. Doing so
may damage the nozzle.
Do-it-yourself
8-21
BRAKES
If the brakes do not operate properly, have
the brakes checked. It is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES
Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting
brakes.
The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time
the brake pedal is applied.
WARNING
SDI2048
REPLACING
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
Before replacing the wiper blades, the wiper
should be in the fully up position to avoid
scratching the engine hood or damaging the
wiper arm. To pull up the wiper arm, see
“Wiper and washer switch” (P.2-33).
1. Pull the wiper arm.
2. Push the release tab , and then move
the wiper blade down the wiper arm
while pushing the release tab to remove.
3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the
wiper arm until a click sounds.
8-22
Do-it-yourself
4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in
the groove.
CAUTION
.
.
After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original
position;
otherwise it may be damaged when
the hood is opened.
Make sure the wiper blades contact
the glass; otherwise the arm may be
damaged from wind pressure.
Have your brake system checked if the
brake pedal height does not return to
normal. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for this service.
BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING
The disc brake pads have audible wear
warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping
sound when the vehicle is in motion. This
scraping sound will first occur only when the
brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of
the brake pad, the sound will always be
heard even if the brake pedal is not
depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon
as possible if the wear warning sound is
heard.
FUSES
Under some driving or climate conditions,
occasional brake squeak, squeal or other
noise may be heard. Occasional brake noise
during light to moderate stops is normal and
does not affect the function or performance
of the brake system.
Proper brake inspection intervals should be
followed. For additional information, see the
maintenance schedule shown in the “9.
Maintenance and schedules” section.
JVM0255X
VR30DDTT engine model
JVM0734X
VR30DDTT engine model
JVM0305X
2.0L turbo gasoline engine model
JVM0331X
2.0L turbo gasoline engine model
Do-it-yourself
8-23
headlight switch is turned to OFF.
2. Open the engine hood.
3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder
cover.
4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.
SDI1754
JVM0306X
2.0L turbo gasoline engine model (trunk)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified on
the fuse box cover. This could damage
the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.
If any electrical equipment does not operate,
check for an open fuse.
1. Be sure the ignition switch is placed in
the OFF or LOCK position and the
8-24 Do-it-yourself
5. If the fuse is open , replace it with a
new fuse . Spare fuses are stored in the
passenger compartment fuse box.
6. If a new fuse also opens, have the
electrical system checked and repaired.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for this service.
Fusible links
If any electrical equipment does not operate
and fuses are in good condition, check the
fusible links. If any of these fusible links are
melted, replace only with genuine INFINITI
parts.
JVM0256X
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified on
the fuse box cover. This could damage
the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.
If any electrical equipment does not operate,
check for an open fuse.
1. Be sure the ignition switch is placed in
the OFF or LOCK position and the
headlight switch is turned to OFF.
2. Open the fuse box lid.
3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller .
4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new
fuse.
5. If a new fuse also opens, have the
electrical system checked and repaired.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for this service. Spare fuses are
stored in the fuse box.
JVM0257X
Extended storage fuse switch (if so
equipped)
To reduce battery drain, the extended
storage fuse switch comes from the factory
switched off. Prior to delivery of your
vehicle, the switch is pushed in (switched
on) and should always remain on.
If the extended storage fuse switch is not
pushed in (switched on), the “Shipping Mode
On, Push Storage Fuse” warning may appear
in the vehicle information display. See “20.
Extended storage fuse warning” (P.2-23).
If any electrical equipment does not operate,
remove the extended storage fuse switch
and check for an open fuse.
Do-it-yourself
8-25
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY
REPLACEMENT
NOTE:
If the extended storage fuse switch malfunctions or if the fuse is open, it is not
necessary to replace the switch. In this case,
remove the extended storage fuse switch
and replace it with a new fuse of the same
rating.
How to remove the extended storage fuse
switch:
1. To remove the extended storage fuse
switch, be sure the ignition switch is in
the OFF or LOCK position.
2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the
OFF position.
3. Remove the fuse box cover.
4. Pinch the locking tabs
found on each
side of the storage fuse switch.
5. Pull the storage fuse switch straight out
from the fuse box .
CAUTION
Be careful not to allow children to
swallow the battery and removed parts.
JVM0317X
To replace the battery:
1. Release the lock knob at the back of the
Intelligent Key and remove the mechanical key.
2. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver wrapped
with a cloth into the slit of the corner and
twist it to separate the upper part from
8-26 Do-it-yourself
the lower part.
3. Replace the battery with a new one.
Recommended battery:
CR2032 or equivalent
. Do not touch the internal circuit and
electric terminals as it could cause a
malfunction.
. Hold the battery by the edges. Holding the battery across the contact
points will seriously deplete the storage capacity.
. Make sure that the + side faces the
bottom of the case.
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
SDI2452
4. Align the tips of the upper and lower
parts , and then push them together
until it is securely closed.
5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
If you need any assistance for replacement,
it is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for this service.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Do-it-yourself
8-27
LIGHTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
JVM0828X
8-28 Do-it-yourself
Headlight (high-beam)
Headlight (low-beam)
Parking light, daytime running light
Map light
Rear personal light
Side turn signal light
Front turn signal light
Fog light
Front side marker light
Step light
Courtesy light
High-mounted stop light
Back-up light
Tail light
Rear turn signal light
Tail/stop light
Rear side marker light
License plate light
Trunk light
HEADLIGHTS
If replacement is required, it is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of
the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash.
A temperature difference between the inside
and the outside of the lens causes the fog.
This is not a malfunction. If large drops of
water collect inside the lens, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service.
EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS
Item
Headlight*
High/Low beams
Front turn signal light*
Front fog light*
Parking light*/Daytime running light*
Front side marker light*
Side turn signal light*
Rear combination light*
back-up
turn signal
tail
tail/stop
side marker
License plate light*
Map light*
Rear personal light
Vanity mirror light*
Step light
Console box light*
Inside door handle light* (if so equipped)
Door trim light* (if so equipped)
Front cup holder light*
Footwell light*
Trunk light
Wattage (W)
Bulb No.
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
—
—
—
—
—
—
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
8
1.8
5
2
LED
LED
LED
LED
3.4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Do-it-yourself
8-29
Item
Courtesy light*
High-mounted stop light*
Wattage (W)
Bulb No.
LED
LED
—
—
*: It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for replacement.
NOTE: It is recommended that you check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer
for the latest information about parts.
8-30 Do-it-yourself
Replacement procedures
All other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E or
F. When replacing a bulb, first remove the
lens and/or cover.
SDI2031
Rear personal light
SDI1258A
Trunk light
SDI1679
SDI2330
Step light
Do-it-yourself
8-31
WHEELS AND TIRES
If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).
TIRE PRESSURE
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It
monitors tire pressure of all tires except the
spare. When the low tire pressure warning
light is lit and the “Tire Pressure Low - Add
Air” warning appears in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated.
The TPMS will activate only when the
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH
(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect
a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a
flat tire while driving).
For more details, see “Low tire pressure
warning light” (P.2-12),“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.63).
Tire inflation pressure
Check the pressure of the tires (including the spare) often and always
prior to long distance trips. The
recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and
8-32
Do-it-yourself
Loading Information label under the
“Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tire
and Loading Information label is
affixed to the driver side center pillar.
Tire pressures should be checked
regularly because:
. Most tires naturally lose air over
time.
. Tires can lose air suddenly when
driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb
while parking.
The tire pressures should be checked
when the tires are cold. The tires are
considered COLD after the vehicle
has been parked for 3 or more hours,
or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at
moderate speeds.
TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator
provides visual and audible signals
outside the vehicle for inflating the
tires to the recommended COLD tire
pressure. (See “TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator” (P.5-8) about the
TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator.)
Incorrect tire pressure, including under inflation, may adversely affect
tire life and vehicle handling.
WARNING
. Improperly inflated tires can fail
suddenly and cause an accident.
. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating (GVWR) is located on the F.
M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. The
vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading
Information label. Do not load
your vehicle beyond this capacity. Overloading your vehicle
may result in reduced tire life,
unsafe operating conditions
due to premature tire failure,
or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead
to a serious accident. Loading
beyond the specified capacity
may also result in failure of
other vehicle components.
. Before taking a long trip, or
whenever you heavily load your
vehicle, use a tire pressure
gauge to ensure that the tire
pressures are at the specified
level.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
Do-it-yourself
8-33
ered COLD after the vehicle has
been parked for 3 or more hours,
or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km)
at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set
by the manufacturer to provide
the best balance of tire wear,
vehicle handling, driveability, tire
noise, etc., up to the vehicle’s
GVWR.
Tire size — see “Tire labeling”
(P.8-36).
Spare tire size or compact spare
tire size (if so equipped)
SDI2567
Tire and Loading Information label
Seating capacity: The maximum
number of occupants that can be
seated in the vehicle.
Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicle
loading information” (P.10-19).
8-34
Do-it-yourself
Original size: The size of the tires
originally installed on the vehicle
at the factory.
Cold tire pressure: Inflate the
tires to this pressure when the
tires are cold. Tires are consid-
SDI1949
Checking the tire pressure
1. Remove the valve stem cap from
the tire.
2. Press the pressure gauge squarely
onto the valve stem. Do not press
too hard or force the valve stem
sideways, or air will escape. If the
hissing sound of air escaping from
the tire is heard while checking the
pressure, reposition the gauge to
eliminate this leakage.
3. Remove the gauge.
4. Read the tire pressure on the
gauge stem and compare it to the
specification shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too
much air is added, press the core of
the valve stem briefly with the tip
of the gauge stem to release
pressure. Recheck the pressure
and add or release air as needed.
6. Install the valve stem cap.
7. Check the pressure of all other
tires, including the spare.
COLD
TIRE INFLASIZE
TION
PRESSURE
P225/55R240 kPa,
F17 95V
35 PSI
P225/50R240 kPa,
35 PSI
FRONT F18 94V
ORIGI- P245/40R- 240 kPa,
NAL
F19 94V
35 PSI
TIRE
245/40RF19 240 kPa,
94W
35 PSI
245/40R19 240 kPa,
94Y
35 PSI
Do-it-yourself
8-35
REAR
ORIGINAL
TIRE
P225/55RF17 95V
P225/50RF18 94V
P245/40RF19 94V
245/40RF19
94W
265/35R19
94W
265/35RF19
94W
240 kPa,
35 PSI
240 kPa,
35 PSI
240 kPa,
35 PSI
240 kPa,
35 PSI
240 kPa,
35 PSI
240 kPa,
35 PSI
SPARE
TIRE (if
T145/70R18 420 kPa,
so
107M
60 PSI
equipped)
8-36 Do-it-yourself
SDI1575
Example
TIRE LABELING
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and describes
the fundamental characteristics of
the tire and also provides the tire
identification number (TIN) for safety
standard certification. The TIN can be
used to identify the tire in case of a
recall.
SDI1606
Example
Tire size (example: P215/60R16
94H)
1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is
designed for passenger vehicles.
(Not all tires have this information.)
2. Three-digit number (215): This
number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall
edge to sidewall edge.
3. Two-digit number (60): This number, known as the aspect ratio,
gives the tire’s ratio of height to
4.
5.
6.
7.
width.
R: The “R” stands for radial.
F: The “F” after “R” indicates SelfSupporting type run-flat tire.
Two-digit number (16): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in
inches.
Two- or three-digit number (94):
This number is the tire’s load index.
It is a measurement of how much
weight each tire can support. You
may not find this information on all
tires because it is not required by
law.
H: Tire speed rating. You should
not drive the vehicle faster than
the tire speed rating.
JVM0694X
Example
TIN (Tire Identification Number) for
a new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX
XXXX)
1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Department of Transportation”. The
symbol can be placed above, below or to the left or right of the
Tire Identification Number.
2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s
identification mark
3. Two-digit code: Tire size
4. Three-digit code: Tire type code
(Optional)
5. Four numbers represent the week
and year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 3103
means the 31st week of 2003. If
these numbers are missing, then
look on the other sidewall of the
tire.
Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must indicate
the materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount of
air pressure that should be put in the
tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure.
Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that can
be carried by the tire. When replacing
the tires on the vehicle, always use a
tire that has the same load rating as
the factory installed tire.
Do-it-yourself
8-37
Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”
Indicates whether the tire requires an
inner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).
The word “radial”
The word “radial” is shown, if the tire
has radial structure.
Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
Other tire-related terminology:
In addition to the many terms that are
defined throughout this section, Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the
sidewall that contains a whitewall,
bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand and/or model name
molding that is higher or deeper than
the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or (2) the outward
facing sidewall of an asymmetrical
tire that has a particular side that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
8-38 Do-it-yourself
TYPES OF TIRES
WARNING
.
.
.
.
When changing or replacing tires, be
sure all four tires are of the same type
(Example: Summer, All Season or
Snow) and construction. An INFINITI
retailer may be able to help you with
information about tire type, size,
speed rating and availability.
Replacement tires may have a lower
speed rating than the factory
equipped tires, and may not match
the potential maximum vehicle speed.
Never exceed the maximum speed
rating of the tire.
Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect
the proper operation of the TPMS.
For additional information regarding
tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety
Information” (US) or “Tire Safety
Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.
All season tires
INFINITI specifies all season tires on some
models to provide good performance all
year, including snowy and icy road conditions. All Season tires are identified by ALL
SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on
the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better
snow traction than All Season tires and may
be more appropriate in some areas.
Summer tires
INFINITI specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior performance on
dry roads. Summer tire performance is
substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating
M&S on the tire sidewall.
If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy
or icy conditions, INFINITI recommends the
use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on
all four wheels.
Snow tires
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to
select tires equivalent in size and load rating
to the original equipment tires. If you do not,
it can adversely affect the safety and
handling of your vehicle.
Generally, snow tires will have lower speed
ratings than factory equipped tires and may
not match the potential maximum vehicle
speed. Never exceed the maximum speed
rating of the tire.
If you install snow tires, they must be the
same size, brand, construction and tread
pattern on all four wheels.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded
tires may be used. However, some U.S.
states and Canadian provinces prohibit their
use. Check local, state and provincial laws
before installing studded tires. Skid and
traction capabilities of studded snow tires,
on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than
that of non-studded snow tires.
Run-flat tires (if so equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with run-flat tires.
You can continue driving to a safe location
even if they are punctured. Always use runflat tires of the specified size on all four
wheels. Mixing tire sizes or construction may
reduce vehicle handling stability. If necessary, contact an INFINITI retailer for assistance.
Frequently check the tire pressure and adjust
pressure of each tire properly. The tire
pressure can be also checked in the vehicle
information display.
It can be difficult to tell if a run-flat tire is
under-inflated or flat. Check the tire pressures as described earlier in this section. If
the tire becomes under-inflated while driving, the low tire pressure warning light will
illuminate. If the tire becomes flat while
driving, the low tire pressure warning light
and the “Flat Tire - Visit dealer” warning will
appear.
Low tire pressure:
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire
pressure, the low tire pressure warning light
will illuminate.
Flat tire:
If the vehicle is being driven with one or more
flat tires, the low tire pressure warning light
will illuminate continuously and a chime will
sound for 10 seconds. A “Flat Tire - Visit
dealer” warning also appears in the vehicle
information display.
The chime will only sound at the first
indication of a flat tire and the warning light
will illuminate continuously. When the flat
tire warning is activated, have the system
reset and the tire checked, and replaced if
necessary. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for these services. Even if
the tire is inflated to the specified COLD tire
pressure, the warning light will continue to
illuminate until the system is reset.
If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates continuously and the “Flat Tire - Visit
dealer” warning appears in the vehicle
information display:
. Do not exceed 50 MPH (80 km/h).
. Increase your following distance to allow
for increased stopping distances.
.
Avoid sudden maneuvers, hard cornering
and hard braking.
WARNING
.
.
.
.
Although you can continue driving
with a punctured run-flat tire, remember that vehicle handling stability is reduced, which could lead to an
accident and personal injury. Also,
driving a long distance at high speeds
may damage the tire.
Do not drive at speeds above 50
MPH (80 km/h) and do not drive
more than approximately 93 miles
(150 km) with a punctured run-flat
tire. The actual distance the vehicle
can be driven on a flat tire depends on
outside temperature, vehicle load,
road conditions and other factors.
Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoid
hard cornering or braking, which may
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle.
If you detect any unusual sounds or
vibrations while driving with a punctured run-flat tire, pull off the road
to a safe location and stop the vehicle
as soon as possible. The tire may be
seriously damaged and need to be
Do-it-yourself
8-39
TIRE CHAINS
replaced.
CAUTION
.
.
.
.
Never install tire chains on a punctured run-flat tire, as this could damage
your vehicle.
Avoid driving over any projection or
pothole, as the clearance between
the vehicle and the ground is smaller
than normal.
Do not enter an automated car wash
with a punctured run-flat tire.
It is recommended you have the
punctured tire inspected by an
INFINITI retailer or other authorized
repair shop. Replace the tire as soon
as possible if the tire is seriously
damaged.
8-40
Do-it-yourself
CAUTION
Tire chains/cables should not be installed on 265/35R19 and
265/35RF19 tires. Doing so will cause
damage to the vehicle. If you plan to use
tire chains/cables, you should install
245/45RF19 tires on your vehicle.
Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location. Check the local laws before
installing tire chains. When installing tire
chains, make sure they are the proper size
for the tires on your vehicle and are installed
according to the chain manufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Class
“S” chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles
that can use Class “S” chains are designed to
meet the SAE standard minimum clearances
between the tire and the closest vehicle
suspension or body component required to
accommodate the use of a winter traction
device (tire chains or cables). The minimum
clearances are determined using the factory
equipped tire size. Other types may damage
your vehicle. Use chain tensioners when
recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of
the tire chain must be secured or removed to
prevent the possibility of whipping action
damage to the fenders or underbody. If
possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle
when using tire chains. In addition, drive at
a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle
may be damaged and/or vehicle handling
and performance may be adversely affected.
Tire chains must be installed only on the
rear wheels and not on the front wheels.
Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY
USE ONLY spare tire (if so equipped). Never
install tire chains on a punctured run-flat tire
(if so equipped), as this could damage your
vehicle.
Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving
with tire chains in such conditions can cause
damage to the various mechanisms of the
vehicle due to some overstress.
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the specification at all times.
It is recommended that wheel nuts be
tightened to the specification at each
tire rotation interval.
WARNING
SDI1662
CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES
Tire rotation (models equipped with
same size tires on all wheels)
INFINITI recommends rotating the
tires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).
(See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for tire replacing procedures.)
As soon as possible, tighten the
wheel nuts to the specified torque
with a torque wrench.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
80 ft-lb (108 N·m)
. After rotating the tires, check
and adjust the tire pressure.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when
the vehicle has been driven for
600 miles (1,000 km) (also in
cases of a flat tire, etc.).
. Do not include the T-type spare
tire or any other small size
spare tire in the tire rotation.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
After the ignition switch is placed in
the ON position, it may take a period
of time for the tire pressure to be
displayed in the vehicle information
display while the vehicle is driven.
Depending on the radio wave circumstance, tire pressure may not correctly be displayed.
Tire rotation (models equipped with
different size tires on front and rear)
Tires cannot be rotated on this vehicle, as front tires are a different size
from rear tires.
A pin is on the front brake rotor to
prevent the rear wheels from being
installed in place of the front wheels.
The spare tire can be installed in place
of the front and rear wheels. When
installing the spare tire in the front
wheel, the hole in the spare tire wheel
must be aligned with the pin on the
brake rotor.
WARNING
. If your vehicle is equipped with
different size front and rear
tires, never install the rear
Do-it-yourself
8-41
tire/wheel on the front of the
vehicle. Doing so can damage
the vehicle or tire. Damage to
the tire may result in a sudden
loss of air pressure which may
cause loss of vehicle control in
some driving conditions and
cause a collision and personal
injury.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when
the vehicle has been driven for
600 miles (1,000 km) (also in
cases of a flat tire, etc.).
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
After the ignition switch is placed in
the ON position, it may take a period
of time for the tire pressure to be
displayed in the vehicle information
display while the vehicle is driven.
Depending on the radio wave circumstance, tire pressure may not cor8-42 Do-it-yourself
rectly be displayed.
SDI1663
: Wear indicator
: Wear indicator location mark. The
”, “TWI”,
locations are shown by “
etc. depending on tire types.
Tire wear and damage
WARNING
. Tires should be periodically inspected for wear, cracking, bulging or objects caught in the
tread. If excessive wear, cracks,
bulging or deep cuts are found,
the tire(s) should be replaced.
. The original tires have built-in
tread wear indicators. When
wear indicators are visible, the
tire(s) should be replaced.
. Tires degrade with age and use.
Have tires, including the spare,
over 6 years old checked by a
qualified technician, because
some tire damage may not be
obvious. Replace the tires as
necessary to prevent tire failure
and possible personal injury.
. Improper service of the spare
tire may result in serious personal injury. If it is necessary to
repair the spare tire, it is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for this service.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
Replacing wheels and tires
When replacing a tire, use the same size,
tread design, speed rating and load carrying
capacity as originally equipped. (See “Specifications” (P.10-11) for recommended types
and sizes of tires and wheels.)
After the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, it may take a period of time for the
tire pressure to be displayed in the vehicle
information display while the vehicle is
driven. Depending on the radio wave circumstance, tire pressure may not correctly be
displayed.
.
WARNING
.
.
The use of tires other than those
recommended or the mixed use of
tires of different brands, construction (bias, bias-belted, radial or runflat), or tread patterns can adversely
affect the ride, braking, handling,
ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clearance, speedometer calibration, headlight aim
and bumper height. Some of these
effects may lead to accidents and
could result in serious personal injury.
For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models,
if your vehicle was originally
.
equipped with 4 tires that were the
same size and you are only replacing
2 of the 4 tires, install the new tires
on the rear axle. Placing new tires on
the front axle may cause loss of
vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an accident and
personal injury.
If the wheels are changed for any
reason, always replace with wheels
which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a different off-set
could cause premature tire wear,
degrade vehicle handling characteristics and/or interference with the
brake discs/drums. Such interference
can lead to decreased braking efficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe
wear. See “Wheels and tires” (P.1012) of this manual for wheel off-set
dimensions.
Since the spare tire is not equipped
with the TPMS, when a spare tire is
mounted or a wheel is replaced, the
TPMS will not function and the low
tire pressure warning light will flash
for approximately 1 minute. The light
will remain on after 1 minute. Have
your tires replaced and/or TPMS
system reset as soon as possible. It
is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for these services.
Do-it-yourself
8-43
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect
the proper operation of the TPMS.
The TPMS sensor may be damaged if
it is not handled correctly. Be careful
when handling the TPMS sensor.
When replacing the TPMS sensor, the
ID registration may be required. It is
recommended you contact an
INFINITI retailer for ID registration.
Do not use a valve stem cap that is
not specified by INFINITI. The valve
stem cap may become stuck.
Be sure that the valve stem caps are
correctly fitted. Otherwise the valve
may be clogged up with dirt and
cause a malfunction or loss of pressure.
Do not install a damaged or deformed
wheel or tire even if it has been
repaired. Such wheels or tires could
have structural damage and could fail
without warning.
The use of retread tire is not recommended.
For additional information regarding
tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety
Information” (US) or “Tire Safety
Information” (Canada) in the War-
8-44 Do-it-yourself
ranty Information Booklet.
Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
models
CAUTION
.
.
Always use tires of the same type,
size, brand, construction (bias, biasbelted or radial), and tread pattern
on all four wheels. Failure to do so
may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and
rear axles which will cause excessive
tire wear and may damage the transmission, transfer case and differential
gears.
ONLY use spare tires specified for
the Intelligent AWD model.
If excessive tire wear is found, it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with
tires of the same size, brand, construction
and tread pattern. The tire pressure and
wheel alignment should also be checked and
corrected as necessary. It is recommended
you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Wheel balance
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Even with regular use,
wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,
they should be balanced as required.
Wheel balance service should be performed
with the wheels off the vehicle. Spin
balancing the wheels on the vehicle could
lead to mechanical damage.
For additional information regarding tires,
refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in
the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.
Care of wheels
See “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for details
about care of the wheels.
Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE
ONLY (T-type) spare tire) (if so
equipped)
Since the spare tire is not equipped with the
TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARY USE ONLY), the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) will not function.
Observe the following precautions if the
TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be
used, otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident.
WARNING
.
.
.
.
.
The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare
tire should be used for emergency
use. It should be replaced with the
standard tire at the first opportunity
to avoid possible tire or differential
damage.
Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.
Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking
while driving.
Periodically check spare tire inflation
pressure. Always keep the pressure
of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY
spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2
bar). Always keep the pressure of the
full size spare tire (if so equipped) at
the recommended pressure for standard tires, as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label. For
Tire and Loading Information label
location, see “Tire and loading information label” (P.10-16).
With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY
spare tire installed do not drive your
vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH
(80 km/h).
When driving on roads covered with
snow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE
.
.
.
ONLY spare tire should be used on
the front wheels and original tire
used on the rear wheels (drive
wheels). Use tire chains only on the
two rear original tires.
Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE
ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster
rate than the standard tire. Replace
the spare tire as soon as the tread
wear indicators appear.
Do not use the spare tire on other
vehicles.
Do not use more than one spare tire
at the same time.
CAUTION
.
.
Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire
chains will not fit properly and may
cause damage to the vehicle.
Because the TEMPORARY USE
ONLY spare tire is smaller than the
original tire, ground clearance is reduced. To avoid damage to the
vehicle, do not drive over obstacles.
Also do not drive the vehicle through
an automatic car wash since it may
get caught.
Do-it-yourself
8-45
MEMO
8-46
Do-it-yourself
9 Maintenance and schedules
Maintenance requirement................................................
General maintenance...................................................
Scheduled maintenance..............................................
Where to go for service..............................................
General maintenance........................................................
Explanation of general maintenance items...........
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...........
Emission control system maintenance...................
Chassis and body maintenance................................
Maintenance schedules....................................................
Additional maintenance items for severe
operating conditions....................................................
9-2
9-2
9-2
9-2
9-2
9-2
9-5
9-5
9-6
9-6
9-6
Oil control system (for VR30DDTT
engine models).............................................................. 9-7
Standard maintenance...................................................... 9-7
Emission control system maintenance
(for VR30DDTT engine)........................................... 9-8
Emission control system maintenance
(for 2.0L turbo gasoline engine).......................... 9-11
Chassis and body maintenance............................ 9-13
Maintenance under severe driving conditions........ 9-16
Maintenance log.............................................................. 9-17
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT
Some day-to-day and regular maintenance
is essential to maintain your vehicle in good
mechanical condition, as well as its emission
and engine performance.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure
that the scheduled maintenance, as well as
general maintenance, is performed.
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one
who can ensure that your vehicle receives
the proper maintenance. You are a vital link
in the maintenance chain.
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
General maintenance includes those items
which should be checked during normal dayto-day operation. They are essential for
proper vehicle operation. It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly
as prescribed.
Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a
few general automotive tools.
These checks or inspections can be done by
yourself, a qualified technician or, if you
prefer, an INFINITI retailer.
9-2 Maintenance and schedules
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
The maintenance items listed in this section
are required to be serviced at regular intervals. However, under severe driving conditions, additional or more frequent
maintenance will be required.
WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE
If maintenance service is required or your
vehicle appears to malfunction, have the
systems checked and serviced. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service.
INFINITI technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with the
latest service information through technical
bulletins, service tips and training programs.
They are completely qualified to work on
INFINITI vehicles before work begins.
You can be confident that an INFINITI
retailer’s service department can perform
the service needed to meet the maintenance
requirements on your vehicle.
During the normal day-to-day operation of
the vehicle, general maintenance should be
performed regularly as prescribed in this
section. If you detect any unusual sounds,
vibrations or smells, be sure to check for the
cause and have it checked promptly. In
addition, it is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer if you think that repairs are
required.
When performing any checks or maintenance work, closely observe “Maintenance
precautions” (P.8-3) of this manual.
EXPLANATION OF GENERAL
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Additional information on the following
items with “*” is found in the “8. Do-ityourself” section of this manual.
Outside the vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should be
performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified.
Doors and engine hood: Check that all doors
and the engine hood, operate properly. Also
ensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and
links if necessary. Make sure that the
secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released.
When driving in areas using road salt or
other corrosive materials, check lubrication
frequently.
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular
basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop
lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and other
lights are all operating properly and installed
securely. Also check headlight aim.
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking
the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are
missing, and check for any loose wheel nuts.
Tighten if necessary.
Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every
5,000 miles (8,000 km). If your vehicle is
equipped with different sized tires in the
front and rear, tires cannot be rotated.
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge
often and always prior to long distance trips.
If necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,
including the spare, to the pressure specified. Check carefully for damage, cuts or
excessive wear.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
transmitter components: Replace the TPMS
transmitter grommet seal, valve core and
cap when the tires are replaced due to wear
or age.
Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle
should pull to either side while driving on a
straight and level road, or if you detect
uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be
a need for wheel alignment.
If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at
normal highway speeds, wheel balancing
may be needed.
For additional information regarding tires,
refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in
the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.
Windshield: Clean the windshield on a
regular basis. Check the windshield at least
every six months for cracks or other damage.
Have a damaged windshield repaired by a
qualified repair facility.
Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks
or wear if they do not wipe properly.
Inside the vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should be
checked on a regular basis, such as when
performing scheduled maintenance, cleaning
the vehicle, etc.
Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for
smooth operation and make sure the pedal
does not catch or require uneven effort.
Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.
Automatic transmission P (Park) mechanism: On a fairly steep hill, check that your
vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position without applying any
brakes.
Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth
operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes
down further than normal, the pedal feels
spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to
stop, have your vehicle checked immediately.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for this service. Keep the floor mat
away from the pedal.
Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the
vehicle to one side when applied.
Parking brake: Check the parking brake
operation regularly. The vehicle should be
securely held on a fairly steep hill with only
the parking brake applied. If the parking
brake needs adjusted, it is recommended you
visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Seats: Check seat position controls such as
seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to
ensure they operate smoothly and that all
latches lock securely in every position. Check
that the head restraints move up and down
smoothly and that the locks (if so equipped)
hold securely in all latched positions.
Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat
belt system (for example, buckles, anchors,
adjuster and retractors) operate properly
and smoothly, and are installed securely.
Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,
wear or damage.
Steering wheel: Check for changes in the
steering conditions, such as excessive free
play, hard steering or strange noises.
Maintenance and schedules
9-3
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that
all warning lights and chimes are operating
properly.
Windshield defroster: Check that the air
comes out of the defroster outlets properly
and in sufficient quantity when operating
the heater or air conditioner.
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that
the wipers and washer operate properly and
that the wipers do not streak.
Under the hood and vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should be
checked periodically (for example, each time
you check the engine oil or refuel).
Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. It
should be between the MAX and MIN lines.
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or
under severe condition require frequent
checks of the battery fluid level.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations
that can lead to potential battery discharge
and potential no-start conditions such as:
1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery
power when the engine is not running
(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,
etc.)
9-4 Maintenance and schedules
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be
charged to maintain battery health.
Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake
fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines
on the reservoir.
Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant
level when the engine is cold.
Intercooler coolant level*: Check the coolant
level when the engine is cold.
Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no belt is
frayed, worn, cracked or oily.
Engine oil level*: Check the level after
parking the vehicle on a level spot and
turning off the engine. Wait more than 15
minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil
pan.
Exhaust system: Make sure there are no
loose supports, cracks or holes. If the sound
of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a
smell of exhaust fumes, immediately have
the exhaust system inspected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this
service. (See “Precautions when starting and
driving” (P.5-4).)
Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,
oil, water or other fluid leaks after the
vehicle has been parked for a while. Water
dripping from the air conditioner after use is
normal. If you should notice any leaks or if
gasoline fumes are evident, check for the
cause and have it corrected immediately.
Power steering fluid level* and lines: Check
the level when the fluid is cold, with the
engine off. Check the lines for proper
attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.
Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the
radiator and clean off any dirt, insects,
leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.
Make sure the hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose connections.
Underbody: The underbody is frequently
exposed to corrosive substances such as
those used on icy roads or to control dust. It
is very important to remove these substances, otherwise rust will form on the
floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around the
exhaust system. At the end of winter, the
underbody should be thoroughly flushed
with plain water, being careful to clean
those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate. For additional information, see
“Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2).
Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there
is adequate fluid in the reservoir.
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
The following descriptions are provided to
give you a better understanding of the
scheduled maintenance items that should
be regularly checked or replaced. The maintenance schedule indicates at which mileage/time intervals each item requires
service.
In addition to scheduled maintenance, your
vehicle requires that some items be checked
during normal day-to-day operation. Refer
to “General maintenance” (P.9-2).
Items marked with “*” are recommended by
INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. You
are not required to perform maintenance on
these items in order to maintain the warranties which come with your vehicle. Other
maintenance items and intervals are required.
When applicable, additional information can
be found in the “8. Do-it yourself” section of
this manual.
NOTE:
INFINITI does not advocate the use of nonOEM approved aftermarket flushing systems and strongly advises against performing these services on an INFINITI product.
Many of the aftermarket flushing systems
use non-OEM approved chemicals or solvents, the use of which has not been
validated by INFINITI.
For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,
grease, and refrigerant, refer to “Capacities
and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.102) of this manual.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE
Drive belts*:
Check engine drive belts for wear, fraying or
cracking and for proper tension. Replace any
damaged drive belts.
Engine air filter:
Replace at specified intervals. When driving
for prolonged periods in dusty conditions,
check/replace the filter more frequently.
Engine coolant* (for VR30DDTT engine
models):
Replace coolant at the specified interval.
When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to
use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with the
proper mixture. (Refer to “Engine cooling
system (for VR30DDTT engine models)”
(P.8-6) to determine the proper mixture for
your area.)
NOTE:
Mixing any other type of coolant or the use
of non-distilled water may reduce the
recommended service interval of the coolant.
Engine coolant* (for 2.0L turbo gasoline
engine models):
Replace coolant at the specified interval.
When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to
use only BASF Glysantin® G48® or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Refer to
“Engine cooling system (for 2.0L turbo
gasoline engine models)” (P.8-8) to determine the proper mixture for your area.)
NOTE:
Mixing any other type of coolant or the use
of non-distilled water may reduce the
recommended service interval of the coolant.
Intercooler coolant (for VR30DDTT engine
models):
Intercooler coolant is maintenance-free.
Engine oil and oil filter:
Replace engine oil and oil filter at the
specified intervals. For recommended oil
grade and viscosity refer to “Capacities and
recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2).
Engine valve clearance*:
Inspect only if valve noise increases. Adjust
valve clearance if necessary.
Evaporative emissions control vapor lines*:
Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness.
Tighten connections or replace parts as
necessary.
Maintenance and schedules
9-5
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES
Fuel lines*:
Check the fuel hoses, piping and connections
for leaks, looseness, or deterioration. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Spark plugs:
Replace at specified intervals. Install new
plugs of the type as originally equipped.
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
Brake lines and cables:
Visually inspect for proper installation.
Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration,
and signs of leaking. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Brake pads, rotors, drums and linings:
Check for wear, deterioration and fluid
leaks. Replace any deteriorated or damaged
parts immediately.
Exhaust system:
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler
and hangers for leaks, cracks, deterioration,
and damage. Tighten connections or replace
parts as necessary.
In-cabin microfilter:
Replace at specified intervals. When driving
for prolonged periods in dusty conditions,
replace the filter more frequently.
9-6
Maintenance and schedules
Propeller shaft(s):
Check for damage, looseness, and grease
leakage. (4WD/AWD/RWD)
Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension parts, drive shaft boots:
Check for damage, looseness, and leakage
of oil or grease. Under severe driving conditions, inspect more frequently.
Tire rotation:
Tires should be rotated every 5,000 miles
(8,000 km) according to the instructions
under “Explanation of general maintenance
items” (P.9-2). When rotating tires, check for
damage and uneven wear. Replace if necessary.
Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil and
transfer case oil:
Visually inspect for signs of leakage at
specified intervals.
To help ensure smooth, safe and economical
driving, INFINITI provides two maintenance
schedules that may be used, depending upon
the conditions in which you usually drive.
These schedules contain both distance and
time intervals, up to 120,000 miles
(192,000 km)/144 months. For most people, the odometer reading will indicate when
service is needed. However, if you drive very
little, your vehicle should be serviced at the
regular time intervals shown in the schedule.
After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144
months, continue maintenance at the same
mileage/time intervals.
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE
ITEMS FOR SEVERE OPERATING
CONDITIONS
Additional maintenance items for severe
operating conditions; should be performed
on vehicles that are driven under especially
demanding conditions. Additional maintenance items should be performed if you
primarily operate your vehicle under the
following conditions:
. Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles
(8 km).
. Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles
(16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below freezing.
STANDARD MAINTENANCE
.
.
.
.
.
Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go
“rush hour” traffic.
Extensive idling and/or low speed driving
for long distances, such as police, taxi or
door-to-door delivery use.
Driving in dusty conditions.
Driving on rough, muddy or salt spread
roads.
Using a car-top carrier.
The following tables show the standard
maintenance schedule. Depending upon
weather and atmospheric conditions, varying road surfaces, individual driving habits
and vehicle usage, additional or more frequent maintenance may be required.
After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144
months, continue maintenance at the same
mileage/time intervals.
NOTE:
For vehicles operated in Canada, both
standard and severe maintenance items
should be performed at every interval.
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM (for
VR30DDTT engine models)
Your vehicle is equipped with oil control
system. It calculates engine oil and filter
change interval based on driving conditions.
Driving in severe conditions will shorten the
engine oil and filter change interval. When
the oil replacement indicator appears in the
vehicle information display, the engine oil
and filter need to be replaced.
Maintenance and schedules
9-7
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE (for VR30DDTT engine)
Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Perform at number of
miles, kilometers or
months, whichever
comes first.
Miles × 1,000
(km × 1,000)
Months
Drive belts
See NOTE (1)
Air cleaner filter
See NOTE (2)
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
5
(8)
6
10
(16)
12
Engine coolant*
See NOTE (4)
(5)
25
(40)
30
30
(48)
36
35
(56)
42
40
(64)
48
45
(72)
54
I*
Fuel lines
See NOTE (3)
20
(32)
24
50
(80)
60
I*
R
EVAP vapor lines
Fuel filter
15
(24)
18
55
(88)
66
60
(96)
72
I*
R
I*
I*
I*
I*
I*
I*
Engine oil
See NOTE (6)
R
R
R
R
R
R
Engine oil filter
See NOTE (6)
R
R
R
R
R
R
Spark plugs
See NOTE (7)
Intake and exhaust valve See NOTE (8)
clearance*
9-8
Maintenance and schedules
Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Perform at number of
miles, kilometers or
months, whichever
comes first.
Miles × 1,000
(km × 1,000)
Months
Drive belts
See NOTE (1)
Air cleaner filter
See NOTE (2)
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
65
(104)
78
70
(112)
84
I*
75
(120)
90
80
(128)
96
I*
85
(136)
102
90
(144)
108
95
(152)
114
I*
100
(160)
120
105
(168)
126
I*
110
(176)
132
115
(184)
138
120
(192)
144
I*
R
EVAP vapor lines
Fuel lines
I*
R
I*
I*
I*
I*
I*
I*
Fuel filter
See NOTE (3)
Engine coolant*
See NOTE (4)
(5)
Engine oil
See NOTE (6)
R
R
R
R
R
R
Engine oil filter
See NOTE (6)
R
R
R
R
R
R
Spark plugs
See NOTE (7)
Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)
Intake and exhaust valve See NOTE (8)
clearance*
NOTE:
(1) After 40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48
months, inspect every 10,000 miles
(16,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the
drive belts if found damaged.
(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions,
more frequent maintenance may be required.
(3) Periodic maintenance is not required.
(4) First replacement interval is 105,000
miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After
first replacement, replace every 75,000
miles (120,000 km) or 60 months.
(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent
with proper mixture ratio of 50% antifreeze and 50% demineralized or distilled
water. Mixing any other type of coolant or
the use of non-distilled water may reduce
the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant.
(6) If the oil replacement indicator is
displayed, change the engine oil and filter
as soon as possible. After replacing the
engine oil, reset the display.
(7) Replace spark plug when the plug gap
exceeds 0.043 in (1.1 mm) even if within
specified replacement mileage.
(8) Periodic maintenance is not required.
However, if valve noise increases, inspect
valve clearance.
*: Maintenance items and intervals with “*”
are recommended by INFINITI for reliable
vehicle operation. The owner need not to
Maintenance and schedules
9-9
perform such maintenance in order to
maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance
items and intervals are required.
9-10
Maintenance and schedules
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE (for 2.0L turbo gasoline engine)
Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Perform at number of
miles, kilometers or
months, whichever
comes first.
Miles × 1,000
(km × 1,000)
Months
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
5
(8)
6
10
(16)
12
15
(24)
18
20
(32)
24
25
(40)
30
30
(48)
36
35
(56)
42
40
(64)
48
45
(72)
54
50
(80)
60
55
(88)
66
60
(96)
72
Engine compartment
See NOTE (1)
I
I
I
V-belt
See NOTE (2)
I*
I*
I*
Air cleaner filter
Replace every 45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 36 months
Fuel lines
Fuel filter
I*
I*
I*
See NOTE (3)
Engine coolant*
Replace every 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months
Engine oil
R
R
R
R
R
R
Engine oil filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
Spark plugs
Replace every 45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 36 months
Maintenance and schedules
9-11
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Perform at number of
miles, kilometers or
months, whichever
comes first.
Miles × 1,000
(km × 1,000)
Months
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
Engine compartment
See NOTE (1)
I
I
I
V-belt
See NOTE (2)
I*
I*
I*
65
(104)
78
70
(112)
84
Air cleaner filter
80
(128)
96
85
(136)
102
90
(144)
108
95
(152)
114
100
(160)
120
105
(168)
126
110
(176)
132
115
(184)
138
120
(192)
144
Replace every 45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 36 months
Fuel lines
Fuel filter
75
(120)
90
I*
I*
I*
See NOTE (3)
Engine coolant*
Replace every 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months
Engine oil
R
R
R
R
R
R
Engine oil filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
Spark plugs
NOTE:
(1) All visible parts checked for leaks and
damage.
(2) In visible area only.
(3) Periodic maintenance is not required.
*: Maintenance items and intervals with “*”
are recommended by INFINITI for reliable
vehicle operation. The owner need not to
perform such maintenance in order to
maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance
items and intervals are required.
9-12 Maintenance and schedules
Replace every 45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 36 months
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Perform at of miles,
kilometers or months,
whichever comes first.
Miles × 1,000
(km × 1,000)
Months
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
5
(8)
6
10
(16)
12
15
(24)
18
20
(32)
24
25
(40)
30
30
(48)
36
35
(56)
42
40
(64)
48
45
(72)
54
50
(80)
60
55
(88)
66
60
(96)
72
Brake lines and cables
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake pads and rotors$
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid$
R
Automatic transmission
fluid
See NOTE (1)
Transfer fluid and differential gear oil
See NOTE (2)
I
I
Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension
parts$
Tire rotation
R
I
I
I
I
I
See NOTE (3)
I
I
Exhaust system$
I
I
In-cabin microfilter
Intelligent Key battery
I
I
Propeller shaft and drive
shaft boots (AWD models)$
Stop lamp switch and
brake pedal position
R
R
See NOTE (4)
I
I
I
R
I
R
I
I
R
I
I
R
I
R
I
R
Maintenance and schedules
I
R
9-13
Miles × 1,000
MAINTENANCE OP(km × 1,000)
ERATION
Months
Perform at of miles, kilometers or months,
whichever comes first.
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
65
(104)
78
70
(112)
84
75
(120)
90
80
(128)
96
85
(136)
102
90
(144)
108
95
(152)
114
100
(160)
120
105
(168)
126
110
(176)
132
115
(184)
138
120
(192)
144
Brake lines & cables
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake pads & rotors$
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid$
Automatic transmission
fluid
R
Transfer fluid & differen- See NOTE (2)
tial gear oil
I
I
Steering gear & linkage,
axle & suspension parts$
Tire rotation
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
See NOTE (3)
Propeller shaft & drive
shaft boots (AWD models)$
I
I
Exhaust system$
I
I
In-cabin microfilter
Stop lamp switch and
brake pedal position
R
See NOTE (1)
R
See NOTE (4)
Intelligent Key battery
9-14 Maintenance and schedules
I
I
I
R
I
R
I
I
R
I
I
R
I
R
I
R
I
R
NOTE:
Maintenance items with “$” should be
performed more frequently according to
“Maintenance under severe driving conditions” (P.9-16).
(1) Periodic maintenance is not required.
(2) If using a car-top carrier, or driving on
rough or muddy roads, change (not just
inspect) oil at every 20,000 miles (32,000
km) or 24 months.
(3) Refer to “Tire rotation” under “General
maintenance” (P.9-2).
(4) Inspect the clearance between the brake
pedal and the switches.
Maintenance and schedules
9-15
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE
DRIVING CONDITIONS
The maintenance intervals shown on the
preceding pages are for normal operating
conditions. If the vehicle is mainly operated
under severe driving conditions as shown
below, more frequent maintenance must be
performed on the following items as shown
in the table.
Severe driving conditions
. Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles
(8 km).
. Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles
(16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below freezing.
. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go
“rush hour” traffic.
. Extensive idling and/or low speed driving
for long distances, such as police, taxi or
door-to-door delivery use.
. Driving in dusty conditions.
. Driving on rough, muddy, or salt spread
roads.
. Using a car-top carrier.
Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspect
and correct or replace as necessary.
9-16
Maintenance and schedules
Maintenance item
Maintenance operation
Maintenance interval
Brake fluid
Replace
Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12
months
Brake pads & rotors
Inspect
Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6
months
Steering gear & linkage, axle &
suspension parts
Inspect
Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6
months
Propeller shaft & drive shaft
boots (AWD models)
Inspect
Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6
months
Exhaust system
Inspect
Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6
months
MAINTENANCE LOG
5,000 Miles (8,000 km) or 6 Months
10,000 Miles (16,000 km) or 12 Months
15,000 Miles (24,000 km) or 18 Months
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
20,000 Miles (32,000 km) or 24 Months
25,000 Miles (40,000 km) or 30 Months
30,000 Miles (48,000 km) or 36 Months
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
35,000 Miles (56,000 km) or 42 Months
40,000 Miles (64,000 km) or 48 Months
45,000 Miles (72,000 km) or 54 Months
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
Maintenance and schedules
9-17
50,000 Miles (80,000 km) or 60 Months
55,000 Miles (88,000 km) or 66 Months
60,000 Miles (96,000 km) or 72 Months
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
65,000 Miles (104,000 km) or 78 Months
70,000 Miles (112,000 km) or 84 Months
75,000 Miles (120,000 km) or 90 Months
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
80,000 Miles (128,000 km) or 96 Months
85,000 Miles (136,000 km) or 102 Months
90,000 Miles (144,000 km) or 108 Months
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
9-18
Maintenance and schedules
95,000 Miles (152,000 km) or 114 Months
100,000 Miles (160,000 km) or 120 Months
105,000 Miles (168,000 km) or 126 Months
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
110,000 Miles (176,000 km) or 132 Months
115,000 Miles (184,000 km) or 138 Months
120,000 Miles (192,000 km) or 144 Months
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Retailer Name:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Mileage:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
Retailer
Stamp:
Maintenance and schedules
9-19
MEMO
9-20 Maintenance and schedules
10 Technical and consumer information
Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-2
Fuel information (for VR30DDTT
engine model).............................................................. 10-4
Fuel information (for 2.0L turbo gasoline
engine model)............................................................... 10-6
Engine oil and oil filter recommendation............ 10-8
Air conditioning system refrigerant and
lubricant recommendations.................................. 10-10
Specifications.................................................................. 10-11
Engine.......................................................................... 10-11
Wheels and tires...................................................... 10-12
Dimensions................................................................ 10-13
When traveling or registering in
another country............................................................. 10-14
Vehicle identification.................................................... 10-14
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate....... 10-14
Vehicle identification number
(chassis number) ...................................................... 10-14
Engine serial number.............................................. 10-15
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.......... 10-15
Emission control information label..................... 10-16
Tire and loading information label...................... 10-16
Air conditioner specification label ...................... 10-16
Installing front license plate.......................................
Removing air deflectors..............................................
Vehicle loading information.......................................
Terms........................................................................
Vehicle load capacity............................................
Loading tips ............................................................
Measurement of weights....................................
Towing a trailer.............................................................
Flat towing..............................................................
Uniform tire quality grading......................................
Treadwear...............................................................
Traction AA, A, B and C......................................
Temperature A, B and C......................................
Emission control system warranty..........................
Reporting safety defects............................................
Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)
test (US only).................................................................
Event Data Recorders (EDR)....................................
Owner’s Manual/Service Manual
order information.........................................................
10-17
10-18
10-19
10-19
10-20
10-21
10-21
10-22
10-22
10-22
10-22
10-23
10-23
10-23
10-24
10-25
10-25
10-26
CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED
FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure
instructed in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Capacity (approximate)
Metric
US
Imperial
Measure
Measure
Measure
Fluid type
Fuel
VR30DDTT enEngine oil*1
gine model
Drain and refill
*1
: For additional information, see “Engine oil” (P.810).
2.0L turbo gasoline engine
model
Engine coolant
VR30DDTT engine model
2.0L turbo gasoline engine
model
Intercooler coolant
Two-Wheel
Drive (2WD)
model
With oil filter
change
Without oil filter change
All-Wheel
With oil filter
Drive (AWD) change
model
Without oil filter change
Two-Wheel With oil filter
Drive (2WD) change
model
Without oil filter change
With oil filter
All-Wheel
Drive (AWD) change
model
Without oil filter change
Total (with reservoir)
Standard and premium grade
Total (with reservoir)
Sport grade
Reservoir
Total (with reservoir)
Reservoir
Total (with reservoir)
Reservoir
10-2 Technical and consumer information
76 L
20 gal
16-5/8 gal
4.8 L
5-1/8 qt
4-1/4 qt
4.6 L
4-7/8 qt
4 qt
5.4 L
5-3/4 qt
4-3/4 qt
5.2 L
5-1/2 qt
4-5/8 qt
6.3 L
6-5/8 qt
5-1/2 qt
5.8 L
6-1/8 qt
5-1/8 qt
Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
 See “Fuel information (for VR30DDTT engine model)” (P.10-4) or
“Fuel information (for 2.0L turbo gasoline engine model)” (P.10-6).
 Genuine “Nissan Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” is recommended.
 If the above motor oil is not available, use an equivalent motor oil
that matches the above grade and viscosity. For additional
information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” (P.10-8).
6.6 L
7 qt
5-7/8 qt
6.1 L
6-1/2 qt
5-3/8 qt
 Engine oil meeting specification MB229.5, viscosity SAE 0W-30 or
equivalent.
 As an alternative to this recommended oil, engine oils meeting
specification MB229.5, viscosity SAE 0W-40, 5W-30 and 5W-40
may be used and meet all specifications and requirements necessary
to maintain the new vehicle limited warranty.
 For additional information, refer to “Selecting the correct oil” (P.109) and “Oil viscosity” (P.10-9) under “Engine oil and oil filter
recommendation” (P.10-8) of this manual.
8.8 L
9-1/4 qt
7-3/4 qt
 Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)
or equivalent
10.3 L
10-7/8 qt
9-1/8 qt
0.6 L
5/8 qt
1/2 qt
9.0 L
9-1/2 qt
7-7/8 qt
0.9 L
3.2 L
0.4 L
1 qt
3-3/8 qt
3/8 qt
3/4 qt
2-7/8 qt
3/8 qt
 BASF Glysantin® G48®
 Use BASF Glysantin® G48® or equivalent in its quality. Any
damage to the vehicle or within the engine cooling system caused
by the use of engine coolant other than as recommended is not
covered under the INFINITI’s new vehicle limited warranty.
 Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)
or equivalent
Fluid type
Capacity (approximate)
Metric
US
Imperial
Measure
Measure
Measure
Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF)
Differential gear oil
—
—
—
Front
—
—
—
Rear
—
—
—
—
—
—
Transfer fluid
Brake fluid
Power steering fluid
Refill to the proper oil level according to the
instructions in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section.
Multi-purpose grease
Air conditioning system refrigerant
—
—
—
—
—
—
Air conditioning system lubricants
Window washer fluid
—
—
—
—
—
—
Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
 Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF
 INFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF ONLY
in INFINITI automatic transmissions. Do not mix with other fluids.
Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN Matic S
ATF may damage the automatic transmission. Damage caused by
the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under
the INFINITI’s new vehicle limited warranty.
 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or
equivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oil.
 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super-S GL-5 synthetic
75W-90 or equivalent
 Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF
 INFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF ONLY in
INFINITI transfers. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that
are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may damage
the transfer. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as
recommended is not covered under the INFINITI’s new vehicle
limited warranty.
 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent
DOT 3
*2
: Available in mainland U.S.A. through an INFINITI retailer.
 Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent
 Use of a power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E-PSF
will prevent the power steering system from operating properly.
 NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
 HFC-134a (R-134a)
For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” (P.10-14)
for air conditioner specification label.
 NISSAN A/C System Oil PAG or exact equivalent
 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &
Antifreeze or equivalent
Technical and consumer information
10-3
FUEL INFORMATION (for
VR30DDTT engine model)
Use unleaded premium gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock
Index) number (Research octane number 96).
INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded
premium gasoline with 93 AKI number
(Research octane number 98) to obtain the
maximum vehicle performance and the best
driveability.
If unleaded premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regular gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 87 AKI number
(Research octane number 91) may be temporarily used, but only under the following
precautions:
. Have the fuel tank filled only partially
with unleaded regular gasoline, and fill
up with unleaded premium gasoline as
soon as possible.
. Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt
acceleration.
Use unleaded premium gasoline for maximum vehicle performance.
CAUTION
.
Using a fuel other than that specified
could adversely affect the emission
10-4 Technical and consumer information
.
.
.
control system, and may also affect
warranty coverage.
Under no circumstances should a
leaded gasoline be used, because this
will damage the three-way catalyst.
Do not use a fuel containing more
than 15% ethanol in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is not designed to run on
a fuel containing more than 15%
ethanol. Using a fuel containing more
than 15% ethanol in a vehicle not
specifically designed for a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol can
adversely affect the emission control
devices and systems of the vehicle.
Damage caused by such fuel is not
covered by the INFINITI new vehicle
limited warranty.
Do not use fuel that contains the
octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
Using fuel containing MMT may
adversely affect vehicle performance
and vehicle emissions. Not all fuel
dispensers are labeled to indicate
MMT content, so you may have to
consult your gasoline retailer for
more details. Note that Federal and
California laws prohibit the use of
MMT in reformulated gasoline.
.
U.S. government regulations require
ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and
black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
Gasoline specifications
INFINITI recommends using gasoline that
meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter
(WWFC) specifications where it is available.
Many of the automobile manufacturers
developed this specification to improve
emission system and vehicle performance.
Ask your service station manager if the
gasoline meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications.
Reformulated gasoline
Some fuel suppliers are now producing
reformulated gasolines. These gasolines are
specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions. INFINITI supports efforts towards
cleaner air and suggests that you use
reformulated gasoline when available.
Gasoline containing oxygenates
Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing
oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and
methanol with or without advertising their
presence. INFINITI does not recommend the
use of fuels of which the oxygenate content
and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI
cannot be readily determined. If in doubt, ask
your service station manager.
If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please
take the following precautions as the usage
of such fuels may cause vehicle performance
problems and/or fuel system damage.
. The fuel should be unleaded and have an
octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline.
. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting a
methanol blend, is used, it should contain no more than 15% oxygenate.
. If a methanol blend is used, it should
contain no more than 5% methanol
(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It should
also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors. If not properly formulated with
appropriate cosolvents and corrosion
inhibitors, such methanol blends may
cause fuel system damage and/or vehicle performance problems. At this time,
sufficient data is not available to ensure
that all methanol blends are suitable for
use in INFINITI vehicles.
If any undesirable driveability problems such
as engine stalling or hard hot starting are
experienced after using oxygenate-blend
fuels, immediately change to a non-oxyge-
nate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.
Take care not to spill gasoline during
refueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates
can cause paint damage.
E-15 fuel
E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%
fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E15 can only be used in vehicles designed to
run on E-15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in your
vehicle. U.S. government regulations require
fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified with small, square, orange and black
label with the common abbreviation or the
appropriate percentage for that region.
E-85 fuel
E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%
fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle
(FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.
U.S. government regulations require fuel
ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified
by a small, square, orange and black label
with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
Fuel containing MMT
MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting
additive. INFINITI does not recommend the
use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel may
adversely affect vehicle performance, including the emissions control system. Note
that while some fuel pumps label MMT
content, not all do, so you may have to
consult your gasoline retailer for more details.
Aftermarket fuel additives
INFINITI does not recommend the use of any
aftermarket fuel additives (Example: fuel
injector cleaner, octane booster, intake valve
deposit removers, etc.) which are sold commercially. Many of these additives intended
for gum, varnish or deposit removal may
contain active solvent or similar ingredients
that can be harmful to the fuel system and
engine.
Octane rating tips
Using unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating lower than recommended above can
cause persistent, heavy spark knock. (Spark
knock is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe,
this can lead to engine damage. If you
detect a persistent heavy spark knock even
when using gasoline of the stated octane
rating, or if you hear steady spark knock
while holding a steady speed on level roads,
it is recommended you have an INFINITI
retailer correct the condition. Failure to
correct the condition is misuse of the
vehicle, for which INFINITI is not responTechnical and consumer information
10-5
sible.
Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking, after-run or overheating. This in turn
may cause excessive fuel consumption or
damage to the engine. If any of the above
symptoms are encountered, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for servicing.
However, now and then you may notice
light spark knock for a short time while
accelerating or driving up hills. This is no
cause for concern, because you get the
greatest fuel benefit when there is light
spark knock for a short time under heavy
engine load.
FUEL INFORMATION (for 2.0L
turbo gasoline engine model)
Use unleaded premium gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock
Index) number (Research octane number 96).
If unleaded premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regular gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 87 AKI number
(Research octane number 91) may be temporarily used, but only under the following
precautions:
. Have the fuel tank filled only partially
with unleaded regular gasoline, and fill
up with unleaded premium gasoline as
soon as possible.
10-6
Technical and consumer information
.
Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt
acceleration.
Use unleaded premium gasoline for maximum vehicle performance.
CAUTION
.
.
.
.
Using a fuel other than that specified
could adversely affect the emission
control system, and may also affect
warranty coverage.
Under no circumstances should a
leaded gasoline be used, because this
will damage the three-way catalyst.
Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your
vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed
to run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not
specifically designed for E-15 or E85 fuel can adversely affect the
emission control devices and systems
of the vehicle. Damage caused by
such fuel is not covered by the
INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.
Do not use fuel that contains the
octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
Using fuel containing MMT may
adversely affect vehicle performance
.
and vehicle emissions. Not all fuel
dispensers are labeled to indicate
MMT content, so you may have to
consult your gasoline retailer for
more details. Note that Federal and
California laws prohibit the use of
MMT in reformulated gasoline.
U.S. government regulations require
ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and
black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
Gasoline specifications
INFINITI recommends using gasoline that
meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter
(WWFC) specifications where it is available.
Many of the automobile manufacturers
developed this specification to improve
emission system and vehicle performance.
Ask your service station manager if the
gasoline meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications.
Reformulated gasoline
Some fuel suppliers are now producing
reformulated gasolines. These gasolines are
specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions. INFINITI supports efforts towards
cleaner air and suggests that you use
reformulated gasoline when available.
Gasoline containing oxygenates
Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing
oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and
methanol with or without advertising their
presence. INFINITI does not recommend the
use of fuels of which the oxygenate content
and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI
cannot be readily determined. If in doubt, ask
your service station manager.
If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please
take the following precautions as the usage
of such fuels may cause vehicle performance
problems and/or fuel system damage.
. The fuel should be unleaded and have an
octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline.
. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting a
methanol blend, is used, it should contain no more than 10% oxygenate.
(MTBE may, however, be added up to
15%.)
. E-15 fuel contains more than 10%
oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adversely
affect the emission control devices and
systems of the vehicle and should not be
used. Damage caused by such fuel is not
covered by the INFINITI new vehicle
limited warranty.
.
If a methanol blend is used, it should
contain no more than 5% methanol
(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It should
also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors. If not properly formulated with
appropriate cosolvents and corrosion
inhibitors, such methanol blends may
cause fuel system damage and/or vehicle performance problems. At this time,
sufficient data is not available to ensure
that all methanol blends are suitable for
use in INFINITI vehicles.
If any undesirable driveability problems such
as engine stalling or hard hot starting are
experienced after using oxygenate-blend
fuels, immediately change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.
Take care not to spill gasoline during
refueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates
can cause paint damage.
E-15 fuel
E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%
fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E15 can only be used in vehicles designed to
run on E-15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in your
vehicle. U.S. government regulations require
fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified with small, square, orange and black
label with the common abbreviation or the
appropriate percentage for that region.
E-85 fuel
E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%
fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle
(FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.
U.S. government regulations require fuel
ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified
by a small, square, orange and black label
with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
Fuel containing MMT
MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting
additive. INFINITI does not recommend the
use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel may
adversely affect vehicle performance, including the emissions control system. Note
that while some fuel pumps label MMT
content, not all do, so you may have to
consult your gasoline retailer for more details.
Aftermarket fuel additives
INFINITI does not recommend the use of any
aftermarket fuel additives (Example: fuel
injector cleaner, octane booster, intake valve
deposit removers, etc.) which are sold commercially. Many of these additives intended
for gum, varnish or deposit removal may
contain active solvent or similar ingredients
Technical and consumer information
10-7
that can be harmful to the fuel system and
engine.
Octane rating tips
Using unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating lower than recommended above can
cause persistent, heavy spark knock. (Spark
knock is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe,
this can lead to engine damage. If you
detect a persistent heavy spark knock even
when using gasoline of the stated octane
rating, or if you hear steady spark knock
while holding a steady speed on level roads,
it is recommended you have an INFINITI
retailer correct the condition. Failure to
correct the condition is misuse of the
vehicle, for which INFINITI is not responsible.
Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking, after-run or overheating. This in turn
may cause excessive fuel consumption or
damage to the engine. If any of the above
symptoms are encountered, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for servicing.
However, now and then you may notice
light spark knock for a short time while
accelerating or driving up hills. This is no
cause for concern, because you get the
greatest fuel benefit when there is light
spark knock for a short time under heavy
engine load.
10-8
Technical and consumer information
JVT0342X
API certification mark
API service symbol
ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER
RECOMMENDATION
VR30DDTT engine model
Selecting the correct oil:
It is essential to choose the correct grade,
quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure
satisfactory engine life and performance,
see “Capacities and recommended fluids/
lubricants” (P.10-2). INFINITI recommends
the use of an energy conserving oil in order
to improve fuel economy.
Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute (API) certification
or International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE viscosity standard. These oils
have the API certification mark on the front
of the container. Oils which do not have the
specified quality label should not be used as
they could cause engine damage.
Oil additives:
INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil
additives. The use of an oil additive is not
necessary when the proper oil type is used
and maintenance intervals are followed.
Oil which may contain foreign matter or has
been previously used should not be used.
Oil viscosity:
The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes
with temperature. Because of this, it is
important that the engine oil viscosity be
selected based on the temperatures at which
the vehicle will be operated before the next
oil change. Choosing an oil viscosity other
than that recommended could cause serious
engine damage.
Selecting the correct oil filter:
Your new vehicle is equipped with a highquality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When
replacing, use the genuine oil filter or its
equivalent for the reason described in
change intervals.
Change intervals:
The oil and oil filter change intervals for your
engine are based on the use of the specified
quality oils and filters. Oil and filter other
than the specified quality, or oil and filter
change intervals longer than recommended
could reduce engine life. Damage to engines
caused by improper maintenance or use of
incorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is not covered by the new INFINITI
vehicle limited warranties.
Your engine was filled with a high quality
engine oil when it was built. You do not have
to change the oil before the first recom-
mended change interval. Oil and filter
change intervals depend upon how you use
your vehicle.
oil change. Choosing an oil viscosity other
than that recommended could cause serious
engine damage.
2.0L turbo gasoline engine model
Selecting the correct oil:
It is essential to choose the correct grade,
quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure
satisfactory engine life and performance,
see “Capacities and recommended fluids/
lubricants” (P.10-2).
Select only engine oils that meet the
MB229.5 and SAE viscosity standard. These
oils have the MB229.5 on the container. Oils
which do not have the specified quality label
should not be used as they could cause
engine damage.
Oil additives:
INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil
additives. The use of an oil additive is not
necessary when the proper oil type is used
and maintenance intervals are followed.
Oil which may contain foreign matter or has
been previously used should not be used.
Oil viscosity:
The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes
with temperature. Because of this, it is
important that the engine oil viscosity be
selected based on the temperatures at which
the vehicle will be operated before the next
Technical and consumer information
10-9
Change intervals:
The oil and oil filter change intervals for your
engine are based on the use of the specified
quality oils and filters. Oil and filter other
than the specified quality, or oil and filter
change intervals longer than recommended
could reduce engine life. Damage to engines
caused by improper maintenance or use of
incorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is not covered by the new INFINITI
vehicle limited warranties.
Your engine was filled with a high quality
engine oil when it was built. You do not have
to change the oil before the first recommended change interval.
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT
RECOMMENDATIONS
JVT0428X
Selecting the correct oil filter:
Your new vehicle is equipped with a highquality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When
replacing, use the genuine oil filter or its
equivalent for the reason described in
change intervals.
10-10
Technical and consumer information
The air conditioning system in your INFINITI
vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricant,
NISSAN A/C system oil PAG or the exact
equivalents.
CAUTION
The use of any other refrigerant or
lubricant may cause severe damage to
the air conditioning system and may
require the replacement of all air conditioner system components.
The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your
INFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’s
ozone layer. Although this refrigerant does
not affect the earth’s atmosphere, certain
governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during
automotive air conditioning system service.
Your INFINITI retailer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover
and recycle your air conditioning system
refrigerant.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer when servicing your air conditioning
system.
SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINE
Model
VR30DDTT
Type
Cylinder arrangement
Gasoline, 4-cycle
Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC
6-cylinder, V-slanted at 60° 4-cylinder, in-line
3.386× 3.386
3.268 × 3.622
(86.0 × 86.0)
(83.0 × 92.0)
182.88 (2,997)
121.49 (1,991 )
1-2-3-4-5-6
1-3-4-2
Bore × Stroke
in (mm)
Displacement
Firing order
cu in (cm3)
Idle speed
Ignition timing
(B.T.D.C.)
rpm
Camshaft operation
No adjustment is necessary.
degree/rpm
Spark plug
Spark plug gap
(Normal)
2.0L turbo gasoline engine
in (mm)
DILKAR8K8G
SILZKFR8E7S
0.031 (0.8)
0.028 (0.7)
Timing chain
Timing chain
STI0425
VR30DDTT engine
This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.
Technical and consumer information
10-11
WHEELS AND TIRES
Road wheel
Type
Conventional
Spare (if so equipped)
Size
Offset in (mm)
17 × 7.5J
1.77 (45)
18 × 7.5J
1.77 (45)
19 × 8.5J
1.97 (50)
19 × 9J
1.85 (47)
19 × 9.5J
1.97 (50)
18 × 4T
0 (0)
Size
Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold]
Tire
Type
P225/55RF17 95V
P225/50RF18 94V
P245/40RF19 94V
Conventional
245/40RF19 94W
35 (240)
Front: 245/40R19 94Y
Rear: 265/35R19 94W
Front: 245/40RF19 94W
Rear: 265/35RF19 94W
Spare (T-type) (if so equipped)
10-12
T145/70R18 107M
Technical and consumer information
60 (420)
DIMENSIONS
in (mm)
Overall length (with front license plate)
Overall length (without front license plate)
Overall width
Overall height
Front tread
Rear tread
Wheelbase
Base/Premium
189.6 (4,815)
189.1 (4,803)
71.8 (1,824)
Sport
189.6 (4,815)
189.1 (4,803)
71.8 (1,824)
56.8 (1,443)*1
57.2 (1,453)*2,*3
56.8 (1,443)*1
57.2 (1,453)*2,*3
60.8 (1,544)*4
60.4 (1,534)*5
61.8 (1,570)*9
61.6 (1,565)*8
61.4 (1,560)*5
112.2 (2,850)
60.8 (1,544)*6
60.6 (1,539)*7
60.4 (1,534)*5
61.6 (1,565)*6
61.4 (1,560)*7,*10
61.2 (1,555)*8
112.2 (2,850)
*1: Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models with VR30DDTT engine
*2: Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models with 2.0L turbo gasoline engine
*3: Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
*4: 17 × 7.5J and 18 × 7.5J wheel models
*5: 19 × 8.5J wheel models
*6: 19 × 9J wheel models
*7: 19 × 9J wheel (front) /19 × 9.5J wheel (rear) models
*8: 2.0L turbo gasoline engine models
*9: 17 × 7.5J and 18 × 7.5J wheel models with VR30DDTT engine
*10: 19 × 8.5J wheel models with VR30DDTT engine
Technical and consumer information
10-13
WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING
IN ANOTHER COUNTRY
If you plan to travel in another country, you
should first find out if the fuel available is
suitable for your vehicle’s engine.
Using fuel with too low an octane rating may
cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles
must be operated with unleaded gasoline.
Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas
where appropriate fuel is not available.
When transferring the registration of your
vehicle to another country, state, province
or district, it may be necessary to modify the
vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle
emission control and safety standards vary
according to the country, state, province or
district; therefore, vehicle specifications may
differ.
When any vehicle is to be taken into
another country, state, province or district
and registered, its modifications, transportation, and registration are the responsibility of the user. INFINITI is not responsible
for any inconvenience that may result.
10-14 Technical and consumer information
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
STI0716
STI0717
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) PLATE
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (chassis number)
The vehicle identification number plate is
attached as shown. This number is the
identification for your vehicle and is used in
the vehicle registration.
The number is stamped as shown in the
engine compartment.
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER
The number is stamped on the engine as
shown.
STI0509
STI0718
VR30DDTT engine
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LABEL
The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shown. This label
contains valuable vehicle information, such
as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR),
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month
and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.
JVT0288X
2.0L turbo gasoline engine
Technical and consumer information
10-15
STI0719
JVT0220X
STI0721
EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL
TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL
AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL
The emission control information label is
attached as shown.
The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label affixed to the
pillar as illustrated.
The air conditioner specification label is
attached as shown.
10-16 Technical and consumer information
INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE
JVT0530X
Use the following steps to mount the license
plate:
Before mounting the license plate, confirm
that the following parts are enclosed in the
plastic bag.
Only use the recommended mounting position, otherwise the radar sensor (Intelligent
Cruise Control (ICC) system) (if so equipped)
obstruction may result.
. License plate bracket
. J-nut × 2
. Screw × 2
. Screw grommet × 2
1. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.
as illu2. Locate the center position
strated. Position the license plate bracket at a distance of approximately 0.91 in
from the bottom of the
(23 mm)
bumper. Hold the license plate bracket
in place.
3. Mark the center of the hole with a felttip pen.
4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a
0.35 in (9 mm) drill bit at the marked
locations. (Be sure that the drill only
goes through the bumper fascia.)
5. Insert grommets into the hole on the
fascia.
6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the
Technical and consumer information
10-17
REMOVING AIR DEFLECTORS
grommet hole to add 90° turn onto the
part .
7. Install the license plate bracket with
screws.
4. Store the two air deflectors and four
screws to reinstall in the reverse order.
5. When reinstalling, make sure all six
screws are firmly tightened on both air
deflectors.
STI0623
Left side
This vehicle is equipped with air deflectors in
front of the front wheels. The deflectors will
change the air flow to help improve aerodynamic performance.
When transporting your vehicle on a trailer,
the air deflectors may interfere with a steep
slope to a trailer bed. In this case, remove the
deflectors from the undercover of the vehicle.
1. Loosen three screws as shown and
remove the left-side air deflector .
in its
2. Tighten the removed screw
original position.
3. Perform the same procedure to remove
the right-side air deflector.
10-18 Technical and consumer information
VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION
WARNING
.
.
It is extremely dangerous to
ride in a cargo area inside the
vehicle. In a collision, people
riding in these areas are more
likely to be seriously injured or
killed.
. Do not allow people to ride in
any area of vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seat
belts.
. Be sure everyone in your vehicle
is in a seat and using a seat belt
properly.
TERMS
It is important to familiarize yourself
with the following terms before loading your vehicle:
. Curb Weight (actual weight of
your vehicle) - vehicle weight including: standard and optional
equipment, fluids, emergency
tools, and spare tire assembly. This
weight does not include passen-
.
.
.
.
gers and cargo.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) curb weight plus the combined
weight of passengers and cargo.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) - maximum total combined
weight of the unloaded vehicle,
passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer
tongue load and any other optional equipment. This information
is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.
V.S.S. label.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
- maximum weight (load) limit
specified for the front or rear axle.
This information is located on the
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.
GCWR (Gross Combined Weight
Rating) - The maximum total
weight rating of the vehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer.
Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load
limit, Total load capacity - maximum total weight limit specified
of the load (passengers and cargo)
for the vehicle. This is the maximum combined weight of occu-
pants and cargo that can be
loaded into the vehicle. If the
vehicle is used to tow a trailer,
the trailer tongue weight must be
included as part of the cargo load.
This information is located on the
Tire and Loading Information label.
. Cargo capacity - permissible
weight of cargo, the weight of
total occupants weight subtracted
from the load limit.
Technical and consumer information
10-19
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
STI0365
VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY
Do not exceed the load limit of your
vehicle shown as “The combined
weight of occupants and cargo” on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. Do not exceed the number of
occupants shown as “Seating Capacity” on the Tire and Loading Information label.
To get “the combined weight of
occupants and cargo”, add the weight
of all occupants, then add the total
luggage weight. Examples are shown
10-20 Technical and consumer information
in the illustration.
Steps for determining correct load
limit
1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be five
150 lb. passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo and
luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs or
640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.
Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm that you do not exceed the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)
for your vehicle. (See “Measurement
of weights” (P.10-21).)
Also check tires for proper inflation
pressures. See the Tire and Loading
Information label.
LOADING TIPS
. The GVW must not exceed GVWR
or GAWR as specified on the F.M.
V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.
. Do not load the front and rear axle
to the GAWR. Doing so will exceed
the GVWR.
WARNING
.
Properly secure all cargo to help
prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher
than the seatbacks. In a sudden
stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.
. Do not load your vehicle any
heavier than the GVWR or the
maximum front and rear
GAWRs. If you do, parts of
your vehicle can break, tire
damage could occur, or it can
change the way your vehicle
handles. This could result in loss
of control and cause personal
injury.
. Overloading could not only
shorten the life of your vehicle
and the tires, but also could
lead to hazardous vehicle handling and long braking distance.
This may cause a premature tire
malfunction, which could result
in a serious accident and personal injury. Failures caused by
overloading are not covered by
the vehicle’s warranty.
either of the gross axle weight ratings
(GAWR). The total of the axle loads
should not exceed the gross vehicle
weight rating (GVWR). These ratings
are given on the vehicle certification
label. If weight ratings are exceeded,
move or remove items to bring all
weights below the ratings.
MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS
Secure loose items to prevent weight
shifts that could affect the balance of
your vehicle. When the vehicle is
loaded, drive to a scale and weigh
the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not exceed
Technical and consumer information
10-21
TOWING A TRAILER
Do not tow a trailer with your
vehicle.
UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
INFINITI” (P.6-18).
FLAT TOWING
Automatic Transmission
Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on
the ground is sometimes called flat towing.
This method is sometimes used when towing
a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such
as a motor home.
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:
Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of the
wheels on the ground.
CAUTION
.
.
.
.
.
Failure to follow these guidelines can
result in severe transmission damage.
Whenever flat towing your vehicle,
always tow forward, never backward.
DO NOT tow any Automatic Transmission (AT) vehicle with all four
wheels on the ground (flat towing).
Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal
transmission parts due to lack of
transmission lubrication.
DO NOT tow any All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) vehicle with any of the wheels
on the ground. Doing so may cause
serious and expensive damage to the
powertrain.
For emergency towing procedures
refer to “Towing recommended by
10-22
Technical and consumer information
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:
To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic
transmission, an appropriate vehicle dolly
MUST be placed under the towed vehicle’s
drive wheels. Always follow the dolly manufacturer’s recommendations when using
their product.
DOT (Department Of Transportation) Quality Grades: All passenger car tires must
conform to federal safety requirements in
addition to these grades.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread
shoulder and maximum section width. For
example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
TREADWEAR
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating
based on the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one
and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends
upon actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
WARRANTY
TRACTION AA, A, B AND C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest,
are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent
the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is
based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
TEMPERATURE A, B AND C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the tire’s resistance to
the generation of heat and its ability to
dissipate heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The
grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of performance on
the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
speed, under-inflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible tire failure.
Your INFINITI is covered by the following
emission warranties.
For USA:
. Emission Defects Warranty
. Emissions Performance Warranty
Details of these warranties may be found
with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet that comes with
your INFINITI. If you did not receive a
Warranty Information Booklet, or it has
become lost, you may obtain a replacement
by writing to:
. INFINITI Division
Nissan North America, Inc.
Consumer Affairs Department
P.O. Box 685003
Franklin, TN 37068-5003
For Canada:
Emission Control System Warranty
Details of these warranties may be found
with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information
that comes with your INFINITI. If you did not
receive a Warranty and Roadside Assistance
Information, or it has become lost, you may
obtain a replacement by writing to:
. Nissan Canada Inc.
5290 Orbitor Drive
Mississauga, Ontario,
L4W 4Z5
Technical and consumer information
10-23
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
For USA
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying INFINITI.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints,
it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved in
individual problems between you,
your retailer, or INFINITI.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.
gov; or write to: Administrator,
NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW.,
Washington DC 20590. You can also
obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from http://www.
safercar. gov.
You may notify INFINITI by contact10-24
Technical and consumer information
ing our Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.
For Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Transport
Canada in addition to notifying
INFINITI.
If Transport Canada receives complaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect
exists in a group of vehicles, it may
request that INFINITI conduct a recall
campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your
retailer, or INFINITI.
You may contact Transport Canada’s
Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1-800-333-0510.
You may also report safety defects
online at:
https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-SecSur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng (English speakers) or https://
wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/
PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra
(French speakers).
Additional information concerning
motor vehicle safety may be obtained
from Transport Canada’s Road
Safety Information Centre at 1800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.
gc.ca/ roadsafety (English speakers)
or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere
(French speakers).
To notify INFINITI of any safety
concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1800- 361-4792.
READINESS FOR INSPECTION/
MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (US only)
WARNING
A vehicle equipped with Intelligent AllWheel Drive (AWD) should never be
tested using a two wheel dynamometer
(such as the dynamometers used by
some states for emissions testing), or
similar equipment. Make sure you inform
test facility personnel that your vehicle
is equipped with AWD before it is placed
on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test
equipment may result in transmission
damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle
damage or personal injury.
Due to legal requirements in some states/
areas, your vehicle may be required to be in
what is called the “ready condition” for an
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the
emission control system.
The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”
when it is driven through certain driving
patterns. Usually, the “ready condition” can
be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.
If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected, the
vehicle may be reset to a “not ready condition”. Before taking the I/M test, check the
vehicle’s inspection/maintenance test readi-
EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)
ness condition. Place the ignition switch in
the ON position without starting the engine.
If the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
comes on steady for 20 seconds and then
blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test condition
is “not ready”. If the MIL does not blink after
20 seconds, the I/M test condition is
“ready”.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer to set the “ready condition” or to
prepare the vehicle for testing.
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an
EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data
that will assist in understanding how a
vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record
such data as:
. How various systems in your vehicle were
operating;
. Whether or not the driver and passenger
safety belts were buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal;
and,
. How fast the vehicle was traveling.
. Sounds are not recorded.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR
under normal driving conditions and no
personal data (e.g. name, gender, age and
crash location) are recorded. However, other
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the EDR data with the type of
Technical and consumer information
10-25
OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special
equipment is required and access to the
vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to
the vehicle manufacturer and INFINITI retailer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can
read the information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only be
accessed with the consent of the vehicle
owner or lessee or as otherwise required or
permitted by law.
Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for this
model year and prior can be purchased. A
genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best
source of service and repair information for
your vehicle. This manual is the same one
used by the factory-trained technicians
working at INFINITI retailers. Genuine
INFINITI Owner’s Manuals can also be
purchased.
For USA:
For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals, contact:
1-800-450-9491
www.infiniti-techinfo.com
For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Owner’s Manuals, contact:
1-800-247-5321
For Canada:
To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI
Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this
model year and prior, contact an INFINITI
retailer. For the phone number and location
of an INFINITI retailer in your area call the
INFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1-800-3614792 and a bilingual INFINITI representative
will assist you.
10-26 Technical and consumer information
11 Index
A
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ................... 5-131
Active Lane Control ............................................ 5-26
Active noise cancellation ................................ 5-144
Active sound enhancement ........................... 5-144
Active trace control .......................................... 5-134
Air bag system
Front-seat mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag system ..................... 1-56
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact
supplemental air bag system ..................... 1-56
Air bag warning labels ....................................... 1-59
Air bag warning light ............................... 1-59, 2-15
Air cleaner housing filter ................................... 8-21
Air conditioner
Air conditioner specification label ......... 10-16
Air conditioning system refrigerant and
lubricant recommendations ..................... 10-10
Air deflectors ..................................................... 10-18
Alarm
How to stop alarm (see vehicle
security system) ............................................. 2-31
Alcohol, drugs and driving ................................ 5-10
Antenna .................................................................... 4-3
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................... 5-131
Appearance care
Exterior appearance care ............................... 7-2
Interior appearance care ................................ 7-5
Armrest ...................................................................... 1-7
Ashtray ................................................................... 2-46
Audible reminders ................................................ 2-18
Autolight system .................................................. 2-36
Automatic
Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ....... 8-13
Driving with automatic transmission ....... 5-16
Automatic door locks ............................................ 3-6
Automatic drive positioner ............................... 3-33
Automatic seat positioner ................................ 3-33
Avoiding collision and rollover ............................ 5-9
B
Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI).............. 5-61
Battery .................................................................... 8-16
Battery replacement, Intelligent Key ......... 3-2
Battery saver system .................................... 2-39
Intelligent Key ................................................. 8-26
Variable voltage control system ............... 8-19
Before starting the engine ................................ 5-14
Belts (See drive belts) ......................................... 8-19
Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) ........................ 5-49
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ............................... 5-41
Brake
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............. 5-131
Brake fluid ....................................................... 8-14
Brake force distribution ............................. 5-133
Brake system ............................................... 5-130
Parking brake operation .............................. 5-21
Brake warning light .............................................. 2-11
Break-in schedule .............................................. 5-122
Bulb check/instrument panel ........................... 2-10
Bulb replacement ................................................. 8-28
C
Capacities and
recommended fluids/lubricants ....................... 10-2
Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-3
Card holder ............................................................ 2-49
Catalytic converter
Three-way catalyst ......................................... 5-5
Changing intercooler coolant ........................... 8-10
Chassis and body maintenance ....................... 9-13
Chassis control ................................................... 5-136
Check tire pressure warning............................. 2-22
Checking intercooler coolant level .................. 8-10
Child restraints ..................................................... 1-23
LATCH system ............................................... 1-26
Precautions on child restraints .................. 1-24
Child safety ............................................................ 1-21
Child safety rear door lock .................................. 3-6
Chimes
Audible reminders .......................................... 2-18
Seat belt warning light and chime ............ 2-15
Circuit breaker
Fusible link ...................................................... 8-24
Cleaning exterior and interior .................... 7-2, 7-5
Clock ...................................................................... 2-29
Coat hooks ............................................................ 2-49
Cockpit ...................................................................... 2-3
Cold weather driving ........................................ 5-141
Compact spare tire ............................................ 8-44
Console box ........................................................... 2-48
Coolant
Capacities and
recommended fluids/lubricants ................. 10-2
Changing engine coolant ...................... 8-7, 8-9
Checking engine coolant level............. 8-7, 8-8
Corrosion protection ............................................. 7-7
Courtesy light ....................................................... 2-57
Cruise control ........................................................ 5-71
Fixed speed cruise control (on
ICC system) .................................................... 5-90
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ................. 5-73
Cruise indicator .................................................... 2-23
Cup holders ........................................................... 2-46
Current fuel consumption ................................. 2-28
D
Daytime running light system .......................... 2-39
Defroster switch
Rear window and outside mirror
defroster switch ............................................. 2-35
Dimensions .......................................................... 10-13
Direct Adaptive Steering ................................. 5-128
Distance Control Assist (DCA) ........................ 5-94
Distance to empty ............................................... 2-27
Drive belts .............................................................. 8-19
Drive positioner .................................................... 3-33
Driver assist system indicator .......................... 2-24
11-2
Driving
Cold weather driving .................................. 5-141
Driving with automatic transmission ....... 5-16
Precautions when starting and driving ..... 5-4
E
ECO drive indicator light ................................... 2-16
ECO mode ............................................................. 5-23
ECO pedal system ............................................... 5-23
Economy
Fuel .................................................................. 5-123
Elapsed time ......................................................... 2-27
Elapsed time and trip odometer ..................... 2-27
Emission control information label ............... 10-16
Emission control system maintenance ............ 9-8
Emission control system warranty .............. 10-23
Engine
Before starting the engine .......................... 5-14
Break-in schedule ........................................ 5-122
Capacities and
recommended fluids/lubricants ................. 10-2
Changing engine coolant ...................... 8-7, 8-9
Changing engine oil and filter .................... 8-11
Checking engine coolant level............. 8-7, 8-8
Checking engine oil level ............................. 8-11
Coolant temperature gauge ......................... 2-8
Emergency engine shut off......................... 5-13
Engine block heater ................................... 5-142
Engine compartment check locations ........ 8-4
Engine cooling system ................................... 8-6
Engine oil ........................................................ 8-10
Engine oil and filter
replacement indicator ................................... 2-25
Engine oil and oil
filter recommendation ................................. 10-8
Engine serial number ................................. 10-15
Engine specifications .................................. 10-11
Engine start operation indicator ............... 2-21
If your vehicle overheats ............................. 6-16
Remote engine start .................................... 3-20
Remote engine start
operation indicator ........................................ 2-21
Starting the engine ....................................... 5-15
Engine coolant temperature gauge .................. 2-8
Entry/exit function
Automatic drive positioner ......................... 3-33
Event Data Recorders (EDR) ........................ 10-25
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ........................ 5-4
Explanation of scheduled
maintenance items ................................................. 9-5
F
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .... 10-15
Filter
Air cleaner housing filter ............................. 8-21
Changing engine oil and filter .................... 8-11
Flashers (See hazard warning
flasher switch) ......................................................... 6-2
Flat tire ...................................................................... 6-3
Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning ....................... 2-22
Flat towing ......................................................... 10-22
Floor mat cleaning ................................................. 7-5
Floor mat installation ............................................ 7-6
Fluid
Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ....... 8-13
Brake fluid ....................................................... 8-14
Capacities and
recommended fluids/lubricants ................. 10-2
Engine coolant.................................................. 8-6
Engine oil ........................................................ 8-10
Power steering fluid ..................................... 8-14
Window washer fluid ................................... 8-15
Fog light switch ................................................... 2-42
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) ............ 5-105
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system
warning light .......................................................... 2-11
Front passenger air bag and status light ..... 1-50
Front power seat adjustment ............................. 1-3
Front seat
Front seat adjustment .................................... 1-3
Fuel
Capacities and
recommended fluids/lubricants ................. 10-2
Fuel economy ............................................... 5-123
Fuel information ............................... 10-4, 10-6
Fuel octane rating ............................ 10-4, 10-6
Fuel-filler cap .................................................. 3-26
Fuel-filler door ............................................... 3-26
Gauge .................................................................. 2-9
Fuel Efficient Driving Tips .............................. 5-122
Fuses ....................................................................... 8-23
Fusible links ........................................................... 8-24
G
Garage door opener
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 2-58
Gas cap ................................................................... 3-26
Gauge ......................................................................... 2-6
Engine coolant temperature gauge ............ 2-8
Fuel gauge ......................................................... 2-9
Odometer ............................................................ 2-7
Speedometer ...................................................... 2-7
Tachometer ....................................................... 2-8
Trip computer ................................................. 2-27
General maintenance ............................................. 9-2
Glove box ............................................................... 2-48
H
Hazard warning flasher switch........................... 6-2
Head restraints/headrests .................................. 1-8
Headlights
Aiming control (See Adaptive Front
lighting System (AFS)) ................................ 2-40
Headlight switch ............................................ 2-35
Heated seats ......................................................... 2-43
Heated steering wheel ....................................... 2-44
Heater
Engine block heater ................................... 5-142
High beam assist ................................................. 2-37
Hill start assist system ..................................... 5-136
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ................. 2-58
Hood release ......................................................... 3-23
Hook
Coat hooks ...................................................... 2-49
Trunk hooks ................................................... 2-50
Horn......................................................................... 2-42
Hydraulic pump electric power steering ..... 5-127
I
Idling Stop System ............................................ 5-137
Idling Stop System indicator light .................. 2-16
Idling Stop System reminder buzzer .............. 2-18
Ignition switch
(Push-button) ................................................. 5-11
Automatic transmission models ................ 5-16
Immobilizer system .............................................. 2-31
Indicator
Lights ................................................................ 2-16
Vehicle information display ........................ 2-19
Indicator lights ...................................................... 2-16
Indicators for operation (vehicle
information display) ............................................ 2-21
INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ......................... 5-22
Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual ...................... 4-2
INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ............ 2-31
Engine start ..................................................... 2-31
Inside mirror .......................................................... 3-30
Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ............. 10-25
Instrument brightness control ......................... 2-41
Instrument panel ..................................................... 2-5
Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) ............... 5-124
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ....................... 5-73
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system
11-3
ON indicator ......................................................... 2-24
Intelligent Key .......................................................... 3-2
Intelligent Key system ........................................... 3-7
Battery replacement ..................................... 8-26
Key operating range ....................................... 3-8
Key operation ................................................. 3-10
Warning signals.............................................. 3-14
Intercooler cooling system .................................. 8-9
Interior light control switch .............................. 2-56
Interior light replacement .................................. 8-29
Interior lights ......................................................... 2-55
Interior trunk lid release .................................... 3-25
ISOFIX child restraint ......................................... 1-26
J
Jump starting........................................................... 6-9
K
Keyless entry (See remote keyless
entry system) ........................................................ 3-16
Keys ............................................................................ 3-2
For Intelligent Key system ............................. 3-7
L
Labels
Air bag warning labels ................................. 1-59
Air conditioner specification label ......... 10-16
Emission control information label ........ 10-16
Engine serial number ................................. 10-15
11-4
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.
certification label ........................................ 10-15
Tire and Loading
information label ............................. 8-34, 10-16
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 10-14
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane
Departure Prevention (LDP) ............................ 5-34
LATCH system ..................................................... 1-26
License plate
Installing front license plate ..................... 10-17
Light
Air bag warning light .................................... 1-59
Bulb replacement .......................................... 8-28
Fog light switch ............................................. 2-42
Headlight switch ............................................ 2-35
Indicator lights ................................................ 2-16
Interior light control switch ........................ 2-56
Interior lights ................................................... 2-55
Map lights ........................................................ 2-55
Personal lights ................................................ 2-55
Replacement .................................................. 8-28
Trunk light ....................................................... 2-57
Vanity mirror lights ....................................... 2-57
Warning/indicator lights and
audible reminders .......................................... 2-10
Lights
Exterior and interior light replacement .... 8-29
Loading information (See vehicle
loading information) ......................................... 10-19
Lock
Automatic door locks ..................................... 3-6
Door locks .......................................................... 3-4
Power door lock............................................... 3-4
Trunk lid ........................................................... 3-23
Locking with mechanical key ............................. 3-4
Log-in function .................................................... 3-16
Loose Fuel Cap warning ....................... 2-22, 3-28
Low fuel warning light ....................................... 2-12
Low outside temperature warning ................. 2-23
Low tire pressure warning light ...................... 2-12
Low tire pressure warning system (See Tire
Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)) ................................ 5-5, 6-3, 8-32
M
Maintenance
Battery .............................................................. 8-16
General maintenance ...................................... 9-2
Indicators for maintenance (vehicle
information display) ...................................... 2-25
Inside the vehicle ............................................. 9-3
Maintenance log ............................................ 9-17
Maintenance precautions .............................. 8-3
Maintenance requirements ........................... 9-2
Maintenance schedules ................................. 9-6
Maintenance under severe
driving conditions .......................................... 9-16
Outside the vehicle ......................................... 9-2
Seat belt maintenance ................................. 1-20
Standard maintenance .................................... 9-7
Under the hood and vehicle ......................... 9-4
Maintenance schedules ........................................ 9-6
Malfunction indicator light (MIL) ..................... 2-17
Map lights .............................................................. 2-55
Master warning light .......................................... 2-14
Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) .......... 3-3
Memory storage
Automatic drive positioner ......................... 3-33
Meter
Trip computer ................................................. 2-27
Meters and gauges ................................................ 2-6
Instrument brightness control ................... 2-41
Mirror
Inside mirror ................................................... 3-30
Outside mirrors .............................................. 3-31
Vanity mirror ................................................... 3-32
Moonroof ............................................................... 2-53
N
NAVI Shift Control .............................................. 5-20
New vehicle break-in ........................................ 5-122
O
Odometer .................................................................. 2-7
Off-road recovery .................................................. 5-9
Oil
Capacities and
recommended fluids/lubricants ................. 10-2
Changing engine oil and filter .................... 8-11
Checking engine oil level ............................. 8-11
Engine oil ........................................................ 8-10
One touch unlock sensor (See Intelligent
Key system) ........................................................... 3-10
Operation
Indicators for operation ............................... 2-21
Outside air temperature .................................... 2-29
Outside mirrors .................................................... 3-31
Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ............... 6-16
Owner’s Manual/Service Manual
order information ............................................. 10-26
P
Panic alarm ............................................................ 3-18
Parking
Parking brake operation .............................. 5-21
Parking on hills ............................................. 5-126
Parking brake break-in ................................... 5-130
Personal lights ...................................................... 2-55
PERSONAL mode ............................................... 5-25
Phone
Car phone or CB radio ................................... 4-3
Power
Power door lock............................................... 3-4
Power outlet ................................................... 2-45
Power steering fluid ..................................... 8-14
Power steering system .............................. 5-127
Power windows ............................................ 2-50
Power moonroof ................................................. 2-53
Power steering warning light........................... 2-14
Precautions
Braking precautions ................................... 5-130
Child restraints ............................................... 1-24
Cruise control ................................................. 5-71
Maintenance ..................................................... 8-3
Seat belt usage .............................................. 1-12
Supplemental restraint system .................. 1-42
When starting and driving ............................ 5-4
Pre-crash seat belts with
comfort function .................................................. 1-14
Predictive Forward Collision
Warning (PFCW) ............................................... 5-112
Push starting......................................................... 6-16
Push-button ignition switch .............................. 5-11
R
Radio
Car phone or CB radio ................................... 4-3
Rain-sensing auto wiper system ..................... 2-34
Rapid air pressure loss .......................................... 5-9
Readiness for inspection/maintenance
(I/M) test (US only).......................................... 10-25
Rear door lock
Child safety rear door lock ........................... 3-6
Rear seats ................................................................. 1-5
Rear window and outside mirror
defroster switch ................................................... 2-35
Recorders
Event data .................................................... 10-25
Registering your vehicle in
another country ................................................ 10-14
Remote engine start ........................................... 3-20
Remote keyless entry system .......................... 3-16
Reporting safety defects ................................ 10-24
11-5
Request switch (See Intelligent
Key system) ........................................................... 3-10
Roadside assistance program ............................. 6-2
Rollover ..................................................................... 5-9
Roof
Moonroof ......................................................... 2-53
Run-flat tires .......................................................... 6-4
S
Safety
Child seat belts ............................................... 1-21
Reporting safety defects .......................... 10-24
Seat adjustment
Front power seat adjustment ....................... 1-3
Front seats ......................................................... 1-3
Seat belt(s)
Child safety ..................................................... 1-21
Infants ............................................................... 1-22
Injured persons ............................................... 1-14
Larger children ............................................... 1-22
Precautions on seat belt usage ................. 1-12
Pre-crash seat belts with
comfort function ............................................ 1-14
Pregnant women ........................................... 1-14
Seat belt cleaning ............................................. 7-7
Seat belt extenders ....................................... 1-20
Seat belt maintenance ................................. 1-20
Seat belt warning light and chime ............ 2-15
Seat belts ......................................................... 1-12
Seat belts with pretensioners .................... 1-58
Shoulder belt height adjustment ............... 1-20
11-6
Small children .................................................. 1-22
Three-point type ............................................ 1-15
Seat(s)
Driver-side memory ...................................... 3-33
Heated seats ................................................... 2-43
Seats .................................................................... 1-2
Security system
Vehicle security system ............................... 2-30
Security system (INFINITI Vehicle
Immobilizer System)
Engine start ..................................................... 2-31
Shift lever
Shift lock release ........................................... 5-19
Shift lock release, Transmission ...................... 5-19
Shifting
Automatic transmission ............................... 5-16
Shoulder belt height adjustment ..................... 1-20
SNOW mode ......................................................... 5-23
Spare tire ............................................................. 10-12
Spark plugs ............................................................ 8-20
Speedometer ............................................................ 2-7
SPORT mode ........................................................ 5-23
SPORT+ mode ...................................................... 5-23
Standard maintenance .......................................... 9-7
STANDARD mode ............................................... 5-22
Starting
Before starting the engine .......................... 5-14
Jump starting.................................................. 8-18
Precautions when starting and driving ..... 5-4
Push starting................................................... 6-16
Starting the engine ....................................... 5-15
Status light, Front passenger air bag ............ 1-50
Steering
Direct Adaptive Steering .......................... 5-128
Heated steering wheel ................................ 2-44
Power steering fluid ..................................... 8-14
Power steering system .............................. 5-127
Tilt/telescopic steering ................................ 3-28
Storage ................................................................... 2-46
Storage box ........................................................... 2-49
Sun visors ............................................................... 3-30
Sunglasses holder ................................................ 2-47
Supplemental air bag warning labels ............. 1-59
Supplemental air bag warning light .... 1-59, 2-15
Supplemental restraint system ........................ 1-42
Precautions on supplemental
restraint system ............................................. 1-42
Switch
Autolight switch............................................. 2-36
Fog light switch ............................................. 2-42
Hazard warning flasher switch.................... 6-2
Headlight switch ............................................ 2-35
Ignition switch ................................................ 5-16
Power door lock switch ................................. 3-5
Rear window and outside mirror
defroster switch ............................................. 2-35
Turn signal switch ......................................... 2-41
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
off switch ......................................................... 2-42
T
Tachometer ............................................................. 2-8
Temperature gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge ............ 2-8
Theft (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System)
Engine start ..................................................... 2-31
Thigh extension ....................................................... 1-5
Three-way catalyst ................................................ 5-5
Tilt/telescopic steering ...................................... 3-28
Tire
Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning ................. 2-22
Run-flat tires .................................................... 6-4
Tire replacement indicator .......................... 2-25
Tire rotation .................................................... 8-41
Tire pressure
Low tire pressure warning light ................ 2-12
Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning ........... 2-22
Tires
Flat tire ............................................................... 6-3
Low tire pressure
warning system ........................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-32
Run-flat tires .................................................. 8-39
Spare tire ........................................................ 8-44
Tire and Loading
information label ............................. 8-34, 10-16
Tire chains....................................................... 8-40
Tire dressing ...................................................... 7-4
Tire pressure ................................................... 8-32
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) ........................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-32
Types of tires ................................................. 8-38
Uniform tire quality grading .................... 10-22
Wheel/tire size ............................................ 10-12
Wheels and tires ............................................ 8-32
Towing
Flat towing ................................................... 10-22
Tow truck towing .......................................... 6-17
Towing a trailer ........................................... 10-22
TPMS
Tire Pressure
Monitoring System .................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-32
TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system
TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator ............ 5-8
Trailer towing .................................................... 10-22
Transceiver
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 2-58
Transmission
Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ....... 8-13
Driving with automatic transmission ....... 5-16
Transmission shift lever lock release ....... 5-19
Transmitter (See remote keyless
entry system) ........................................................ 3-16
Traveling or registering in
another country ................................................ 10-14
Trip computer ....................................................... 2-27
Trip odometer ....................................................... 2-27
Trunk
Interior trunk lid release .............................. 3-25
Light .................................................................. 2-57
Pass-through ..................................................... 1-7
Trunk hooks ................................................... 2-50
Trunk lid ...........................................................
Trunk lid release switch ...............................
Trunk open request switch .........................
Trunk release power cancel switch ..........
Turn signal switch ...............................................
3-23
3-24
3-24
3-25
2-41
U
Underbody cleaning ............................................... 7-3
Uniform tire quality grading .......................... 10-22
V
Vanity mirror ......................................................... 3-32
Vanity mirror lights ............................................. 2-57
Variable voltage control system ..................... 8-19
Vehicle
Dimensions ................................................... 10-13
Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ............ 6-19
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
off switch ......................................................... 2-42
Vehicle dynamic control
(VDC) system ................................................ 5-132
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
warning light ................................................... 2-15
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ............ 10-14
Vehicle information display .............................. 2-19
Vehicle loading information ............................ 10-19
Vehicle security system ...................................... 2-30
Vehicle speedAverage speed............................ 2-27
Ventilators ............................................................... 4-2
11-7
W
Warning
Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning ................. 2-22
Hazard warning flasher switch.................... 6-2
Indicators for operation (vehicle
information display) ...................................... 2-21
Lights ................................................................ 2-10
Power steering warning light..................... 2-14
Predictive Forward Collision
Warning (PFCW) ......................................... 5-112
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) ........................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-32
Vehicle information display ........................ 2-19
Warning lights, indicator lights and
audible reminders .......................................... 2-10
Warning labels
Air bag warning labels ................................. 1-59
Warning light
Air bag warning light ........................ 1-59, 2-15
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
warning light ................................................... 2-10
Brake warning light ....................................... 2-11
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)
system warning light .................................... 2-11
Low fuel warning light ................................. 2-12
Low tire pressure warning light ................ 2-12
Seat belt warning light and chime ............ 2-15
Warranty
Emission control system warranty ........ 10-23
11-8
Washer switch
Wiper and washer switch ........................... 2-33
Washing .................................................................... 7-2
Waxing....................................................................... 7-2
Welcome light and farewell light function .... 3-11
Wheel/tire size ................................................... 10-12
Wheels and tires .................................................. 8-32
Care of wheels .................................................. 7-3
Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels .................. 7-3
Cleaning bright wheels .................................. 7-4
Window washer fluid ......................................... 8-15
Window(s)
Cleaning............................................................... 7-3
Power windows ............................................ 2-50
Wiper
Rain-sensing auto wiper system ............... 2-34
Wiper and washer switch ........................... 2-33
Wiper blades ................................................... 8-21
Wiper and washer switch ................................. 2-33
GAS STATION INFORMATION
FUEL INFORMATION (for
VR30DDTT engine model)
Use unleaded premium gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock
Index) number (Research octane number 96).
INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded
premium gasoline with 93 AKI number
(Research octane number 98) to obtain the
maximum vehicle performance and the best
driveability.
If unleaded premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regular gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 87 AKI number
(Research octane number 91) may be temporarily used, but only under the following
precautions:
. Have the fuel tank filled only partially
with unleaded regular gasoline, and fill
up with unleaded premium gasoline as
soon as possible.
. Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt
acceleration.
Use unleaded premium gasoline for maximum vehicle performance.
CAUTION
.
.
.
.
Using a fuel other than that specified
could adversely affect the emission
control system, and may also affect
warranty coverage.
Under no circumstances should a
leaded gasoline be used, because this
will damage the three-way catalyst.
Do not use a fuel containing more
than 15% ethanol. Your vehicle is not
designed to run on a fuel containing
more than 15% ethanol. Using a fuel
containing more than 15% ethanol in
a vehicle not specifically designed for
a fuel containing more than 15%
ethanol can adversely affect the
emission control devices and systems
of the vehicle. Damage caused by
such fuel is not covered by the
INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.
Do not use fuel that contains the
octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
Using fuel containing MMT may
adversely affect vehicle performance
and vehicle emissions. Not all fuel
dispensers are labeled to indicate
.
MMT content, so you may have to
consult your gasoline retailer for
more details. Note that Federal and
California laws prohibit the use of
MMT in reformulated gasoline.
U.S. government regulations require
ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and
black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
FUEL INFORMATION (for 2.0L
turbo gasoline engine model)
Use unleaded premium gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock
Index) number (Research octane number 96).
If unleaded premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regular gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 87 AKI number
(Research octane number 91) may be temporarily used, but only under the following
precautions:
. Have the fuel tank filled only partially
with unleaded regular gasoline, and fill
up with unleaded premium gasoline as
soon as possible.
.
Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt
acceleration.
Use unleaded premium gasoline for maximum vehicle performance.
CAUTION
.
.
.
.
Using a fuel other than that specified
could adversely affect the emission
control system, and may also affect
warranty coverage.
Under no circumstances should a
leaded gasoline be used, because this
will damage the three-way catalyst.
Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your
vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed
to run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not
specifically designed for E-15 or E85 fuel can adversely affect the
emission control devices and systems
of the vehicle. Damage caused by
such fuel is not covered by the
INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.
Do not use fuel that contains the
octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
Using fuel containing MMT may
adversely affect vehicle performance
.
and vehicle emissions. Not all fuel
dispensers are labeled to indicate
MMT content, so you may have to
consult your gasoline retailer for
more details. Note that Federal and
California laws prohibit the use of
MMT in reformulated gasoline.
U.S. government regulations require
ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and
black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:
VR30DDTT engine model
.
Genuine “Nissan Motor Oil 0W-20 SN”
2.0L turbo gasoline engine model
.
Engine oil meeting specification
MB229.5, Viscosity SAE 0W-30 or
equivalent
See “Capacities and recommended fluids/
lubricants” (P.10-2) for engine oil and oil
filter recommendation.
COLD TIRE PRESSURES:
The label is typically located on the driver
side center pillar or on the driver’s door. For
additional information, see “Wheels and
tires” (P.8-32).
NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION:
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of
vehicle use, follow the recommendations
outlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5122) of this Owner’s Manual. Follow these
recommendations for the future reliability
and economy of your new vehicle.
Printing : June 2017
Publication No.: OM18E0 0V37U0
Printed in the U.S.A.
V37-D
Download PDF